Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 412

PATROL for BEA WebLogic

User Guide

Supporting
PATROL for BEA WebLogic 2.7.00

January 2008

Contacting BMC Software


You can access the BMC Software website at http://www.bmc.com. From this website, you can obtain information about the company, its products, corporate offices, special events, and career opportunities.

United States and Canada


Address BMC SOFTWARE INC 2101 CITYWEST BLVD HOUSTON TX 77042-2827 USA Telephone 713 918 8800 or 800 841 2031 Fax 713 918 8000

Outside United States and Canada


Telephone (01) 713 918 8800 Fax (01) 713 918 8000

Copyright January 2008 BMC Software, Inc., as an unpublished work. All rights reserved. BMC, BMC Software, and the BMC Software logo are the exclusive properties of BMC Software, Inc., are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and may be registered or pending registration in other countries. All other BMC trademarks, service marks, and logos may be registered or pending registration in the U.S. or in other countries. All other trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. All other trademarks belong to their respective companies. BMC Software considers information included in this documentation to be proprietary and confidential. Your use of this information is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable End User License Agreement for the product and the proprietary and restricted rights notices included in this documentation.

Restricted rights legend


U.S. Government Restricted Rights to Computer Software. UNPUBLISHED -- RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. Use, duplication, or disclosure of any data and computer software by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions, as applicable, set forth in FAR Section 52.227-14, DFARS 252.227-7013, DFARS 252.227-7014, DFARS 252.227-7015, and DFARS 252.227-7025, as amended from time to time. Contractor/Manufacturer is BMC SOFTWARE INC, 2101 CITYWEST BLVD, HOUSTON TX 77042-2827, USA. Any contract notices should be sent to this address.

Customer support
You can obtain technical support by using the BMC Software Customer Support website or by contacting Customer Support by telephone or e-mail. To expedite your inquiry, see Before contacting BMC.

Support website
You can obtain technical support from BMC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at http://www.bmc.com/support_home. From this website, you can

read overviews about support services and programs that BMC offers find the most current information about BMC products search a database for issues similar to yours and possible solutions order or download product documentation download products and maintenance report an issue or ask a question subscribe to receive proactive e-mail alerts when new product notices are released find worldwide BMC support center locations and contact information, including e-mail addresses, fax numbers, and telephone numbers

Support by telephone or e-mail


In the United States and Canada, if you need technical support and do not have access to the web, call 800 537 1813 or send an e-mail message to customer_support@bmc.com. (In the subject line, enter SupID:<yourSupportContractID>, such as SupID:12345). Outside the United States and Canada, contact your local support center for assistance.

Before contacting BMC


Have the following information available so that Customer Support can begin working on your issue immediately:

product information product name product version (release number) license number and password (trial or permanent)

operating system and environment information machine type operating system type, version, and service pack or other maintenance level such as PUT or PTF system hardware configuration serial numbers related software (database, application, and communication) including type, version, and service pack or maintenance level

sequence of events leading to the issue commands and options that you used messages received (and the time and date that you received them) product error messages messages from the operating system, such as file system full messages from related software

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Contents
Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 19 20 20 21 21 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 24 25 28 29 37 39 41 42 42 43 43 44 44 44 48 51 52 52 55 55 58 58 59 59 61 63
5

PATROL for BEA WebLogic features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Server management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web services management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portal server management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integration server management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clustering support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2EE performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JVM profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX MBean monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Log file monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Response time probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Component monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application classes and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application class icons and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application instance naming conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Where to Go from Here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

Installation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance and scalability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing to install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default and custom installation types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remotely versus locally managed servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical new installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading from an earlier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing previous profiling and instrumentation libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic migration of console and agent customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining whether you can migrate KM customizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conditions for upgrading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining the location of PATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade scenarios for PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading without saving KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents

Upgrading and preserving KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Migrating your KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Preparing to upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Migrating customizations with the PATROL migration tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Creating an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic. . . 72 Removing files from the PATROL_CACHE directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Migrating customizations manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Importing into a distribution tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Distribution Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Importing into the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Installing by using the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Considerations for using online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Browser version required for viewing PATROL Console for Unix Help . . . . . . . 77 Additional considerations for using online Help for Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Determining the version of the installation utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Other information to know before uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . 80 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Uninstalling all products on Unix preserving customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Uninstalling all products on Unix without preserving customizations . . . . . . . . 83 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Uninstalling all products on Windows preserving customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Uninstalling all products on Windows without preserving customizations . . . . 87 Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic 91

Loading PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Configuring the KM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Registering a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Updating the registration of a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Deciding what to enable: added value by feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Disabling instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Removing instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Enabling method-level profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Disabling method-level profiling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Activating JVM thread objects collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Deactivating JVM thread objects collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Stopping the monitoring of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Chapter 4 Managing the BEA WebLogic environment 123

Monitoring a WebLogic environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Working with parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Working with events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Managing event triggers to work with other products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Managing events using PEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimating response times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing file transfer rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing web page response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administering Probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 5 Managing clusters and servers

127 128 129 129 130 131 137 138 138 139 140 141 141 143 144 146 149 150 150 151 151 152 153 154 154 155 157 157 160 160 162 162 163 164 164 165 165 166 166 167 168 169 170

Managing WebLogic Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Booting a WebLogic Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutting down a WebLogic Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking or unlocking a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing Java garbage collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning a server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identifying processes with high CPU usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring and managing a single managed server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing the node manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6 Managing portal servers

Managing WebLogic portal servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning a cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flushing a cache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspending cache monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resuming cache monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 7 Managing WebLogic components and services

Configuring WebLogic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing JDBC pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a JDBC pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a JDBC pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administering JDBC pools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enabling or disabling JDBC profiling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating JDBC profiling reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JDBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring web services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring service operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring operation handlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of handlers or operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatically deploying domain applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deploying and undeploying applications to servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a servlet to monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of a servlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contents

Chapter 8

Managing integration servers

171

Managing processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Specifying a monitoring Java Process Definition (JPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Forcing archiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Configuring an SLA for a business process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Administering a process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Stopping the monitoring of a process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Chapter 9 Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components 177

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical SQL objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Running the Top N SQL report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Monitoring SQL objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Using instrumentation monitor the most critical EJBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Running the Top N EJB or Top N EJB Methods report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Monitoring EJB methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical application servlets. . . . . . . . . . 184 Running the Top N WebApps report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Running the Top N Servlets report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Monitoring servlets to the method level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Profiling the Java virtual machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Running a thread detail report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Chapter 10 Managing JMX-instrumented applications 191

Monitoring JMX MBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Instrumenting your application with JMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 The PATROL for BEA WebLogic MBean interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Activating JMX monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Setting default e-mail address for notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Adding automatic actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Adding e-mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Advanced features for JMX monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Manually registering an MBean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Defining conditions for an unregistered MBean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Setting JMX debug flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Understanding condition settings and the ConditionDef configuration variable . . 207 Chapter 11 Working with log files 211

Understanding logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Severity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Managing log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Selecting a log file for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Configuring the domain log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Configuring the server log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Configuring the JDBC log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
8 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Configuring the HTTP log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the transaction log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining sniff patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of a log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing a log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watching a log file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing sniff patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning off and restarting sniff patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the sniff type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a log file location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering for log notification messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unregistering for log notification messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 12 Administering the KM Monitoring WebLogic across the enterprise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning KM performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting servers for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deselecting servers from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting components for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deselecting components from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scheduling PATROL parameter discovery for configured WebLogic objects . . Scheduling blackout periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restarting PATROLs Java collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting and debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting PSL debug flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting debug status for a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting debug status for Java collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recording data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gathering information for support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

217 219 220 222 223 224 225 225 226 226 227 228 229 230 230 231 232 233 234 235 235 237 237 238 240 241 241 242 245

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Appendix B Parameter reference Parameters for a WebLogic environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Column headings defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbreviations defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collector-consumer dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C Menu summary About menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_PROCESS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_CACHE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_PORTAL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_DBURL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents

249 249 250 252 292 307 309 309 310 310 311 311
9

BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 BEAWLS_JDBC application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 BEAWLS_JROCKIT application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 BEAWLS_LOG application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 BEAWLS_MANAGED application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 BEAWLS_PROBE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 BEAWLS_OS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 BEAWLS_SERVER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 BEAWLS_SERVLET application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 BEAWLS_SETUP application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 BEAWLS_SQL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 BEAWLS_WEBAPP application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 BEAWLS_WS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 BEAWLS_WS_HDL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 BEAWLS_WS_OPER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 JMX_CONDITION application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_DOMAIN application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_MAIN application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 JMX_SERVER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Appendix D InfoBox Summary 337

About InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 BEAWLI_PROCESS InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 BEAWLP_CACHE InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLP_PORTAL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLS_DBURL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 BEAWLS_JMS InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 BEAWLS_JOLT InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
10 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOG InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_OS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROBE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SAF InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SETUP InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SQL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_THREADPOOL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WEBAPP InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WORKLOAD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS_HDL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS_OPER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX_CONDITION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX_SERVER InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E Agent configuration variables Appendix F Installed files, directories, and system changes Main file types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product objects and dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directories and files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processes and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microsoft Windows Registry modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product and process dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary Index

353 354 355 356 357 358 359 359 359 360 360 361 362 363 363 364 364 364 365 365 366 366 367 368 368 371 375 376 377 377 388 389 389 391 397

Contents

11

12

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Figures
Application class hierarchy when monitoring BEA WebLogic Servers . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Collector architecture of PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 PATROL Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Upgrading overview for PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) with username/password authentication . . 95 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) with digital certificate authentication . . . . . 96 Update WebLogic Server Registration (username/password authentication) . . . . 101 Update WebLogic Server Registration (digital certificate authentication) . . . . . . . . 103 WebLogic Server icon in PATROL Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Example of monitored WebLogic 8.1 Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Select property key(s) for narrowing MBean selection dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Define Condition dialog box for ExtremeTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Message Filter dialog box for DOMAIN or SERVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Figures

13

14

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Tables
Application class icons and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Instance naming conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Mount commands by platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 NFS mount commands by platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Profiling and instrumentation files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Versions that you can migrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Choosing an upgrade procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Default values for PATROL location variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Reports in PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Boot Server dialog box fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Admin server functions in single managed server mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 MBean Management dialog box fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Attributes of a JMX condition definition for ExtremeWeather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 JMX parameters when monitoring WebLogic Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 BEAWLI_INTEGRATION menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 BEAWLI_PROCESS menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 BEAWLP_CACHE menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 BEAWLP_PORTAL menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 BEAWLS_DBURL menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 BEAWLS_JDBC menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 BEAWLS_JROCKIT menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 BEAWLS_LOG menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 BEAWLS_MANAGED menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 BEAWLS_PROBE menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 BEAWLS_OS menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Tables 15

BEAWLS_SERVLET menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 BEAWLS_SETUP menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 BEAWLS_SQL menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 BEAWLS_WEBAPP menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 BEAWLS_WS menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 BEAWLS_WS_HDL menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 BEAWLS_WS_OPER menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 JMX_CONDITION menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_DOMAIN menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_MAIN Menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 JMX_SERVER menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 BEAWLI_PROCESS InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 BEAWLP_CACHE InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLP_PORTAL InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 BEAWLS_DBURL InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 BEAWLS_JMS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 BEAWLS_JOLT InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . 354 BEAWLS_LOG InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . 357 BEAWLS_OS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 BEAWLS_PROBE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 BEAWLS_SAF InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

16

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SETUP InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SQL InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_THREADPOOL InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR InfoBox for WebLogic 9.1 and 10.x . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WEBAPP InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WORKLOAD InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS_HDL InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS_OPER InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX_CONDITION InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Agent variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File types by file extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directories and files installed on a PATROL Agent computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directories and files installed on a PATROL Console Server computer . . . . . . . . . . Directories and files installed on a PATROL 3.x Console computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role . . . . . . . . . . . . Processes run by PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

360 361 362 363 363 363 364 364 365 365 365 366 366 367 368 368 371 376 378 381 383 384 389

Tables

17

18

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

1
20 20 21 21 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 24 25 28 29 37 39

Product components and capabilities


The chapter provides a brief overview of jca. PATROL for BEA WebLogic features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Server management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web services management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portal server management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integration server management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clustering support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2EE performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JVM profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JMX MBean monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Log file monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Response time probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Component monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application classes and icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application class icons and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application instance naming conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Where to Go from Here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic features


PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides a complete monitoring and management solution to ensure reliable, predictable performance of a BEA WebLogic Server environment. PATROL for BEA WebLogic also provides several reporting mechanisms for key parameters and allows you to perform a wide range of WebLogic Server administrative functions from within the PATROL Console environment.

Server management
PATROL for BEA WebLogic includes several menu commands and parameters for managing instances of BEA WebLogic Servers, including administrative and managed servers. Within PATROL, you can perform the following tasks:

Shut down or reboot the server. Lock out user sessions. Perform Java garbage collection. Briefly suspend alarms and event generation during routine maintenance periods to prevent spurious alarms. During a blackout period, PATROL continues to monitor the WebLogic environment but does not report object state changes nor does it generate warnings or alarms. Tune PATROL for your monitoring environment by turning off selected collectors. By turning off collectors for parts of the system that are not critical to your WebLogic environment, you can reduce resource demands and improve overall PATROL performance. If you experience slow performance, try turning off unnecessary collectors. Select the servers and components to monitor. Monitor a single Managed Server without requiring an available Admin Server: even if the Admin Server is down, PATROL can continue to collect data, monitor performance, and manage the Managed Server. Monitor the availability and memory usage of the Node Manager process associated with each WebLogic server in a domain. The Node Manager will appear as the ActiveProcesses list in the BEAWLS_OS class (you can exclude it if you want). Check the consistency of JDKs and WebLogic versions in a monitored domain.

20

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Web services management


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to monitor the deployed web services, web service operations, and service-level JAX-RPC handlers in the WebLogic Server 8.1 environment. In addition, you can generate the overall web services performance matrix report for service availability and assurance.

Portal server management


The BEA WebLogic Portal server provides a single framework for configuring, accessing, monitoring, and maintaining caches. PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides the functionality for monitoring and managing the caches. When configured properly, the caches can reduce the time needed to retrieve frequently used data.

Integration server management


The BEA WebLogic Integration server provides functionality for businesses to use to develop new applications, integrate them with existing systems, streamline business processes, and extend e-business infrastructure through portal gateways. PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides the functionality for monitoring and managing the BEA Integration server, including monitoring the status of application views and adapters, the average service elapsed time, and the number of event notifications.

Clustering support
PATROL for BEA WebLogic supports a clustered server environment and provides features to manage clustered nodes. The cluster improves scalability by allowing additional servers to be quickly added to the WebLogic environment and improves availability by providing redundancy and a fail-safe mechanism for rolling functions over to other servers in the event of a server failure.

J2EE performance
PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides a J2EE application-centric view so that you can diagnose performance of the application and easily identify performance bottlenecks of the components inside the application.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

21

JVM profiling
PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides the ability to monitor performance of the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) by monitoring selected Java classes and profiling performance. Available data includes JVM memory statistics, garbage collection metrics, method-level data, and thread data.

JMX MBean monitoring


PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides tools that let you monitor MBeans used in a JMX-managed WebLogic Server. You can select which MBeans you want to monitor and you can define attributes that determine which MBeans are monitored, that trigger automatic alerts (including events that can be managed in the PATROL Event Manager), and that can take automatic actions based on your monitoring criteria.

Log file monitoring


Log files are monitored from the BEAWLS_LOG application class. The domain, server, HTTP, and Java Database Connection (JDBC) logs are monitored by default; however, you can register any log file to be monitored. In addition to being able to watch error and informational messages as they are written to the log, you can define sniff patterns to isolate critical error messages and you can subscribe to email or Event Manager notifications; you can also generate PATROL events when specific text patterns are written to the log.

Sniff patterns
You can set up sniff patterns to match text strings in the log file so that you can pinpoint error messages that are most critical to your monitoring environment. You can define sniff patterns for any kind of text occurrence. Some of the most common strategies are to set up patterns for the following items:

Resource or service typeyou could specify a sniff pattern of SSLListenThread to

isolate only those messages pertaining to the secure socket listener.

Dateyou could specify a sniff pattern to look at the log file to determine the date

format you should match. When you view the server log file, the Message Filter dialog box provides a field for limiting the date range.

22

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Severity levelyou could specify a sniff pattern to limit output to only errors or

warnings, or show just the informational messages if you are looking for a specific text string. For example, on the server log file, you could set a sniff pattern of <!> to see the warnings, or you could use <I> to find the informational only messages.

Host nameyou could use the hostname as a sniff pattern to isolate messages

based on the server name if you are monitoring an environment with many servers. For each log file, you can define multiple sniff patterns. When you use the Sniff Pattern Setup menu commands, the sniff patterns you previously defined can be selected, viewed, edited or deleted. Each sniff pattern can also be set up to generate annotated data points on graph parameters, and to generate events that can be monitored through the PATROL Event Manager (PEM).

Events
When you define a new sniff pattern, you have the option of having it automatically trigger a PATROL event whenever the message is written to the log file. Triggering the events allows you to monitor the events through the PEM interface. The PEM window displays events generated from the selected log file. From within this window, you can manage events as you do for any other PATROL event classes. See the PEM Help in your Console for more information about managing events.

Notifications
When critically important messages are written to the log file, you can use the notification feature to automatically have PATROL send you an email message alerting you to the error situation. You can also have these messages reported to the PEM.

Response time probe


The BEAWLS_PROBE application class provides a way to monitor and manage server timing data. You can automatically generate events based on ping time or response time whenever the status changes to WARNING or ALARM. You can then monitor PATROL events through the PEM interface. The BEAWLS_PROBE class is not active when monitoring remote managed servers.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

23

Component monitoring
Application classes are provided to monitor the following critical components of the WebLogic environment:

the Java Transaction API (JTA), whose functions include the ability to generate various reports with performance metric details the Java Messaging Service (JMS) the BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class monitors the JMS server and includes commands to configure the JMS server within the PATROL monitoring environment the BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application class monitors the JMS destinations

the Java Connection Architecture (JCA), which is the foundation for web applications to interact with other types of business software, including transaction processing systems, databases, and ERP applications. PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides several parameters that can monitor usage of the JCA connectors. Enterprise Java Beans (EJBs) execution queues web applications Jolt and JDBC pools; JDBC performance information is available for peak usage and number of active connections, as well as for connection waiting times. Additional JDBC features include profiling for connection leaks, prepared statement cache, and SQL roundtrip metrics. the JRockit JVM (with WebLogic 8.1 or higher) the WebLogic Messaging Bridge (with WebLogic 8.1 or higher) the Store and Forward (SAF) service and agents (with WebLogic 9.x or higher) the WebLogic Tuxedo Connector (WTC) service (with WebLogic 9.1 or higher)

Web application monitoring capabilities include the ability to monitor specific servlets.

24

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Product architecture
Figure 1 shows how PATROL for BEA WebLogic is organized within the console monitoring environment. Most application classes can have multiple instances. For more information about each application class, see Application classes and icons on page 28. For more information about how these instances are named, see page 37.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

25

Figure 1
console

Application class hierarchy when monitoring BEA WebLogic Servers

setup icon

system-wide icon for WebLogic

managed servers: one or more managed WebLogic Server instances servers running PATROL Agent are identified as Local Managed

administrative server icon optional cluster

local managed server containers

JMS

WEBAPP

JDBC

EXEC QUEUE

JCA

JOLT

LOG

EJB

PORTAL

WS**

PROBE only on admin server

SAF

JROCKIT

JMXSERVER

DBURL JVMPROFILER

OS

J2EE*

CACHE

TUXEDO_ CONNECTOR

JMS_SERVER

INTEGRATION THREADPOOL

MESSAGING BRIDGE

SAFAGENT

WORKLOAD

WS**

JMSDESTINATION

instances one or more instances EJB_HOME HANDLER OPERATION

only selected servlets are monitored JMXDOMAIN

SQL

PROF_CLASS

EJB_METHOD
*The J2EE application can also contain EJB or WEBAPP branches, depending on your J2EE environment.

SERVLET JMXCONDITION SERVLET_METHOD PROF_METHOD PROCESS

**BEAWLS_WS is the child of BEAWLS_SERVER on WebLogic 8.1, and of BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS on WebLogic 9.x and higher.

26

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Figure 2 shows how the PATROL Console interacts with the PATROL Agent on a WebLogic administration server. Performance data is maintained by BEA WebLogic using JMX Mbeans. This data is then collected by a Java-based PATROL collector and returned to PATROL via a PATROL Script Language (PSL) pipe. Profiling data on J2EE objects (like EJBs, SQL, or servlets) uses the JVMPI interface to communicate with applications running on the server.

Figure 2

Collector architecture of PATROL for BEA WebLogic

Console
PATROL Console PATROL for BEA WebLogic other PATROL Console KMs PATROL Console

WebLogic Administration Server


PATROL Agent PATROL for BEA WebLogic other PATROL Agent KMs PATROL Agent PSL Pipe JMX JVM WebLogic Server ServerMBean EJBMBean JDBCMBean ...

PATCOL WebLogic (Java collector)

J2EE objects

JVMPI profiling data PATROL Profiler XML Message

Profiling Data Storage

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

27

Application classes and icons


PATROL for BEA WebLogic contains applications and application containers. Application containers group together multiple instances of a managed resource. The BEAWLS_SERVER application container represents the entire BEA WebLogic Server environment and acts as a container for all PATROL for BEA WebLogic application classes. The BEAWLS_SERVER icon appears in the Console window for a specific computer host. The BEAWLS_SETUP icon and the BEAWLS_SERVER icon are displayed in the computer window along with the operating system application icons and the PATROL Agent icon, as shown in Figure 3. The BEAWLS_SETUP icon is used to configure the product; for more information, see Configuring the KM on page 93). Figure 3 PATROL Console

setup icon for PATROL for BEA WebLogic

icon for monitoring and managing BEA WebLogic Server

28

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Application class icons and functions


Table 1 shows the icon for each application class, the application class name, and a brief description of its function.

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 1 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_SERVER Function represents a BEA WebLogic administration server application instance; at the PATROL Console level, the icon represents the entire WebLogic monitoring environment this icon should always be created for all monitored environments

BEA WebLogic Server application class

Setup application class BEAWLS_SETUP provides menu commands used to configure PATROL for BEA WebLogic this icon should always be created for all monitored environments Clustering application class BEAWLS_CLUSTER represents WebLogic clustering; this is an optional environment supported in BEA WebLogic Server 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x; does not apply when monitoring a single managed server monitors and manages the BEA WebLogic Integration server version 8.1 this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 SP1 and higher environments BEAWLI_PROCESS monitors and manages the BPM process of the BEA WebLogic Integration server version 8.1 this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 SP1 and higher environments

Integration management application class BEAWLI_INTEGRATION

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

29

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 2 of 9) Application class name BEAWLP_PORTAL Function provides a container for the BEAWLP_CACHE KM to monitor and manage the BEA WebLogic Portal server version 8.1 this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 SP1 and higher environments

Portal management application class

Portal cache management application class BEAWLP_CACHE monitors and manages the cache service of the BEA WebLogic Portal server version 8.1 this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 SP1 and higher environments Database URL application class BEAWLS_DBURL represents a database URL on which there are configured JDBC connection pools

Enterprise Java Bean application class BEAWLS_EJB represents all deployed Enterprise Java beans deployed on a given server

EJB Home application class BEAWLS_EJB_HOME represents home runtime interfaces of an EJB; monitors and administers runtime information (transaction counts) for stateful, stateless, entity beans, and message driven beans provides byte-code instrumentation of selected EJB methods; this application class appears only if EJB method level data collection is enabled via the Advanced Monitoring command in the BEAWLS_SERVER class

EJB Method application class BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD

30

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 3 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE Function monitors and manages the execution queues on each server; queues are monitored for queue length, thread activity, and requests processed this icon should always be created for all monitored environments

Execution queues application class

J2EE application class BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS shows the deployed J2EE application under the monitored WebLogic environment this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 SP1 and higher environments JCA application class BEAWLS_JCA supports the J2EE Connector Architecture (JCA); monitors configuration and runtime information from a JCA connection pool in BEA WebLogic Server 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments represents all deployed JDBC connection pools and is created at main discovery regardless of the number of configured connection pools monitors and manages the JMS server, which enables communication between applications in BEA WebLogic Server 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x monitors the JMS destinations

Java database connection pool application class BEAWLS_JDBC

JMS application class BEAWLS_JMS

jms destination application class BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION

JMS server application class BEAWLS_JMSSERVER monitors and manages the JMS server, which enables communication between applications in BEA WebLogic Server 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

31

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 4 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_JOLT Function represents configured Jolt connection pools deployed in the WebLogic environment Jolt is a Java-based client API that manages requests for BEA Tuxedo services

Jolt for WebLogic application class

JROCKIT application class BEAWLS_JROCKIT represents the BEA WebLogic JRockit JVM 1.4.1 or higher, supported for WebLogic 8.1 or higher although PATROL will work with JRockit 1.3.1 on WebLogic 7.0, the JROCKIT class will not be created for full monitoring JVM profiler application class BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER provides statistical information about the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) when the profiling advanced monitoring option is enabled monitors and manages a WebLogic managed Server that is running on the same host as the PATROL Agent (see also the Managed Server Application Class, BEAWLS_MANAGED) monitors log files and generates events for the PATROL Event Manager Domain, Server, HTTP, and JDBC log files are monitored this icon should always be created for all monitored environments, although it will disappear if you stop monitoring all logs

Local managed application class BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED

Log file monitoring application class BEAWLS_LOG

32

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 5 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_MANAGED Function monitors and manages a managed WebLogic Server that is remote to a given PATROL Agent (see also Local Managed Server Application Class, LOCAL_MANAGED) in an environment with multiple WebLogic Server instances, one server will be designated the administrative server and others designated as managed servers

Managed server application class

Messaging bridge application class BEAWLS_MESSAGING_ BRIDGE monitors the WebLogic messaging bridge this icon is created under each WebLogic server instance of a monitored domain which includes a Messaging Bridge Operating system application class BEAWLS_OS monitors the local operating system of a host on which a monitored WebLogic Administration Server JVM is running; also monitors all JVMs on local managed servers this icon should always be created for all monitored environments, although parameters may be offline if the Unix or Windows OS KM is not loaded Response time probe application class BEAWLS_PROBE provides connection time and estimated transfer rate to the administrative server via the AvgPingTime and AvgConnTime parameters the BEAWLS_PROBE class is always active, but may appear at a different level when monitoring a remote managed server

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

33

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 6 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS Function container for Java classes for which method level response information is being collected this application class is created only when JVM performance data collection is turned on via the Advance Monitoring menu command in the BEAWLS_SERVER class and method profiling is turned on via the Configure Method Profiling menu command in BEAWLS_SERVER

Profiling application class

Profiling method application class BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD container for Java classes for which method level response information is being collected this application class is created only when JVM performance data collection is turned on via the Advance Monitoring menu command in the BEAWLS_SERVER class and method profiling is turned on via the Configure Method Profiling menu command in BEAWLS_SERVER HTTP and JSP servlet application class BEAWLS_SERVLET represents HTTP, JSP, and servlets HTTP, JSP, and servlets represent serverside logic in e-commerce applications SAF service application class BEAWLS_SAF monitors the Store-and-Forward (SAF) service this icon is created under each WebLogic server instance of a monitored domain which includes SAF Agents SAF agent application class BEAWLS_SAFAGENT monitors the Store-and-Forward (SAF) agents this icon is created under each BEAWLS_SAF instance

34

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 7 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD Function monitors methods for a selected servlet monitors only doGet, doPut, doDelete, and doPost methods

Servlet method application class

SQL application class BEAWLS_SQL monitors SQL statements

Threadpool application class BEAWLS_THREADPOOL monitors the thread pool of all WebLogic servers inside the domain
Note: This application class is supported only on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x.

Tuxedo Connector application class BEAWLS_TUXEDO_ CONNECTOR monitors the WebLogic Tuxedo Connector service in all WebLogic servers inside the domain
Note: This application class is supported only on WebLogic Server 9.1 and 10.x.

Web applications application class BEAWLS_WEBAPP monitors and manages resources used by a web application running on a configured and managed WebLogic Server monitors all deployed web applications and can monitor specific servlets for a given application Web service application class BEAWLS_WS represents the deployed web services under the monitored BEA WebLogic server this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 environments (all service packs), 9.x, and 10.x

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

35

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 8 of 9) Application class name BEAWLS_WS_HDL Function provides runtime information about a JAXRPC handler of the deployed web services under the monitored BEA WebLogic server this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 environments (all service packs)

Web service handler application class

Web service operation application class BEAWLS_WS_OPER describes the operation state of the deployed web services under the monitored BEA WebLogic server this applies only to BEA WebLogic Server 8.1 environments (all service packs), 9.x, and 10.x Workload application class BEAWLS_WORKLOAD monitors the overload condition of the J2EE application Work Managers
Note: This application class is supported

only on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. JMX_MAIN application class JMX_MAIN provides administrative functions for the JMX component

JMX_DOMAIN application class JMX_DOMAIN each instance represents a grouping of MBeans; from this icon, you can manage all MBeans that have the same domain name

JMX_SERVER application class JMX_SERVER each instance represents an MBean server; MBean servers for BEA WebLogic are automatically registered

36

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 1 Icon

Application class icons and functions (Part 9 of 9) Application class name JMX_CONDITION Function each instance represents a monitored condition that you have previously defined; the condition includes definitions of attribute value thresholds and notifications; if a condition applies to a single JMX domain, the icon is a child of JMX_DOMAIN, if it applies to multiple domains, it is a child of JMX_SERVER

JMX_CONDITION application class

Application instance naming conventions


The application classes in this product use the naming conventions shown in Table 2 for labeling icons to differentiate each application class instance. Table 2 Instance naming conventions (Part 1 of 3) Instance naming convention the SAF Service for all SAF Agents for the entire WebLogic server unique instance name of the SAF Agent the name of the host the name of the process Example SAF Service exampleSAFAgent

Application BEAWLS_SAF BEAWLS_ SAFAGENT BEAWLI_ INTEGRATION BEAWLI_ PROCESS BEAWLP_ PORTAL BEAWLS_ MESSAGING_ BRIDGE BEAWLS_EJB_ HOME

WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environment

WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments WorkflowBilling, OrderNew, OrderRequisition WorkflowBilling, OrderNew, OrderRequisition documentIdCache, adServiceCache e2ePortal MsgBridge

BEAWLP_CACHE the name of the cache service the name of the portal service unique user-defined name specified when creating Messaging Bridge

WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments full JNDI name of bean, or display name portal.PortalGroupHierarchyHome, theory.smart.ebusiness.tax. TaxCalculator, TheCart

WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environment

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

37

Table 2

Instance naming conventions (Part 2 of 3) Instance naming convention unique name for the execute queue; these are created at startup the JCA application name which is the name of its resource adapter archive file (.rar) Example MyAppQueue BlackBoxNoTx

Application BEAWLS_EXEC _QUEUE BEAWLS_JCA

BEAWLS_JDBC BEAWLS_ JMS BEAWLS_ JMS_ DESTINATION BEAWLS_ JMSSERVER BEAWLS_JOLT BEAWLS_J2EE BEAWLS_LOG

unique user-defined name specified commercePool, docPool when creating JDBC connection pool the JMS Service for all JMS servers for JMS Service the entire WebLogic server the destination of the JMS unique instance name of the JMS server unique user-defined name specified when creating Jolt connection pool the name of the application user-defined name specified in Log Name Alias field of the dialog box that appears when setting up monitoring for another log by default, the application creates instances for the JDBC, HTTP, DOMAIN, and Server log files, as defined in the WebLogic MBean server configuration JMS Service exampleJMSServer ccjoltPool, demoJoltPool WLI System EJBs, e2eWorkflow JDBC, HTTP, SERVER, DOMAIN

BEAWLS_ MANAGED BEAWLS_ PROBE

name of the remote managed server (remote to this PATROL Agent)

sales_server2

role of the server (administration or Admin_PROBE, LocalMgr_PROBE local managed) being monitored; not relevant when monitoring remote managed servers name of the Java class being profiled weblogic.managementAdmin name of the method being profiled getShoppingCart WLServer1 surveyResponse, RegistrationForm

BEAWLS_PROF_ CLASS BEAWLS_PROF_ METHOD

BEAWLS_ SERVER unique server instance name specified when registering a server BEAWLS_ SERVLET BEAWLS_ THREADPOOL
38

file name of the servlet executable

name of the WebLogic server defined WLServer1 by the WebLogic administrator

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 2 BEAWLS_ WEBAPP

Instance naming conventions (Part 3 of 3) Instance naming convention file name of the web application a web archive contains all of the files that make up a web application Example petStore

Application

BEAWLS_ WORKLOAD BEAWLS_ WS

name of the workload manager defined by the WebLogic administrator


file name of the web service a web archive contains all of the files that make up a web application

WorkloadMgr1

CampaignWS, PropertySetWS

BEAWLS_ WS_HDL

java class name of the handler a web archive contains all of the files that make up a web application

handler-0 [getAdIds], handler-1 [get AdIds]

BEAWLS_ WS_OPER

name of the operation a web archive contains all of the files that make up a web application

getAdIds, getEmailURIs

JMX_SERVER JMX_DOMAIN

the string MBeans on followed by server name name of the web application containing the bean

MBeans on QSERVE5 petstore(Administration) MonitorEStoreAcct

JMX_CONDITION condition label you specified when defining the condition

Where to Go from Here


If you are ready to install and configure the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product, see Chapter 2, Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic. If you are already running the product, see Chapter 4, Managing the BEA WebLogic environment.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities

39

40

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

2
42 42 43 43 44 44 44 46 47 48 49 51 52 52 55 55 58 58 59 59 61 63 63 64 64 65 72 73 73 74 75
41

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic


2

This chapter describes how to install and upgrade PATROL for BEA WebLogic. Installation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance and scalability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing to install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Target computers and their roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining where to install KMs based on architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default and custom installation types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PATROL security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remotely versus locally managed servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical new installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading from an earlier version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing previous profiling and instrumentation libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic migration of console and agent customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining whether you can migrate KM customizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conditions for upgrading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining the location of PATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade scenarios for PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading without saving KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrading and preserving KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Migrating your KM customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparing to upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Migrating customizations with the PATROL migration tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . Removing files from the PATROL_CACHE directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Migrating customizations manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Importing into a distribution tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

Importing into the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Installing by using the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Considerations for using online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Installation requirements
Before installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic, verify that your system is supported for this product and that you have a valid license from BMC Software and an appropriate account from which to install the product. For information about the system requirement, see the Release Notes for this release of the product. If you will be using the JVM Profiling and Instrumentation features, verify that your Java environment is supported for this product.

NOTE
Any information for Unix, unless otherwise specified, applies to any supported versions of Linux.

Performance and scalability


BMC Software tested PATROL for BEA WebLogic to assess its performance in typical WebLogic environments in different configurations with the following results:

In a basic out-of-the-box configuration, monitoring an active WebLogic environment, PATROL for BEA WebLogic used negligible resources. Turning on Instrumentation features slightly increased the load on the PATROL Agent. Due to inherent overhead of the JVMPI, turning on Profiling features significantly increased the CPU load and caused extended load times for the PATROL Agent. As a result, BMC Software recommends using Profiling features only as a development and test tool outside the production environment.

42

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

License
Verify that you have a a permanent license to run your PATROL product or a valid demonstration license. If you have not yet installed a permanent license, contact your BMC Software sales representative or BMCs Contract Administration department for licensing information.

Installation account
Install PATROL for BEA WebLogic on each machine using the dedicated PATROL OS account under which you installed the PATROL Console or Agent. If you do not already have a dedicated PATROL account, this section describes how to set up a PATROL installation account for Windows and Unix platforms.

Windows environment
PATROL requires a dedicated user account in the Windows environment known as the PATROL default account. The PATROL default account must be created before you install PATROL. The PATROL default account can be either a local or a domain account. Stand-alone workgroup servers must use a local user account as a PATROL default account. Servers that are trusted members of a domain may use either a local or domain account. In each case, the PATROL default account must be a member of the local administrators group of the computer where the agent will reside. PATROL default accounts on domain controllers should be only domain accounts. The account on a domain controller must be a member of the domain administrators group. Although you can use an existing Windows user account, BMC Software recommends that you create a separate Windows user account for PATROL.

WARNING
Do not use a domain or local Administrator account as the PATROL default account. Such account usage causes files created by PATROL to be owned by the Administrator, which could result in security or file access problems.

Unix environments
BMC Software recommends that the Unix account that you create meets the following conditions:
Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic 43

The account .login, .profile, .cshrc, and .kshrc files should contain as little user customization as possible. Specifically, there should be no aliases, the prompt should be set to the default, and there should be no command in these files to change the umask setting. The recommended umask setting for the installation account is 022. Do not use root to install PATROL products as this may create security risks. Be sure the account has permission to create directories in the directory where you will install PATROL products.

The account that you use to install PATROL must have permission to write the installation logs to the $HOME and /tmp directories on the computer where you are installing products.

Preparing to install
BMC Software recommends that you install the product on a limited number of development or test machines first, configure and test the product, and then install it onto production machines.

Security Requirements

The default PATROL User needs to have recursive read access to the entire WebLogic and JDK installation trees. The files in the subdirectory $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM must be recursively readable for the world. The subdirectory $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM must be writable to the world.

Installation prerequisites
Before you install PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you must

ensure you are using the appropriate version of the installation utility (see page 45) understand target machines and their roles (see page 46) understand PATROL security options (see page 49) decide if you want to manage your WebLogic servers locally or remotely (see page 51)

44

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Checking for product patches or fixes before installing


Product fixes or patches are often available through the BMC Software Web site. Patches correct problems that are found after a product is released. BMC Software recommends that you check the product page for this version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic on the BMC Software Customer Support Web page to determine whether a patch is available before you begin installing a product.

Remote installation
If you create an installable image, the product configuration information that you enter, such as the BMC Software products installation directory, account names, passwords, PATROL Agent port number, and security options, must be the same for all computers on which the image is to be installed. If you want to specify different settings for different computers, you must either create a separate image for each set of values that you want to implement or edit the variables in the images control file by using the ctltool. For more information about creating, distributing, and installing installable images, and about using the ctltool, see the PATROL Installation Reference Manual.

Determining the version of the installation utility


The installation instructions contained in this version of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide pertain to version 7.5.21 of the PATROL Installation Utility. This version of the installation utility might be different from the version included on another product CD or from a version that you downloaded from the BMC Software Electronic Product Download (EPD) site. If you use a version of the PATROL Installation Utility other than version 7.5.21, the instructions in this manual may not precisely match what you see on your screen. To determine the version of an installation utility, perform the following steps:

1 Open a command prompt. 2 Navigate to the directory where the installation utility is located. 3 Enter one of the following commands:

setup.exe -v (Windows) setup.sh -v (Unix)

A message box displays the version of the installation utility.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

45

Target computers and their roles


The installation utility prompts you to select the roles performed by the computer on which you are installing BMC Software products (the target computer). Before beginning the installation process, review the following definitions of the roles that are presented in the installation utility and decide which of these roles is performed by each computer in your environment.

Roles performed by computers in the PATROL architecture

Console Systems (also referred to as console computers) host user desktop

applications such as consoles, user interfaces, viewers, and browsers. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing will perform any of the following roles: monitor and manage on Windows by using a PATROL Central Operator Microsoft Windows Edition console (PATROL 7.x architecture) monitor, manage, and develop KMs on Unix by using a PATROL Classic Console for Unix (PATROL 3.x architecture) monitor, manage, and develop KMs on Windows by using a PATROL Classic Console for Windows (PATROL 3.x architecture)

Managed Systems (also referred to as agent computers) host software that manages

the resources on the computer, such as a PATROL Agent, PATROL Knowledge Modules, and Service Reporting Retrievers. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing will perform any of the following roles: host a PATROL Agent 3.5 (works with both the PATROL 3.x and PATROL 7.x architecture) host KMs and components that contain the knowledge that PATROL uses to monitor the resources on this computer

A Common Services (PATROL 7.x architecture) computer hosts services that are shared among managed systems and console systems. You can install each of these common services on any computer in the network. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing will perform any of the following roles: host the PATROL Central Operator Web Edition (PATROL 7.x architecture) Web server host the PATROL Console Servers host the RTservers

46

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Additional information
For more information about the PATROL consoles and PATROL Console Server or RTserver, see the products respective online help systems and the following documents:

PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition Getting Started PATROL Central Operator - Microsoft Windows Edition Getting Started PATROL Console Server and RTserver Getting Started PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide PATROL Console for Unix User Guide PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows User Guide - Understanding the Basics of PATROL, Volume 1

Determining where to install KMs based on architecture


PATROL 3.x and PATROL 7.x architectures differ as to which target computers store Knowledge Modules and how much KM information is required by each type of system. During installation, ensure that you select the appropriate types of systems according to the following information:

PATROL 3.x
Install KM packages to Managed Systems and Console Systems. A PATROL 3.x environment includes the following components:

PATROL Agent 3.5 or 3.6 runs on Managed Systems. PATROL Console for Windows or PATROL Console for Unix 3.5 runs on Console Systems.

PATROL 7.x
For PATROL Central Operator Microsoft Windows Edition, install KM packages to Console Systems, Common Services Systems, and Managed Systems. For PATROL Central Operator Web Edition, install KM packages to Common Services Systems and Managed Systems.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

47

A PATROL 7.x environment includes the following components:


PATROL Agent 3.5 or 3.6 runs on Managed Systems. RTserver runs on Commons Services Systems. PATROL Console Server runs on Common Services Systems. PATROL Central Operator Microsoft Windows Edition, PATROL Central Operator Web Edition, or both run on Console Systems.

For more information about the PATROL 7.x architecture, see the PATROL Infrastructure Planning Guide.

Mixed PATROL 3.x and 7.x environment


A mixed PATROL 3.x and 7.x environment includes the components from both a PATROL 3.x environment and a PATROL 7.x environment.

Default and custom installation types


The installation utility prompts you to select one of the following installation types:

In general, use the Default installation type if you are installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic for the first time or if you are upgrading from a previous installation and you want to use standard default settings for directories and port numbers. In general, use the Custom installation type if you want to install only individual components, or if you are upgrading from a previous version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic and have a PATROL environment that may be configured with nonstandard settings.

NOTE
If you are installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic to an existing PATROL Agent or Console environment that is not in the default installation directory, use Custom. Do not use Default. Default will automatically install the agent or console with PATROL for BEA WebLogic and overwrite your existing installation. If you do not want to overwrite your existing installation, use Custom so that you can clear the selection of the agent or console product.

48

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

PATROL security
You can secure the data passed between PATROL components and restrict unauthorized users from accessing your data by implementing PATROL security. PATROL security is installed as part of the agent, console server, and consoles. KMs inherit the security policy from the agent, console server, and console on which they are installed. For more information about implementing and using PATROL security, see the following documentation:

PATROL Security User Guide PATROL Security Release Notes

Default login shell


BMC Software recommends that you define the default login shell as part of preparation to install, if you are installing into a Unix environment. Although setting a default login shell is not specifically a requirement for installation, starting the KM without having defined the correct login shell could result in unpredictable behavior. Both the WebLogic Administration Account and the PATROL Default User Account must be set to use one of the following the default login shells:

the Bourne shell (sh) the Korn shell (ksh)

Mounting a CD on Unix
The following sections provide information about the mount commands you must use to mount the PATROL product CDs on your Unix system.

Mounting the CD drive


In this procedure, the root directory for the CD drive is called /cdrom. This directory might be different for your computer, depending on how your system administrator has configured the device. If a problem occurs, consult your system administrator or read the man page for mount.

1 Log on as root. 2 Insert the CD into the CD drive.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

49

3 Use the mount command appropriate to your platform to mount the CD, as shown
in Table 3: Table 3 Mount commands by platform Platform AIX HP-UX Linux Solaris Mount command mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom mount -F cdfs -o ro /dev/dsk/drive_for_cdrom/cdrom mount /dev/cdrom /path_to_target _mount_point Volume Manager (/usr/sbin/vold) automatically mounts. Otherwise, mount -r -F hsfs /dev/sr0 /cdrom

4 Log off.

Mounting the CD drive for an NFS Client


Before you can mount the CD on an Network File System (NFS) device, you must export the CD file system so that it can be mounted by NFS clients. Most platforms use the exportfs command to export a local file system, including a CD file system. However, Solaris platforms use the share command. To mount the CD on an NFS client, follow these steps:

1 Log on as root. 2 Create a directory on your local computer (for example, /mnt/cdrom or /mnt/cdrom/
cdrom0 for Solaris) as the mount point for the CD on the remote host computer.

3 Use the mount command appropriate to your platform to mount the CD.
Table 4 Platform Linux Solaris NFS mount commands by platform Mount command mount host:/path_to_file_system_to_be_exported / path_to_target_mount_point mount host:/cdrom/cdrom0 /mnt/cdrom/cdrom0 If a problem occurs, consult your system administrator or read the man page for mount.

AIX, HPUX-PA1.0 mount host:/cdrom /mnt/cdrom

4 Log off.

50

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Remotely versus locally managed servers


For remote management, which is the default configuration of PATROL for BEA WebLogic, the KM and PATROL Agent are installed only on the Admin Server Node. All other application servers running on different nodes (remote managed instances), but that are part of the same Admin domain, are automatically managed from the single Admin server node. These instances are displayed as BEAWLS_MANAGED icons. You can also monitor a managed server without registering, monitoring, or discovering its Admin server or other managed servers within its Admin domain. In this case, you must install the PATROL Agent and KM following the same guidelines provided here for a local managed host. If you want to monitor a remote Node Manager process, you must install the PATROL Agent and KM on the remote host and you must register the remote managed host. For local management, a PATROL Agent and the KM must be installed on each computer that has WebLogic server running as a managed server of any monitored domain. These instances are displayed as BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED icons. The local managed server has the following additional functionalities over remote managed server:

log monitoring advance monitoring, including instrumentation and profiling the management of timing information using PATROL event generation on the AvgPingTime or AvgConnTime parameters

As an example, a monitored WebLogic server domain named petstore has the following servers installed:

an admin server labeled as A a managed server (labeled as B) in the same computer as the admin server A a computer labeled C

Where the PATROL Agent is installed determines if the instance is a local or remote instance. If the monitored PATROL agent is installed in A, then B is shown as a BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED instance from PATROL console, while C is discovered as the BEAWLS_MANAGED instance (a remote instance).

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

51

However, if the PATROL Agent is installed in C and the PATROL console is used to attach to the PATROL Agent in C, C is displayed as the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED instance and server B is the instance of BEAWLS_MANAGED server (a remote instance). The steps to install a local instance would be as follows: 1. Install and configure a PATROL Agent in the same machine as the WebLogic managed server. 2. Install the WebLogic KM in the host of this managed server. For more information, see Typical new installation on page 52. 3. Load the WebLogic Server KM to this Patrol agent. For more information, see Loading PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 92. 4. Register the WebLogic Server to configure the monitored domain, inputting the admin server URL during the KM configuration. For more information, see Registering a server on page 93.

Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic


This section describes how to install the latest version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. You should first install on a limited number of machines in a test environment, test the installation thoroughly, and then install in your production environment.

NOTE
By default, the Typical installation configures the PATROL Agent to connect through port 3181. If you want to use a different port, you must use the Custom installation, see Upgrading from an earlier version on page 55.

Typical new installation


1 Shut down the PATROL Agent and any classic Consoles that are running on the
computer where you are installing.

2 Perform the appropriate action:

If you are installing from the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product CD, insert it in the CD-ROM. If you are using a Unix system, mount the CD.

52

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

If you are installing from a downloaded image locate it.

3 From the root directory of the CD or the downloaded image, run the appropriate
command:

Windows: setup.exe Unix: setup.sh

If you are in a Unix environment with no web browser, or are in a Windows 2000 environment with Citrix Metaframe, perform the following steps to launch the installation program:

A From a command line prompt, change to the directory in which the installation
utility is located.

B Start the installation utility using one of the following commands:


Unix: ./setup.sh -serveronly Windows: setup.exe -serveronly

The installation program opens a dialog box with a message similar to the following example: To connect to to the WEB server open a browser an use the following URL: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:50001/. Press OK to stop the WEB server.

C Start a web browser. D Direct the browser to the URL displayed in the message box. NOTE
If you are installing on Compaq Tru64 4.0, you may need to use the target override option. To do this, start the setup using the following command:
./setup.sh -target_override OSF1-alpha-V4

4 In the Welcome to the Installation Utility page, click Next to begin your installation. 5 In the Review Licence Agreement page, select Accept, then click Next. 6 In the Select Installation Option page, select Install products on this computer now,
then click Next.

7 In the Select Type of Installation page, select the Default installation method, then
click Next.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

53

8 In the Specify Installation Directory page, enter a directory path if you do not want
to accept the default directory. Click Next to continue.

9 In the Select System Roles page, select whether the computer to which you are
installing is used as a monitoring console or as a target managed system (or both). Select the appropriate role, then click Next.

Select Console System if you are installing to computer that will host the PATROL Classic Console. Select Managed System if you are installing to a computer that will host a PATROL Agent. (This is a computer on which you run BEA WebLogic Server). Select Common Services if you are installing to a computer that will host the PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition (PATROL 7.x architecture) web server, the PATROL Console Servers, or the RTservers. If you are not sure which option to choose, select all three roles.

10 In the Select Products and Components to Install page, click + to expand the
PATROL Solutions branch, then select PATROL for BEA WebLogic version versionNumber.

11 Click Next. 12 Review the setup information on the Review Selections and Install (or Review
Selections and Create Installable Image) window. If you want to change settings, click Back to go back to previous dialog boxes. Click Start Install to continue the installation.

13 When the status dialog box reports that installation is 100% complete, click Next to
see the results dialog box. (Next does not appear until installation is complete.)

14 In the Installation Results page, you can click View Log to review details of the
installation. Click Next to continue.

15 In the final Installation Results page, click Finish to close the installation utility. 16 If you manually started the web server is step step 2 on page 45, go to the
computer where you started the web server and click OK in the dialog box.

54

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Upgrading from an earlier version


If you have a previous version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic installed on the target computer, you have the following options for upgrading to the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic:

Upgrading without saving KM customizations on page 63 Upgrading and preserving KM customizations on page 63

Figure 4 on page 62 describes the general process of upgrading to a new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic and migrating any customizations.

Removing previous profiling and instrumentation libraries


The JVM profiling and J2EE bytecode instrumentation features of PATROL for BEA WebLogic require several resources that must be removed if you are upgrading to this version of the product. To remove the files that support advanced monitoring features:

1 Turn off all advanced monitoring features anywhere you have enabled it in your
monitored environment. For each server on which profiling, instrumentation, or both, have been activated, disable the features as explained in Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features on page 106.

2 Stop each of the servers on which profiling or instrumentation has been activated. 3 Clear the profiling and instrumentation code: A Access the icon of an application server on which profiling or instrumentation
has been activated.

B Choose the Advance Monitoring => Configure command. C Select Remove This Advance Monitoring Feature. NOTE
When you select Remove This Advance Monitoring Feature, all enabled advanced monitoring features will be removed. They can not be selectively removed.

D Click Accept.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

55

E Repeat steps A through D for each of the remaining application servers on


which profiling or instrumentation has been activated.

NOTE
Although a message is displayed indicating that the command succeeded, the removal of the libraries in the WebLogic JRE is a Java process which is only scheduled, not actually accomplished.

4 Terminate all Java processes that reference the WebLogic JRE.

If possible, locate and terminate each process that references the WebLogic JRE. If you cannot identify which JRE is a running process, it might be necessary to terminate all running Java processes.

WARNING
Some Unix systems allow files to be deleted even if they are still being referenced, but doing so could produce unexpected results. Window NT and Windows 2000 require that files no longer be in use before they can be deleted.

56

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

5 Verify that the following files are cleared from the WebLogic JRE:
Table 5 Profiling and instrumentation files Operating system Path All OSs Unix JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext PATROL_HOME/../j2ee/bin File BMCJ2eeExt.jar BMCSvrExt.jar BMCJ2eeCP.jar BMCJ2eeSetup.jar BMCJ2eeExt.jar BMCJ2eeRef.jar Windows PATROL_HOME\j2ee\bin BMCJ2eeCP.jar BMCJ2eeSetup.jar BMCJ2eeExt.jar BMCJ2eeRef.jar Windows 2000 or 2003 AIX Solaris HP-UX Red Hat Itanium Red Hat Itanium HP-UX 11.23 Itanium Windows 2003 SuSE SLES 8 %JAVA_HOME%\jre\bin $JAVA_HOME/jre/bin $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/sparc $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/PA_RISC2.0 $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/i386 $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ia64 $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/IA64N %JAVA_HOME%\jre\bin $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/i386 libBMCProfiler.sl libBMCProfiler.so libBMCProfiler.so libBMCProfiler.so libBMCProfiler.so libBMCProfiler.so BMCProfiler.dll libBMCProfiler.so

6 If any of the files still exist in the location identified in Table 5, delete the file or files
manually. If you get an error and cannot delete a file, it is probably still being referenced by a Java process. Terminate the process and try deleting again until all of the files identified in the table have been deleted.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

57

Automatic migration of console and agent customizations


Only customizations to Knowledge Modules must be migrated. Whether you choose to save and migrate your KM customizations or not, the customizations you have made to

agentsstored in the agent configuration file consolesstored in the console cache files

are preserved and incorporated into the new version automatically.

NOTE
Customized Knowledge Modules and PSL files are also stored in the cache but they are not automatically preserved and incorporated.

Determining whether you can migrate KM customizations


Before migrating customizations, you must determine whether or not your customizations to PATROL for BEA WebLogic can be migrated to the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. See Table 6 to determine whether migration is supported for your current version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. If migration is supported, choose one of the following installation procedures to migrate your customizations:

migrating customizations using the PATROL Migration Tools version 3.5 (page 65) migrating customizations manually (page 73) Versions that you can migrate Version 2.4.00 2.3.00 2.2.00 2.1.00, 2.1.01 1.3.00

Table 6

Component PATROL for BEA WebLogic PATROL for BEA WebLogic PATROL for BEA WebLogic PATROL for BEA WebLogic PATROL for BEA WebLogic

58

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Conditions for upgrading


Use Table 7 to help you choose an upgrade procedure. Table 7 Choosing an upgrade procedure If you have this situation

Use this procedure Upgrading without saving KM customizations

have not made any customizations to the KM files in your previous version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic want to overwrite customizations you made to the KM files with the default values of the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic have a currently installed version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic that cannot be migrated (See Table 6)

Upgrading and preserving KM customizations

made customizations to the KM files in your previously installed version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic and want to save those customizations and migrate them to the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic

Determining the location of PATROL


During the installation process, the PATROL Installation Utility records where it installs PATROL components in environment variables. To function properly, various components of the PATROL product, such as the migration tools, require the information stored in these variables. Two important variables are PATROL_HOME and PATROL_CACHE. Throughout this section, all references to PATROL_HOME represent %PATROL_HOME% if you are using Windows and $PATROL_HOME if you are using Unix. All references to PATROL_CACHE represent %PATROL_CACHE% if you are using Windows and $HOME/patrol if you are using Unix.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

59

Default values for PATROL location variables


If you do not specify a location for the PATROL installation, the installer uses the following default locations and stores these locations in environment variables: Table 8 Default values for PATROL location variables Windows default value C:\Program Files\BMC Software\PATROL3 Unix default value /opt/bmc/PATROL3

Variable name PATROL_HOME

PATROL_CACHE %HOMEDRIVE%\%HOMEPATH%\ $HOME/PATROL3 PATROL3

Viewing environment variables set by PATROL


To view the value of PATROL_HOME, PATROL_CACHE and other environment variables, perform the appropriate procedure for your operating system: Operating system Microsoft Windows 2000 Procedure Using the Control Panel tools 1. From the Start Menu, select Start => Settings => Control Panel. 2. Open the System application. 3. Select the Environment tab. 4. Scroll through the System Variable list box to view the variables. Note: The System application displays PATROL_CACHE only if it is set to a value other than its default value. Using the PATROL Environment Probe 1. From the Start Menu, select Start => Programs => BMC PATROL => PATROL Environment Probe. 2. Scroll to the variables that you want to view.

60

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Operating system

Procedure

Unix using Bourne or Korn At the shell command prompt, type export and press Shell ENTER. The shell displays a list of environment variables and their values. Note: If PATROL_HOME is not set, run patrolrc.sh. Unix using C Shell At the shell command prompt, type setenv and press ENTER. The shell displays a list of environment variables and their values. Note: If PATROL_HOME is not set, run patrolrc.sh.

Upgrade scenarios for PATROL for BEA WebLogic


Figure 4 on page 62 illustrates several different scenarios for upgrading PATROL for BEA WebLogic. These scenarios include

not migrating customizations migrating customizations manually migrating customizations using the PATROL Migration Tools and then installing the product using, the Common Installation Utility for local installations the Distribution Server for remote installations)

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

61

Figure 4

Upgrading overview for PATROL for BEA WebLogic


Upgrading without saving KM customizations on page 63 Installing over an existing PATROL for BEA WebLogic installation? Shut down agent and console, remove previous version from PATROL_CACHE and PATROL_HOME directories on agent and console computer. Install PATROL for BEA WebLogic using instructions inTypical new installation on page 52

Saving customizations?

No

Yes

Yes No

Can you migrate?

No

Determining whether you can migrate KM customizations on page 58

Yes
See Migrating customizations with the PATROL migration tools on page 65

Migrating manually or using PATROL Migration Tools?

PATROL Migration Tools

Run the migration probe to determine differences between the base KM and the customized KM, then run merge tool to merge changes with new KM.

Installing remotely?

No

Install PATROL for BEA WebLogic using instructions in Typical new installation on page 52.

Yes migrating manually


Import merged package into the Distribution Server and start installer using instructions in Importing into the Distribution Server on page 75.

Migrating customizations manually on page 73 Back up PATROL_HOME and PATROL_CACHE directories and note all customizations. Shut down agent and console, remove previous version of the product from PATROL_CACHE and PATROL_HOME directories on agent and console computers. Install PATROL for BEA WebLogic using instructions in Typical new installation on page 52. Manually change settings or PSL files to match your customizations for the previous version.

62

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Upgrading without saving KM customizations


If you do not want to save any customizations of .km files, PSL code, alarm thresholds, or events, you can simply install the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic over your previous version after moving or deleting PATROL for BEA WebLogic files from the PATROL_CACHE. See Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 52 for instructions.

NOTE
Customizations applied using PATROL Configuration Manager or operator overrides are automatically saved in the agent configuration database. They will take effect automatically unless the parameter name or application name has changed. In either of those cases, you must reapply the customizations.

Upgrading and preserving KM customizations


Use the appropriate task in this section if you want to upgrade to the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic and you want to preserve any customizations you have made to the .km files in the previous version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. You must first migrate your customizations from the old version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic to the new version, and then install the result into your environment. You should complete this process on a limited number of computers in the test environment first, test the merged KMs thoroughly, and then deploy them to your production environment.

NOTE
To upgrade and preserve customizations, you must either migrate your customizations manually, use the PATROL Migration Tools version 3.5, or use the Distribution Server. If you are using the Distribution Server, ensure that you have the latest version of the product installed as well as any available patches.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

63

Migrating your KM customizations


Customizations made to PATROL for BEA WebLogic can include changes to the parameter alarm ranges, states, or other parameter properties. You can migrate customizations manually or use the PATROL migration tools. Migration of .km files with the migration tools is automated, with the following exceptions:

modified PSL code, whether it is embedded in .km files or in .psl files new Knowledge Modules that you created

The results from the migration tools can be installed using either the PATROL Installation Utility or the Distribution Server. For more information about the PATROL migration tools, see the PATROL Migration Tools User Guide.

Preparing to upgrade
Whether you are upgrading and migrating customizations or simply upgrading, you must first back up the current installation. If the .kml file or any of the .km files for the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic has a different file name from the previous version, you must remove those files from the list of KMs that are preloaded on the PATROL Agent.

Before you begin

If you plan to migrate your customizations, determine whether you can migrate from a previous version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. See Table 6 on page 58 to determine whether migration is supported for your current version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. If you are upgrading from version 2.2.00 or higher of PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you must remove the advanced Java monitoring components before upgrading. See Removing previous profiling and instrumentation libraries on page 55.

To back up the current installation


Back up your customizations so that you can restore the current installation if you want to roll back your upgrade.

1 Shut down any PATROL Agents, consoles, and related services that are currently
running.

2 Ensure that no one is accessing any PATROL files or directories.


64 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

3 Perform a full backup of the directories where PATROL files are typically stored.
These directories are listed in the following tables:

Windows
File type executables and data console customizations Directory PATROL_HOME for agent and console installation directories PATROL_CACHE for the console working cache

Unix and Linux


File type executables and data console customizations Directory PATROL_HOME/.. for agent and console installation directories PATROL_CACHE for the console working cache

Where to go from here


If you are migrating customizations automatically, go to Migrating customizations with the PATROL migration tools on page 65. If you are migrating customizations manually (not using the migration tools), go to Migrating customizations manually on page 73.

Migrating customizations with the PATROL migration tools


Use the following steps to migrate PATROL for BEA WebLogic by using the PATROL migration tools. The PATROL migration tools identify, preserve, and merge customizations from the prior version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic before you install the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. The migration probe identifies and preserves customizations; the merge tool merges your customizations into the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

NOTE
The PATROL 3.5 migration tools do not require a KMDS server. For a detailed explanation and instructions for using the migration tools, see the PATROL Migration Tools User Guide.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

65

Before you begin

Ensure that you have performed the procedures in Upgrading and preserving KM customizations on page 63. Verify that the PATROL migration tools version 3.5 have been installed. Verify that you have the latest version of the KM archive, available from the BMC Software ftp site at ftp://ftp.bmc.com/pub/patrol/patches/p_migration_tools. If you do not have the latest version of the KM archive, download the updated archive from the cited ftp site and download the latest installer from ftp:// ftp.bmc.com/pub/patrol/patches/COMMON_INSTALLv.r.mm/operating_system. Then extract both the KM archive and the installer and run the installer.

Verify that you know the version release number of the KM product that you want to probe and merge from. To determine the KM version, check the application InfoBox or view the header in the any of the .km files that compose the product. The migration probe lists the versions of the KM packages in the syntax KM_Package_Name: v.r.mm_mm-yyyy.

If you are using an EPD image, ensure that the files for PATROL for BEA WebLogic and the associated installation utility have been extracted into a temporary directory. (Unix only) Set the environment variables for the migration tools by running the following scripts from the directory where the migration tools and the KM archives are installed: Command . ./migrc.sh source ./migrc.sh

Type of shell Bourne or Korn C

(Windows only) To use the PATROL Migration Probe


The PATROL migration probe compares your customized PATROL for BEA WebLogic and the original version of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic to determine the differences.

1 Start the migration probe by using the menu command (Start => Programs => BMC
PATROL => New PATROL KM Migration Probe) or by executing the wmigprobe.exe file from the PATROL_HOME\bin directory.

2 From the Specify how to find KM files to be migrated dialog box, select one of the
following methods to locate the KMs that you want to migrate:
66 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Option Automatically locate KM packages in PATROL_CACHE/ PATROL_HOME

Description generates a list of all the KMs it finds in the PATROL_CACHE or PATROL_HOME. You can then select which of these available KMs that you want to migrate. This search method may take a long time to complete. generates a list of all KMs loaded in a session by checking a console session file (session-<id>.km) If you select this option, you are asked to supply the session ID number.

Automatically locate KM Packages from a console session definition

Manually select KM Packages

generates a list of all KM products in the KM archives This method is the quickest and is recommended if you know which KM you want to migrate.

3 Enter the PATROL_CACHE and the PATROL_HOME directories for the modified
KMs that you want to migrate and click Next.

4 In the Select KM Packages to Migrate dialog box, in the Available KM Packages list
box, highlight the modified KM package that you want to migrate and click Select. The probe lists all the archive versions of that KM product that are in the KM archives.

5 Select the version of the KM that is the same version as the KM that you
customized and click Next.

6 Repeat step 4 and step 5 for all the KMs that you want to migrate. Then, click Next
on the Select KM Packages to Migrate dialog box. The probe prepares the selected KMs for output.

7 In the Output Probe Results dialog box, enter the directory for the image (either
CD or EPD) for the new version of your KM product in the Location of new CD Image field, and then navigate to the Products directory.

NOTE
If you are using an EPD image, ensure that the files for PATROL for BEA WebLogic and the associated installation utility have been extracted into a temporary directory.

8 In the Output Probe Results dialog box, enter the directory where you want to
place the probe results in the Destination of Probe results field.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

67

The following directories will be created by the migration probe under the results directory that you entered: Directory name results_directory_name/packagename/base results_directory_name/packagename/modified results_directory_name/packagename/new Description the original PATROL for BEA WebLogic files from the archives the PATROL for BEA WebLogic files to which you have made customizations the new version of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic files from the EPD or CD image

9 Click Copy Files to start the migration process, then exit from the migration probe
after the migration probe finishes.

(Windows only) To use the PATROL Merge Tool


1 Start the PATROL merge tool by using the menu command (Start => Programs =>
BMC PATROL => New PATROL KM Merge Tool) or by executing the wmigmerge.exe from the PATROL_HOME\bin directory.

2 In the Location of product files window, enter in the Directory Path field the results
directory that you specified in step 8 on page 67.

3 Select the Use KM Merge Map file check box, and enter the directory and file for the
KM merge map file:
weblogic_2_5_01.map

WARNING
Ensure that you use the merge map file that is created by the PATROL migration probe. The location is specified in step 8 on page 67. The location is results_directory_name\package_name\new\lib\kmmergemap.

4 Click Merge KM to start the Merge KM process. 5 Click Create Product Image to start creating a product image. 6 When the product image is created and the process is complete, exit from the
PATROL merge tool. The PATROL merge tool creates the following additional directories under the results directory that was created by the migration probe:

68

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Directory name results_directory_name/packagename/results results_directory_name/packagename/merged_results

Description the merged files the complete merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic, including changed and unchanged files the complete merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic in a package that can be used to create an installation package

results_directory_name/packagename/packaged_results

(Unix only) To use the PATROL Migration Probe


The PATROL migration probe compares your customized PATROL for BEA WebLogic and the original version of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic to determine the differences.

1 Start the migration probe by executing the tmigprobe file from the PATROL_HOME
directory. The migration probe has a text-based interface.

2 Select a method for locating the KMs that you want to migrate by entering the
appropriate option number: Option (1) Automatically locate KM packages in PATROL_CACHE/ PATROL_HOME Description generates a list of all the KMs it finds in the PATROL_CACHE or PATROL_HOME. You can then select which of these available KMs that you want to migrate. This search method may take a long time to complete.

(2) Automatically locate generates a list of all KMs loaded in a session by KM Packages from a con- checking a console session file (session-<id>.km) sole session definition If you select this option, you are asked to supply the session ID number. (3) Manually select KM Packages generates a list of all KM products in the KM archives This is the quickest method and is recommended if you know which KM you want to migrate.

3 Enter the PATROL_CACHE and the PATROL_HOME directories for the modified
KMs that you want to migrate.

4 Accept you selection of directories and continue.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

69

The probe searches in the directories that you specified for KM packages.

5 At the Select KM Packages to Migrate prompt, select the KM package for which you
want to migrate customizations. The probe now lists all the archive versions of that KM product that are in the KM archives.

6 At the Select version of Archive KM prompt, select the version of the KM that is the
same version as the one that you customized KM.

7 Review your selections and then accept the selected version and continue. 8 At the Specify Target and CD Path prompt, select 1) Change TARGET PATH and
enter the directory where you want the probe to place its results. The following directories will be created by the migration probe under the results directory that you entered: Directory name results_directory_name/packagename/base results_directory_name/packagename/modified results_directory_name/packagename/new Description the original PATROL for BEA WebLogic from the archives the PATROL for BEA WebLogic that you have made customizations to the new version of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic from the EPD or CD image

9 At the Specify Target and CD Path prompt, select 2) Change CD PATH and enter the
directory for the image (either CD or EPD) for the new version of your KM product, and then navigate to the Products directory.

NOTE
If you are using an EPD image, ensure that the files for PATROL for BEA WebLogic and the associated installation utility have been extracted into a temporary directory.

10 Press Enter to start the migration process.


The probe reports the location of its output.

11 Exit from the migration probe after the migration probe finishes.

70

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

(Unix only) To use the PATROL Merge Tool


1 Start the PATROL merge tool by executing the xmigmerge file from the
PATROL_HOME directory. The merge tool has a GUI-based interface and must be run from a machine that supports X windows.

2 Enter the results directory that was you specified in step 8 on page 70. This
directory contains the subdirectories: /base, /modified, /new.

3 Select Use KM Merge Map file, and enter the directory and file for the KM merge
map file:
weblogic_2_5_01.map

WARNING
Ensure that you use the merge map file that is created by the PATROL migration probe. The location is specified in step 8 on page 70. The location is results_directory_name/package_name/new/lib/kmmergemap.

4 Click Merge KM to start the Merge KM process. 5 Click Create Product Image to start creating a product image.
The PATROL merge tool creates the following additional directories under the results directory that was created by the migration probe: Directory name results_directory_name/packagename/results results_directory_name/packagename/merged_results Description the merged files the complete merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic, including changed and unchanged files the complete merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic in a package that can be used to create an installation package

results_directory_name/packagename/packaged_results

6 When the product image is created and the process is complete, exit from the
PATROL merge tool.

Where to go from here


You must create an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic, as described in Creating an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 72.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

71

Creating an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic


After you have migrated and merged your customizations, you must create an installation package that can be used with the installation utility to install locally on one computer or with Distribution Server, to install remotely on multiple computers.

1 Copy the entire contents of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic CD to a temporary
directory on a hard drive on a server. You can delete this temporary directory after you have successfully created an installable image.

2 Navigate to the packaged_results directory for the merged package and open the
.ppf file with a text editor. Write down the file name in the first line of the .ppf file. This file name is the name of the directory that you will look for in the Products

directory of the CD image.

3 Rename the packaged_results directory with the file name that you found in the .ppf
file in the previous step.

EXAMPLE
If pokckm/8.5.00/030107-233044 was listed in the first line of the .ppf file, you would use pokckm as the directory name.

4 Copy the renamed directory to the Products directory of the temporary directory
that you used in Step 1. You will be replacing the files there with the merged files that contain your customizations.

5 Copy the PATROL for BEA WebLogic CD image to the server that you will use to
install PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

Where to go from here

Remove the files in the PATROL_CACHE directory by following the instructions in Removing files from the PATROL_CACHE directories on page 73. Install PATROL for BEA WebLogic from the target server by following the instructions in Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 52. Import the customized version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic into the Distribution Server by following the instructions in Importing into the Distribution Server on page 75.

72

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Removing files from the PATROL_CACHE directories


Before you install, you must remove the current PATROL for BEA WebLogic files from the PATROL_CACHE directory for the console. If you do not, old product files in PATROL_CACHE are loaded instead of the newly installed files from PATROL_HOME. You may want to create a backup copy of the files elsewhere on your system before deleting the files. Delete files with the following naming patterns from PATROL_CACHE\knowledge and PATROL_CACHE\psl:

BEAWL* JMX*

Migrating customizations manually


If you have only a few customizations, you might find manual migration easier than migrating using the PATROL migration tools. If you have made customizations to the PATROL Script Language (PSL) code, you must manually migrate those customizations. This task contains a procedure for manually migrating each kind of customization.

To migrate customizations to KM Files manually 1 Ensure that you have made a record of your customizations and have backed up
the customized files in the PATROL_HOME and PATROL_CACHE directories.

2 Uninstall the old version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. 3 Install the new version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic as described in the section
Installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 52.

4 Identify and record the coding changes, which represent your customizations, in
PATROL for BEA WebLogic by comparing the content of the ASCII files in the newly installed PATROL for BEA WebLogic version with the content of the customized ASCII files with the same name that is saved in the directory to which you moved the old version.

5 Incorporate your customizations to the new PATROL for BEA WebLogic by


performing the following steps:

A Restart the PATROL console. B Load the newly installed PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

73

C Using a PATROL developer console, enter the customizations that you


identified in step 4, one by one.

To migrate customized PSL code


Customizations made to PATROL Script Language (PSL) code are not automatically migrated. These customizations may be embedded in .km files or stored in separate .psl files. Migrate these customizations manually, using the following guidelines:

If you modified .psl files that were shipped by BMC Software, you must manually re-edit the PSL code in the new KM by using a PATROL developer console to reapply your changes. If you modified PSL code embedded in a .km file, that code will be overwritten when you install a new version of the product. You must manually edit the new .km files by using a PATROL developer console to reapply your changes. If you created a new PSL file (not shipped by BMC Software) outside of a .km file, or if you created new PSL code (not shipped by BMC Software) and embedded it in a .km file that was shipped by BMC Software, use the pslsearch utility to search your .km, .psl, and .ctg files for terms that you may have used that have since been adopted by BMC Software as PSL keywords. Rename any terms that pslsearch identifies as matching existing keywords. Reapply your changes by using a PATROL developer console. For instructions about using the pslsearch utility, see the PATROL Migration Tools User Guide.

NOTE
If you have a customized PSL library that was compiled with an earlier version of the PSL compiler than the version that was provided with PATROL 3.2.09i, you must manually recompile the library by using the PATROL 3.4.11 compiler.

Importing into a distribution tool


The PATROL for BEA WebLogic can be installed locally to a single computer or remotely to multiple computers using BMC Softwares Distribution Server. The details of how to install a product across an enterprise to multiple machines by using Distribution Server is beyond the scope of this book. However, this section does describe how to import the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product into the tool. It also provides a high-level overview of the enterprise installation process that uses this product.

74

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Distribution Server
You use the Distribution Server to perform remote installations or uninstallations of BMC Software distributed systems products across multiple systems from a central location. With the Distribution Server you can

Install, uninstall, upgrade, and reinstall products on remote systems from one central location. Create collections of products and system groups to distribute multiple products to multiple systems in one distribution. Schedule a distribution for a specific date and time. Maintain multiple product versions to be distributed. View reports to check distribution status, gather distribution data, and diagnosis problems.

Importing into the Distribution Server


This task describes how to import components into the Distribution Server for deployment to multiple locations.

Before you begin

The customized installation packages that resulted from Creating an installation package of the merged PATROL for BEA WebLogic on page 72 must be accessible to the Distribution Server. Ensure that you use the Distribution Server version 7.1.15 and apply any available patches.

To import components into the Distribution Server 1 Using the Distribution Server Manager, start the Distribution Server and connect
to it.

2 In the Distribution Server tab area, click the Components tab. 3 In the list area, click the Import button.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

75

4 Navigate to the location where the components are located and click Next. 5 Select the directory that contains the Products directory (do not select the Products
directory itself). If the components are not accessible on a local drive, you can specify them by using the NFS name and path.

EXAMPLE
Assuming that you copied the CD image into a directory called merged_CD and then, after migrating your customizations and creating a customized installation package, you copied the updated package to the directory containing the CD image, the resultant directory structure would resemble: (Windows Only) merged_CD\Products\pokchm (Unix Only) merged_CD/Products/pukchm You would select the directory merged_CD.

6 Select the check boxes for the components that you want to import and click OK. 7 Click Import to import the selected components.

Installing by using the Distribution Server


Once you have imported the PATROL for BEA WebLogic into the Distribution Server, you must perform the following tasks within the tool. The tasks can be grouped into three stages.

To set up products 1 Import components into the Distribution Server repository on the Components tab
of the Distribution Manager.

2 Arrange components in collections on the Collections tab of the Distribution


Manager.

3 Configure the collections on the Configurations tab of the Distribution Manager.

76

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To set up systems 1 Create accounts in the operating system of the computers to which you want to
distribute PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

2 Add accounts and create profiles for the systems on the Systems tab of the
Distribution Manager.

3 Add the systems and install the Distribution Client on the Systems tab of the
Distribution Manager.

4 Arrange systems in system groups on the Systems tab of the Distribution Manager. To distribute products 1 Distribute configurations of collections to system groups on the Distributions tab of
the Distribution Manager.

2 Run reports to review distributions on the Reports tab of the Distribution Manager.
For detailed instructions about how to perform remote installations with the Distribution Server, see the Distribution Server Getting Started Guide.

Considerations for using online Help


If you plan to install the Unix version of PATROL for BEA WebLogic on a PATROL Console for Unix, you must install the supported version of the Help browser separately if it is not already installed.

Browser version required for viewing PATROL Console for Unix Help
The appropriate one of the following browsers is required to view PATROL Help in PATROL version 3.x:

Unix: Netscape Navigator version 3.01 through 4.78 Red Hat Linux: Netscape Navigator version 4.x

PATROL Help does not support Netscape Navigator 6.0.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

77

Installation requirement
You must install Netscape Navigator on the computer where the PATROL console resides. You can install Netscape anywhere on your Unix computer as long as the binary is in the path.

Download location
Netscape Navigator is supplied by Netscape Communications Corp. You can locate the browser at http://browser.netscape.com/ns8/download/archive.jsp.

Additional considerations for using online Help for Unix


When you select Help from the PATROL Console for Unix, it may take a few seconds for the Help browser to launch. Two windows will be displayed. First, the Netscape Navigator window is displayed as an icon, and then a browser window that contains the Help is displayed. In addition, you must be aware of the following restrictions:

Netscape Navigator displays warning messages when it is invoked multiple times within the same user account because of its file-locking mechanism. It will, however, continue functioning. By default, when Netscape Navigator starts, it uses a private color map. As a result, you might experience color flashing on your workstation. If so, you can set the value of PATROL_BROWSER so that the colormap option is not specified. However, some subsequent color requests might fail and the online Help will be improperly displayed. The Exceed for Windows NT X Window Server product by Hummingbird Communication Ltd. may not always display the Help files properly.

Consult your Netscape Navigator documentation for specific platform requirements and restrictions.

Required environment variables settings for the browser


The LANG, PATH, and PATROL_BROWSER environment variables must be set for the Help browser to run properly. The following sections describe these variables.

78

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

LANG variable
The Unix LANG environment variable must be set to C so that Netscape Navigator will work properly. Otherwise, you might experience product failures. Type of shell Bourne Korn C Export command for LANG variable LANG=C export LANG export LANG=C setenv LANG=C

PATH variable
The PATROL user account PATH variable must contain the location of the directory containing the Netscape files. If the directory containing the Netscape files is not in the path, add the directory to the PATROL user account path. This requirement applies only to the PATROL user account on the PATROL console computer. Type of shell Bourne Korn C Export command for PATH variable PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location export PATH export PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location setenv PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location

PATROL_BROWSER variable
When PATROL starts the Help browser, it uses the command in the PATROL_BROWSER environment variable. As a default, the PATROL_BROWSER environment variable contains the following command: Type of shell Bourne Korn C Export command for PATROL_BROWSER variable PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install -iconic export LANG export PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install iconic setenv PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install iconic

To use different arguments, set the value of PATROL_BROWSER to the appropriate string.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

79

EXAMPLE
For a Korn shell:
export PATROL_BROWSER=/usr/local/bin/netscape -raise

Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic


To uninstall PATROL for BEA WebLogic you must use the same version of the installation utility that you used to install the product. Run the installation utility in uninstall mode to uninstall PATROL for BEA WebLogic from your system.

WARNING
If you use a different version of the installation program to uninstall, you might remove files needed to perform uninstallation of other BMC Software products.

Determining the version of the installation utility


To determine the version of the installer, perform the following procedure.

1 Access a command prompt and navigate to the appropriate location:


Windows: BMC_ROOT\Uninstall Unix: BMC_ROOT/Uninstall

2 Type the following command and press ENTER.


Windows: uninstall.exe -v Unix: ./uninstall.sh -v

Other information to know before uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic


NOTE
If you used the advanced profiling and instrumentation features of PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you may need to uninstall Java components. See Removing previous profiling and instrumentation libraries on page 55.

80

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Unix


The following procedure describes how to uninstall PATROL for BEA WebLogic from a Unix environment with or without a browser installed.

To uninstall individual products using the installation utility 1 Change to the Uninstall directory in your BMC Software product installation
directory and enter the following command to launch the installation utility in uninstall mode:
./uninstall.sh

2 The Welcome window is displayed, and click Next. 3 Select the installation directory from which you want to remove a product, and
click Next.

4 Select the product or products that you want to uninstall, and click Next. 5 Review your selections and click Uninstall.
After the uninstallation is complete, a window is displayed that tells you whether the uninstallation was successful.

To uninstall individual products in a Unix environment without a browser 1 If you are uninstalling from a Unix environment without a browser perform the
following steps to launch the installation utility:

A From a command line, change to the Uninstall directory and enter the following
command to start the installation Web server:
./uninstall.sh -serveronly

A A message box is displayed that shows the URL to use to connect to the
installation Web server.

B On another machine with a browser, start the browser. C Connect to the installation Web server from the browser to start the installation
utility by using the URL that is displayed in the message box.

2 The Welcome window is displayed, and click Next.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

81

3 Select the installation directory from which you want to remove a product, and
click Next.

4 Select the product or products that you want to uninstall, and click Next. 5 Review your selections and click Uninstall.
After the uninstallation is complete, a window is displayed that tells you whether the uninstallation was successful.

Uninstalling all products on Unix preserving customizations


This task describes how to uninstall the PATROL product but retain log files, which contain history for future analysis, and configuration files for redeployment.

1 Uninstall all products as described in To uninstall individual products on


page 85.

2 Locate the uninstall.ctl file in the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory/Uninstall/Install/instdata

3 Open the uninstall.ctl file in a text editor, and edit the /BMC/Base variable to specify
the name of the directory from which you removed the products in step 1.

4 Open a command line prompt. 5 Change to the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory/Uninstall/Install/ instbin

6 Enter the following commands:


thorinst.sh -uninstall path_to_control_file -log path_to_log_file -output path_to_output_log_file

Use the following table to help determine the log file and output log file locations:

82

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Option -log

Description sends the log information to a standard log file This file contains all installation status information.

Value path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt extension) If a space exists in the path, the entire path must be enclosed in quotation marks.

-output

path to output log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt This file contains all messages about extension) the progress of the installation that If a space exists in the path, are normally sent to standard the entire path must be output. enclosed in quotation marks. sends the log information to an output log file

Example (Unix only)


If /opt/bmc is your product installation directory, you would change to /opt/bmc/ Uninstall/Install/instbin directory and enter the following command: thorinst.sh -uninstall /opt/bmc/Uninstall/Install/instdata/ uninstall.ctl -log /var/logs/NetworkLogs/MyLogs.txt -output / var/adm/NetworkLogs/MyLogs.out This action would remove all installation files and directories except those that are used by the utility at the time the uninstallation is performed. Log files, configuration files, and user-modified files would also be retained.

Uninstalling all products on Unix without preserving customizations


This task describes how to remove all PATROL products and related log files and configuration files from your Unix computer. Once these files have been removed, you cannot recover them unless you have made a back-up copy of the installation.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

83

1 Uninstall all products as described in To uninstall individual products on


page 85.

2 Locate the uninstall-all.ctl file in the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory/Uninstall/Install/instdata

3 Open the uninstall-all.ctl file in a text editor, and edit the /BMC/Base variable to
specify the name of the directory from which you removed the products in step 1.

4 Open a command line prompt. 5 Change to the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory/Uninstall/Install/instbin

6 Enter the following command.


thorinst.sh -uninstall path_to_control_file -log path_to_log_file -output path_to_output_log_file

Use the following table to help determine the log file and output log file locations: Option -log Description Value

sends the log information to path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt a standard log file extension) This file contains all installation status information. If a space exists in the path, the entire path must be enclosed in quotation marks.

-output

sends the log information to path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt an output log file extension) This file contains all messages about the progress of the installation that are normally sent to standard output. If a space exists in the path, the entire path must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Example (Unix only)


If /opt/bmc is your product installation directory, you would change to /opt/bmc/ Uninstall/Install/instbin directory and enter the following command:

84

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

thorinst.sh -uninstall /opt/bmc/Uninstall/Install/instdata/ uninstall-all.ctl -log /var/logs/NetworkLogs/MyLogs.txt output /var/adm/NetworkLogs/MyLogs.out This action would remove all installation files and directories. The files that were used to perform the uninstallation will be marked for deletion and will be removed when the computer on which the products were uninstalled is rebooted.

Uninstalling PATROL for BEA WebLogic on Windows


You can use the option that is appropriate for what you want to uninstall to uninstall PATROL for BEA WebLogic. The following procedures describe how to uninstall products from a Windows environment and all related log files.

To uninstall individual products 1 From the Uninstall directory in your BMC Software product installation directory,
double-click uninstall.exe to launch the installation utility in uninstall mode.

NOTE
As an option, you can launch the installation utility in uninstall mode by choosing Start => Settings => Control Panel => Add/Remove Programs and double-clicking BMC Software Tools in the Add/Remove Programs Properties dialog box. If you are uninstalling from a Windows 2000 with Citrix Metaframe environment, perform the following steps to launch the installation utility in uninstall mode:

A From a command line, change to the Uninstall directory and enter the following
command to start the installation Web server:
setup.exe -serveronly

A message box is displayed that shows the URL to use to connect to the installation Web server.

B On another computer with a browser, start the browser. C Connect to the installation Web server from the browser to start the installation
utility by using the URL that is displayed in the message box. The Welcome window is displayed. Click Next.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

85

2 Select the installation directory from which you want to remove a product, and
click Next.

3 Select the product or products that you want to uninstall, and click Next. 4 Review your selections and click Uninstall.
After the uninstallation is complete, a window is displayed that tells you whether the uninstallation was successful.

Uninstalling all products on Windows preserving customizations


This task describes how to uninstall the PATROL product but retain log files, which contain history for future analysis, and configuration files for redeployment.

1 Uninstall all products as described in To uninstall individual products on


page 85.

2 Locate the uninstall.ctl file in the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory\Uninstall\Install\instdata

3 Open the uninstall.ctl file in a text editor, and edit the /BMC/Base variable to specify
the name of the directory from which you removed the products in step 1.

4 Open a command line prompt. 5 Change to the following directory.


BMC_Products_Installation_directory\Uninstall\Install\ instbin

6 Enter the following command.


thorinst.exe -uninstall path_to_control_file -log path_to_log_file -output path_to_output_log_file

86

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Use the following table to help determine the log file and output log file locations: Option -log Description Value

sends the log information to path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt a standard log file extension) This file contains all If a space exists in the path, the entire installation status path must be enclosed in quotation information. marks. sends the log information to path to output log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt an output log file extension) This file contains all If a space exists in the path, the entire messages about the progress of the installation path must be enclosed in quotation marks. that are normally sent to standard output.

-output

Example (Windows only)


If C:\Program Files\BMC Software is your product installation directory, you would change to the C:\Program Files\BMC Software\Uninstall\ Install\instbin directory and enter the following command: thorinst.exe -uninstall C:\Program Files\BMC Software\Uninstall\Install\instdata\uninstall.ctl -log Z:\NetworkLogs\MyLogs.txt -output Z:\NetworkLogs\MyLogs.out This action would remove all installation files and directories except those that are used by the utility at the time the uninstallation was performed. Log files, configuration files, and user-modified files would also be retained.

Uninstalling all products on Windows without preserving customizations


This task describes how to remove all PATROL products and related log files and configuration files from your Unix computer. Once these files have been removed, you cannot recover them unless you have made a back-up copy of the installation.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

87

1 Uninstall all products as described in To uninstall individual products on


page 85.

2 Locate the uninstall-all.ctl file in the following directory.


(Windows only) BMC_Products_Installation_directory\Uninstall\Install\instdata

3 Open the uninstall-all.ctl file in a text editor, and edit the /BMC/Base variable to
specify the name of the directory from which you removed the products in step 1.

4 Open a command line prompt. 5 Change to the following directory.


(Windows only) BMC_Products_Installation_directory\Uninstall\Install\instbin

6 Enter the following command.


(Windows only) thorinst.exe -uninstall path_to_control_file -log path_to_log_file output path_to_output_log_file Use the following table to help determine the log file and output log file locations: Option -log Description Value

sends the log information to path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt a standard log file extension) This file contains all installation status information. If a space exists in the path, the entire path must be enclosed in quotation marks.

-output

sends the log information to path to log file; any valid path and file name (with a .txt an output log file extension) This file contains all messages about the progress of the installation that are normally sent to standard output. If a space exists in the path, the entire path must be enclosed in quotation marks.

Example (Windows only)


If C:\Program Files\BMC Software is your product installation directory, you would change to the C:\Program Files\BMC Software\Uninstall\ Install\instbin directory and enter the following command:

88

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

thorinst.exe -uninstall C:\Program Files\BMC Software\Uninstall\Install\instdata\uninstall-all.ctl -log Z:\NetworkLogs\MyLogs.txt -output Z:\NetworkLogs\MyLogs.out This action would remove all installation files and directories. The files that were used to perform the uninstallation will be marked for deletion and will be removed when the computer on which the products were uninstalled is rebooted.

Where to go from here


After installation is complete, turn to Chapter 3 for information about configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

Chapter 2

Installing and migrating PATROL for BEA WebLogic

89

90

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic


3

After you have installed PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you can load the Knowledge Modules (KMs) into the PATROL Console and configure the product. This chapter describes the following topics. Loading PATROL for BEA WebLogic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Configuring the KM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Registering a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Updating the registration of a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Deciding what to enable: added value by feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Disabling instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Removing instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Enabling method-level profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Disabling method-level profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Activating JVM thread objects collection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Deactivating JVM thread objects collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Stopping the monitoring of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

91

Loading PATROL for BEA WebLogic


After you install PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you must load the product KM into the PATROL Console.

Before you begin


Before loading the product, make sure you have performed the following actions:

started a PATROL Console started a PATROL Agent and BEA WebLogic Server on each machine that you want to monitor loaded the UNIX3 or NT_BASE KMs (depending on which OS is running on your WebLogic Server host machine)

To load PATROL for BEA WebLogic 1 Add the hosts on which BEA WebLogic Administration Server is running to the
PATROL Console. From the PATROL Console menu, choose Hosts => Add.

2 Load the product knowledge files. From the PATROL Console menu, choose
File => Load KM...

3 Select BEAWLS.kml, then click Open.


If you did not previously load UNIX3.kml and NT_BASE.kml, select those as well, then click Open.

NOTE
If the Unix and NT KMs are not loaded, the BEAWLS_OS application class will not be able to monitor any WebLogic JVM processes.

4 Save your console configuration so that PATROL automatically loads the selected
KMs the next time you start the PATROL Console. From the PATROL Console menu, choose File => Save Configuration. After PATROL for BEA WebLogic is loaded into the PATROL Console, a setup application instance icon is created. This icon is labeled BEAWLS_SETUP. Use this icon to configure the product.

Where to go from here


After you load the KM files, proceed with Configuring the KM.

92

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Configuring the KM
You must provide configuration information that defines your WebLogic environment to the PATROL monitoring environment. This information includes the server name, the location of WebLogic software on your system, and an administrator account name and password that PATROL can use to perform system management operations. This process is referred to as registering a server.

Registering a server
Perform the following steps to register an Admin or Managed server.

NOTE
Entering a valid administrator account is a mandatory configuration task. If you omit this account or enter an account that is not valid, you cannot complete the configuration nor use the product.

To register a WebLogic Server 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SETUP icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Register WebLogic Server.
The WebLogic Server Registration (Step 1) dialog box opens, as shown in the following figure (note that the following screenshots are from the PATROL Classic Console):

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

93

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Select the Type of Server to Register select whether you are registering an

administration server that covers an entire domain, or whether you want to register only one specific Managed Server, without monitoring components on the Admin server nor discovering other WebLogic servers in the environment

NOTE
When you register a Managed Server only, any features that pertain to domain wide functionality, such as checking domain consistency, will not be available.

Select the Version of Server to be Monitoredselect the version of the WebLogic

server that you are monitoring

94

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Monitor Optionselect one of the following monitoring options:

Fullmonitor all parameters other than those that require activation of nonstandard options; this is the default setting Basicmonitor only a subset of key parameters; select this option if performance is an issue; see Table 9 on page 107 to identify which parameters will be available at this level

Authentication Typeselect one of the following authentication options:

Username/Passwordauthentication via username and password; this is the default setting Digital Certificatefor WebLogic Servers 9.0 and above you can specify authentication using 2-way SSL via Digital Certificate

4 Click Next.
The WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) dialog box opens. The fields that appear in this dialog box vary depending on the authentication type you are using. Figure 5 shows this screen as it appears when using username and password for authentication; Figure 6 shows the screen as it appears when using a digital certificate for authentication. Figure 5 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) with username/password authentication

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

95

Figure 6

WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) with digital certificate authentication

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Registered Server IDenter the name you want used for this server instance; the default is the server name found in the startup batch file (Windows) or script file (Unix).

NOTE

Although you can enter a name different from the default, each server instance name must be unique. The name must begin with a letter (az), not a number nor special character. Do not use a space in this ID. Do not use the string status or bad in this field.

96

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Installed WebLogic Homeenter full directory path where the local WebLogic

Server application is installed. This is not the same as WebLogic Commerce Server; this is the value in $WL_HOME, for example, d:\bea70\weblogic700, d:\weblogic700, c:\bea\weblogic81, or c:\bea910\weblogic91. When registering a remote managed server, the value used in this field must be valid local to that server.

DNS Hostnameenter the DNS hostname on which the WebLogic server is

running. If you selected username and password for authentication: This name will usually be t3://localhost, except when clustering is used; t3 is the WebLogic communication protocol. The t3s protocol can be used for secure servers, in which case the DNS hostname will take the form t3s://... If clustering is used, the IP address should be specified rather than a logical host name, for example: t3://192.66.83.283. If the administration port is enabled, the t3s protocol must be used. If the t3s protocol is used, all servers in the WebLogic domain must have the SSL Listen Port enabled.

NOTE

If you are registering a Managed Server only, this field should reflect the name of the Managed Server, not its Admin Server. The t3s protocol is supported for WebLogic Server version 7.0 if the administration port is disabled. This protocol is not supported for version 7.0 if the administration port is enabled. The t3s protocol is supported for WebLogic Server versions 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x whether the administration port is enabled or not.

If you selected digital certificate for authentication: This name will usually be t3s://localhost, except when clustering is used; t3s is the WebLogic secure communication protocol. If clustering is used, the IP address should be specified rather than a logical host name, for example: t3://192.66.83.283.

Port Numberenter the port number on which the WebLogic Server is listening.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

97

The default port number is 7001 and the port number is listed in the config.xml file. Use the administration port if it is enabled in the BEA WebLogic Domain.

NOTE
The PATROL for BEA WebLogic Java collector will be using the specified DNS hostname and port number to connect to the monitored WebLogic Admin server; for example, t3://xyz.com:7001. The following fields appear if you selected username and password for authentication:

Administrator Usernameenter the WebLogic system ID; this may or may not

also be an operating system account. The system ID must have full administrative rights within WebLogic; this ID must be included in the Administrators security group within the WebLogic application server.

NOTE
The OS account (not necessarily the system ID) under which the PATROL agent runs must have the following permissions:

read for the WebLogic home directory and all subdirectories read-execute for the Java home and all subdirectories

Administrator Passwordenter the password for the username specified in the

previous field.

NOTE
Passwords that contain special characters (such as < or >) may cause error messages and unpredictable results when you use the commands in the BEAWLS_PROBE application class. The following fields appear if you selected digital certificate for authentication:

Keystore Typeenter the Keystore type; the standard is jks: Java Key Store Keystore Filenameenter the directory and filename of the Keystore where the client certificate resides Keystore Passwordenter the password of the Keystore Certificate Key Aliasenter the alias of the client certificate which will be sent to

the server

Certificate Key Passwordenter the password of the client certificate which will

be sent to the server

98

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

6 Click Next.
The WebLogic Server Registration (Step 3) dialog box opens, as shown in the following figure:

If, in Step 5, you specified a DNS Hostname using the t3s protocol, the dialog box for Step 3 will include an additional field for the SSL KeyStore, as shown in the following figure.

7 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

JDK Pathenter the full directory path where the Java Developer Kit is installed

This should reflect the JDK version supported by BEA for your platform. This field is populated by default if the environment variable JAVA_HOME is set. When registering a remote managed server, the value used in this field should be local to the remote managed server (not the Admin server). If JAVA_HOME is not set, this field will default to the subdirectory of the shipped JDK lib toolkit under the installed WebLogic application directory, for example, d:\bea\jdk130.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

99

You can optionally specify the path to an installed JRE, for example, if your Java executables are under /usr/weblogic51/jre1_2/jre/bin, you would enter the path to the directory above bin, /usr/weblogic51/jre1_2/jre. The default class path includes the weblogic.jar, the weblogic_sp.jar, and the Java collector path. If your environment requires specific JVM arguments (such as security arguments) to connect to the WebLogic servers, use the BEAWLS_SETUP => Define Additional JVM Arguments menu command to add JVM Arguments (such as security arguments) to all Java Collector command lines. The arguments you are adding will take effect after the Java Collector is restarted. You can add these arguments before registering your environment. If you have already registered your environment, update the registration to restart the Java Collector.

Additional Java Class Path(optional) You do not need to change this field unless BMC Software Customer Support directs you to specify additional paths.

The value in this field is used by the collector.

NOTE
The Java Class Path field must include paths for any WebLogic service packs that you have installed. If you apply additional service packs after registering your server, you will need to update the Java Class Path field by using the KM menu command Update Registered Server; for more information, see Updating the registration of a server on page 101. If t3s:// is entered as the DNS Hostname, an additional field is displayed on the Setup Java Environment dialog box to select the type of SSL to use.

Use SSL Custom Trust KeyStore (Enter File Name with Path)if you store private

keys and certificates in a file, enable this field and enter the complete file name, including path

Use SSL Trust KeyStore if an SSL keystore provider is available and you want to use it as your key provider, enable this option

8 Click OK. Where to go from here


Before using the product, take a few minutes to verify that it is correctly configured and that key parts of your WebLogic environment are being discovered and monitored correctly. See Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration on page 119.

100

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

If you want to use any of the performance monitoring features, you must enable advanced monitoring. See Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features on page 106.

Updating the registration of a server


Perform the following steps to update the information, including the password, of a registered WebLogic Admin Server or Managed Server.

To update the registration of a WebLogic Server 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SETUP icon and choose KM Commands => Update
Registered Server.

The Update Registered WebLogic Instance dialog box is displayed.

2 Select the instance to be updated and click OK.


The Update WebLogic Server Registration dialog box is displayed. The fields that appear in this dialog box vary depending on the authentication type you are using. Figure 7 shows this screen as it appears when using username and password for authentication; Figure 8 shows the screen as it appears when using a digital certificate for authentication. Figure 7 Update WebLogic Server Registration (username/password authentication)

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

101

102

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Figure 8

Update WebLogic Server Registration (digital certificate authentication)

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Installed WebLogic Homeenter full directory path where the local WebLogic Server application is installed

This is not the same as WebLogic Commerce Server; this is the value in $WL_HOME, for example, d:\bea70\weblogic700 or d:\weblogic700.

WebLogic Server Versionselect the version of the WebLogic server that you are

monitoring

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

103

Register to the Admin Server or Register to the Managed Server select whether you want to monitor a WebLogic domain consisting of the Admin Server and all of the Managed Servers discovered running from it, or whether you want to monitor only a single, specific Managed Server without relying on the availability of the Admin Server Monitoring Optionsselect one of the following monitoring options: Fullmonitor all parameters; this is the default setting Basicmonitor only the key parameters if performance is an issue

Register Server DNS Hostnameenter the DNS hostname on which the

WebLogic Admin or Managed server is running This name will usually be t3://localhost, except when clustering is used; t3 is the WebLogic communication protocol.

Register Server Port Numberenter the port number on which the WebLogic

Server is listening; the default port number is 7001; the port number is listed in config.xml

NOTE
The PATROL for BEA WebLogic Java collector will be using the specified DNS hostname and port number to connect to the monitored WebLogic Admin or Managed server; for example, t3://xyz.com:7001.

JDK HOMEenter the full directory path where the Java Developer Kit is

installed This should reflect the JDK version supported by BEA for your platform. This field is populated by default if the environment variable JAVA_HOME is set. If JAVA_HOME is not set, this field will default to the subdirectory of the shipped JDK lib toolkit under the installed WebLogic application directory, for example, d:\bea\jdk130. You can optionally specify the path to an installed JRE, for example, if your Java executables are under /usr/weblogic51/jre1_2/jre/bin, you would enter the path to the directory above bin, /usr/weblogic51/jre1_2/jre.

NOTE
To enable instrumentation or JVM profiling (see Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 111), JDK HOME must be defined as the JDK Home of the WebLogic server, and not a different JDK.

104

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Additional CLASSPATH (Portal only)enter the additional portal classes from

which the PATROL PatcolWebLogic java process can retrieve the BEA WebLogic Portal JMX information The following fields appear if you are using username and password for authentication (see Figure 7):

Administrator Usernameenter the WebLogic system ID; this may or may not

also be an operating system account

NOTE
The account under which the PATROL agent runs must have the following permissions:

read for the WebLogic home directory and all subdirectories read-execute for the Java home and all subdirectories

Administrator Passwordenter the password for the username specified in the

previous field

NOTE
Passwords that contain special characters (such as < or >) may cause error messages and unpredictable results when you use the commands in the BEAWLS_PROBE application class. The following fields appear if you are using digital certificate for authentication (see Figure 8):

Keystore Typeenter the Keystore type; the standard is jks: Java Key Store Keystore Filenameenter the directory and filename of the Keystore where the

client certificate resides

Keystore Passwordenter the password of the Keystore Certificate Key Aliasenter the alias of the client certificate which will be sent to

the server

Certificate Key Passwordenter the password of the client certificate which will

be sent to the server

4 Click OK.

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

105

Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features


PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides extensive and flexible features to monitor all aspects of a WebLogic environment at a very detailed level. Many users will not need to monitor such granular data, and to optimize performance, most of these features are turned off by default. This section explains how to enable and disable advanced monitoring features.

NOTE
The J2EE instrumentation and profiling features are available only on servers on which a PATROL Agent is running (servers identified by the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED and BEAWLS_SERVER icons).

Deciding what to enable: added value by feature


A basic configuration of PATROL for BEA WebLogic monitors most critical components of a WebLogic environment and is appropriate for most production environments. Enabling additional features provides more detailed information and enables additional application classes. Table 9 shows which parameters are enabled at each level. This information is also available in a more expanded form in Appendix B, Parameter reference. This information can help you decide if you need to turn on advanced monitoring options for your WebLogic environment.

TIP
Most production environments will not want instrumentation, profiling, and method-level data to be collected regularly. BMC Software recommends enabling the advanced instrumentation and profiling features only when you have a need for them and are comfortable with the added resource overhead that they require.

106

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 9

Parameters (Part 1 of 5) Perform this action... And you get...


select the Basic monitoring option when registering or updating the registration of an administration server; for more information, see Registering a server on page 93 and Updating the registration of a server on page 101 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME EJB Cache: ActivationCount, CacheAccessCount, CachedBeansCurrentCount, CacheHitCount, CacheMissRatio, PassivationCount

If you want to... monitor only key parameters

EJB Locking: LockEntriesCount, LockTimeoutCount,


LockTimeoutRatio, LockWaiterRatio EJB Pool Runtime: BeansInUse, BeansIdle, FreePoolTimeout, FreePoolWaiter EJB Pool Runtime for 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x: FreePoolMissRatio, FreePoolTimeoutRatio, BeanDestroyedRatio

EJB Transaction: TransactionCommitRate, TransactionRollbackRate, TransactionTimeoutRate


Message Driven Bean: JMSConnectionAlive BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE ExecQThroughput, ExecuteQueueLength, IdleExecThreadCount, QueueLengthPercent, QueueStatus BEAWLS_JCA ActiveConnectionsCurrentCount, FreeConnectionsCurrentCount BEAWLS_JDBC ActiveConnections, FailuresToReconnectCount, LeakedConnectionsCount, PoolState, WaitingForConnections 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x: Available Connections BEAWLS_JMS HealthStatus, JMSConnectionsCurrentCount, JMSServersCurrentCount, BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION BytesCurrentCount, BytesPendingCount, MessagesCurrentCount, MessagesPendingCount

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

107

Table 9

Parameters (Part 2 of 5) Perform this action... And you get...


select the Basic monitoring option (continued) BEAWLS_JMSSERVER BytesCurrentCount, BytesPendingCount, HealthStatus, MessagesCurrentCount, MessagesPendingCount BEAWLS_JROCKIT 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x: AllProcAvgLoad, JVMProcLoad, FreePhyMemory, NumGCCount, LastGCDuration BEAWLS_LOG LogDiskFreeSpace, LogEvent, LogIncreaseRate BEAWLS_SERVER ConnectionStatus, HealthStatus, NumOpenConnections, NumOpenSockets, PatrolCollectorStatus, MainDiscovery, LicenseStatus BEAWLS_MANAGED ConnectionStatus, HealthStatus, NumOpenConnections, NumOpenSockets Cluster Servers: MulticastMsgLost, ResentRequests BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x: State BEAWLS_OS ActiveProcesses, NumActiveJVMProcesses, NumHighCpuJVMProcesses, ServerJVMsCpuUtil, ServerJVMsMemUsage Node Manager: NodeStatus BEAWLS_PROBE AvgConnTime, AvgPingTime BEAWLS_SAF 9.x and 10.x: HealthStatus BEAWLS_SAFAGENT 9.x and 10.x: BytesCurrentCount, BytesPendingCount, FailedMessagesTotal, HealthStatus, MessagesCurrentCount, MessagesPendingCount

If you want to... monitor only key parameters (continued)

108

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 9

Parameters (Part 3 of 5) Perform this action... And you get...


select the Basic monitoring option (continued) BEAWLS_SERVLET ExecutionTimeAverage, InvocationCount BEAWLS_WEBAPP OpenSessionsCount BEAWLS_WS (WebService) HighestHdlTotReqFail, HighestHdlTotRespFail, NumHighestInvocation, NumHomePageHit, NumMalformedRequest, NumWSDLHit, SlowestOpAvgDisp, SlowestOpAvgExec, SlowestOpAvgResp BEAWLS_WS_HDL (WebService Handler) NumReqError, NumReqTermination, NumRespError, NumRespTermination, NumReqSOAPFault, NumRespSOAPFault BEAWLS_WS_OPER (WebService Operation) AvgDispTime, AvgExecTime, AvgRespTime, HandlerReqErrorCount, HandlerRespErrorCount, NumInvocation, NumRespError

If you want to... monitor only key parameters (continued)

monitor the full set of default parameters

select the Full monitoring option when registering or updating the registration of an administration server; for more information, see Registering a server on page 93 and Updating the registration of a server on page 101

all parameters that do not require bytecode instrumentation or advanced profiling to be enabled; this is the default setting for more information on parameters, see Appendix B, Parameter reference.

monitor instrumented select the Enable performance data on Component WebLogic components Performance Data Collection option on the Configure Advanced Monitoring dialog box; for more information, see Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 111

everything you get at the Full level, plus... BEAWLS_DBURL AvgResponseTime, HighestInvocationCount, LongestSQLAvgRespTime, LongestSQLTotalRespTime, TotalInvocationCount, TotalResponseTime

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

109

Table 9

Parameters (Part 4 of 5) Perform this action... And you get... turn on instrumentation or profiling options (continued)
BEAWLS_EJB_HOME AvgResponseTime, InvocationCount, InvocationRate, LongestEJBAvgRespTime, LongestEJBTotalRespTime, MostInvocationEJB, TotalResponseTime BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD AvgResponseTime, InvocationCount, InvocationRate, TotalResponseTime BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED _EJBRespColl, _SQLRespColl, _WebAppRespColl BEAWLS_SERVER _EJBRespColl, _SQLRespColl, _WebAppRespColl BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD AvgResponseTime, InvocationCount, InvocationRate, TotalResponseTime BEAWLS_SQL AvgResponseTime, InvocationCount, InvocationRate, TotalResponseTime, _SQLResponseCollector BEAWLS_WEBAPP AvgResponseTime, InvocationCount, InvocationRate, LongestServletAvgRespTime, LongestServletTotalRespTime, MostInvocationServlet, TotalResponseTime

If you want to...


monitor instrumented performance data on WebLogic components (continued)

monitor JVM performance profiling

select the Enable JVM Performance Data Collecting, include GC Time, Threads Detail, and Memory Usage option on the Configure Advanced Monitoring dialog box; for more information, see Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 111

everything you get at the Full level, plus... BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER AvgGCTime, CPUUSage, GCCount, GCTime, MemoryUsage,ThreadHighestCPUTime, TotalHeapSize, TotalThreadCPU, UsedHeadByAllThreads, VmemoryUsage BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED _JVMProfColl BEAWLS_SERVER _JVMProfColl

110

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 9

Parameters (Part 5 of 5) Perform this action... And you get...


select the Enable Java Class Method Level Performance Data Collection on the Configure Method Level Profiling dialog box; for more information, see Enabling methodlevel profiling on page 116 everything you get at the Full level, plus... BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD AvgCPUTime, CPUTime, ExecutionTime BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED _MethodProfColl BEAWLS_SERVER _MethodProfColl

If you want to...


monitor Java methodlevel profiling

Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring


Perform the following steps to turn on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring. Once set up, instrumentation and profiling options are permanently saved in your agent configuration. If you later want to completely turn off advanced monitoring, you will need to remove it from the configuration. For more information, see Removing instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 115.

NOTE
Turning on the profiler will cause PATROL to allocate more heap space than that was specified in the startup script of the application server. It may add anywhere from 4 to 68 MB to the heap size. This is done to overcome and compensate for the added overhead of profiling the JVM.

Before you begin


You must have read/write permissions to the %JDK_PATH%\jre\lib directory and the $JDK_HOME/jre/lib/sparc directory. Verify that the JDK Home of the registered instance is identical to the JAVA_HOME of the WebLogic server (see step 3 on page 103).

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

111

To turn on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring 1 Right-click the local managed server instance icon.
or Right-click the Admin server instance icon.

2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Configure.


The Configure Advance Monitoring dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Select items in the dialog box to select the types of components for which you want
to collect advanced monitoring (instrumented performance) data. Enabling each type turns on additional collector parameters and creates additional application classes in your PATROL console. These collectors require additional memory and CPU resources and may cause noticeable performance decreases on less robust agent hosts.

Enable Component Performance Data Collectionselect this option to turn on

method level performance data collection for EJBs and servlets, and for database SQL performance This option enables the BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD, BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD, BEAWLS_SQL, BEAWLS_DBURL application classes.

Enable JVM Performance Data Collectionselect this option to turn on Java

Virtual Machine (JVM) performance data collection This option enables the BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class.

Perform Debug for this Advance Monitoring Featureselect this option to collect detailed run-time information about the advanced monitoring collectors; the information can be used to troubleshoot some types of problems.

112

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

NOTE
This option should be used only under the direction of BMC Software support personnel.

Remove this Advance Monitoring Featureselect this option to remove

instrumentation and profiling; for more information, see Removing instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 115.

4 Click OK.
A dialog box is displayed, listing the potential performance impacts of turning on advanced monitoring features and telling you to restart the server.

5 Click OK.
A message is displayed, stating the results of the operation.

6 Click OK. 7 Reboot the server. To do this, right-click the server instance icon and select KM
Commands => Admin => Shutdown Server, then choose KM Commands => Admin => Boot Server. (You can also restart the server using a script file.)

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

113

NOTE
When using the Advance Monitoring features, the WebLogic KM copies components as follows: 1. A new directory patrol will be created in the %JDK_PATH%\jre\lib directory. This new directory contains:

the uninstall script the conf directory, which contains the templates for the property files the bin directory, which contains four .jar files and two profiling files in a directory named targetValue the server directory, which contains directories of the properties files for the specific Application Server for which Advanced Monitoring feature was enabled

2. If the Component Performance Data option is enabled, two jar files (BMCJ2eeExt.jar and BMCSvrExt.jar) are copied under the %JDK_PATH%\jre\lib\ext directory. 3. If the JVM Performance Data Collection option is selected, the BMCProfiler.dll or libBMCProfiler.so shared library file is copied under the %JDK_PATH%\jre\bin directory. 4. $JDK_HOME/lib/sparc is also updated and needs to be made readable/writable.

Disabling instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring


Follow these steps to disable instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring.

To disable instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring 1 Right-click the local managed server instance icon.
or Right-click the Admin server instance icon.

2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Configure.


The Configure Advance Monitoring dialog box is displayed.

3 Unselect the type of advanced monitoring that you want turned off. 4 Click OK.
114 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

NOTE
When you change the instrumentation monitoring mode the first time, you must restart the WebLogic server. After the first time, you can change the monitoring mode on and off for instrumentation without restarting the WebLogic server.

5 Click OK.
A message is displayed, stating the results of the operation.

6 Click OK. 7 Reboot the server. To do this, right-click the server instance icon and select KM
Commands => Admin => Shutdown Server, then choose KM Commands => Admin => Boot Server. (You can also restart the server using a script file.)

Removing instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring


Follow these steps to remove instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring from your setup.

To remove instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring 1 Right-click the Admin server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Configure.
The Configure Advance Monitoring dialog box is displayed.

3 Select the checkbox labeled Remove this Advance Monitoring Feature. NOTE
When you select Remove This Advance Monitoring Feature, all enabled advanced monitoring features will be removed. They can not be selectively removed.

4 Click OK.
A confirmation message is displayed, asking you to confirm the removal of the feature.

5 Click Yes to remove the feature. Otherwise, click No.

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

115

6 Reboot the server. To do this, right-click the server instance icon and select KM
Commands => Admin => Shutdown Server, then choose KM Commands => Admin => Boot Server. (You can also restart the server using a script file.)

NOTE
Removing an advanced monitoring feature deletes certain files on your server that are used only for the profiling and instrumentation features of this product. In some cases, file sharing mechanisms may prevent the files from being deleted. If this happens, you must manually delete the files listed in Table 5 on page 57.

Enabling method-level profiling


NOTE
The components that monitor Java method-level profiling are resource intensive and intended only for use by application developers. Method-level profiling will perform slowly on host machines with CPUs slower than 1 GHz and with less than 1 GB of memory. These features are not recommended for regular use in production environments. Method level profiling cannot be enabled for the JRE classes, since this can have a significant impact on performance. Perform the following steps to enable method-level profiling. Method level data collection can be dynamically enabled if the JVM Performance Monitoring is turned on (see Turning on instrumentation or JVM performance monitoring on page 111. It does not require a reboot of the system, WebLogic, nor PATROL, and once enabled, it runs until you disable it (see To disable method-level profiling on page 117).

To enable method-level profiling 1 Right-click the server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Configure Method Profiling. 3 Complete the fields on the Configure Method Level Profiling dialog box as follows:

Enable Java Class Method Level Performance Data Collectionselect this checkbox

to enable data collection. If the box is not selected, method-level profiling will not be turned on.

Enter Java Class Nametype the name of the Java class that you want to monitor.

116

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

4 Select Add. 5 Click OK. 6 Select Exit from the list of actions, then click OK to close the dialog.

Disabling method-level profiling


Perform the following steps to disable method-level profiling.

To disable method-level profiling


Follow the steps in To enable method-level profiling on page 116, but in Step 2, unselect the check box for Enable Java Class Method Level Performance Data Collection.

Activating JVM thread objects collection


Perform the following steps to activate JVM thread objects collection.

To activate JVM thread objects collection NOTE


Profiling must be on for this feature to work.

1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SERVER icon or the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED


icon.

2 From the KM Commands menu, choose Advance Monitoring => Activate JVM
Thread Objects Collection.

After activating the JVM thread objects collection, the following information is available:

The total number of thread objects is displayed in the Total Thread Objects field of the BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox. The amount of memory used is displayed in the Memory Used column of the Thread Detail Report.

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

117

Deactivating JVM thread objects collection


Perform the following steps to deactivate JVM thread objects collection.

To deactivate JVM thread objects collection 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SERVER icon or the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED
icon.

2 From the KM Commands menu, choose Advance Monitoring => Deactivate JVM
Thread Objects Collection. The collection of JVM thread objects is stopped.

Stopping the monitoring of classes


Perform the following steps to stop the monitoring of classes.

To stop the monitoring of classes 1 Right-click the server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Configure Method Profiling.
The Configure Method Level Profiling dialog box is displayed.

3 From the list of monitored classes, select the class for which you want monitoring
disabled. Click on an unhighlighted class name to select it.

4 Select Delete from the list of actions. 5 Click OK. 6 Select Exit from the list of actions, then click OK to close the dialog.

118

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration


After you have registered a BEA WebLogic Server, verify that your instances are discovered and that the BEAWLS_SERVER icon appears in the PATROL Console.

To verify WebLogic Server configuration 1 From the PatrolMainMap, open the computer window and verify that the PATROL
for WebLogic icon is present, as shown in Figure 9. This icon is a container that represents your entire BEA WebLogic environment. Figure 9 WebLogic Server icon in PATROL Console

PATROL for WebLogic icon

NOTE
If the PATROL for WebLogic icon does not appear within two or three minutes, open the PATROL system output window and read the status messages. Look for messages that might indicate a specific problem, such as an incorrect port number, permission access problems on required files or directories, or user authentication failure. Correct any setup problems as described in Configuring the KM on page 93.

2 Double-click the BEAWLS_SERVER icon to see which servers are being monitored.
There will be as many server instances at this level as you registered. If you went through the configuration process only one time for a single server, you will see one server instance icon.

3 Double-click a server instance icon.


You should see several icons in the PATROL window, depending on which WebLogic features you have set up and running. Figure 10 shows a PATROL Console monitoring a server running WebLogic Server version 8.1.

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

119

Figure 10

Example of monitored WebLogic 8.1 Server

NOTE
It may take several minutes for a server to be fully monitored because some application classes are discovered on different schedules. Not all application classes or parameters will exist on every system. PATROL for BEA WebLogic discovers environment configuration information in four stages: 1. The MainDiscovery parameter discovers and creates instances for all components monitored in the registered WebLogic Server or domain; this includes CLUSTER, SERVER, EXEC_QUEUE, EJB, WEBAPP, JDBC, JMSSERVER, JCA, and JOLT. The process runs every 60 seconds (depending on the schedule). MainDiscovery runs when you first configure the product, but it does not run on a regular schedule because configuration of servers and components is generally stable. MainDiscovery does, however, run under the following conditions:

When a new domain is initially setup. When a servers status changes (such as from admin to managed server). When the PATROL Agent restarts. When PATROLs Java Collector for WebLogic restarts. When you run the KM menu command Force Objects Discovery from the BEAWLS_SERVER application class.

2. Attribute Discovery retrieves configuration and runtime information for all components discovered by Main Discovery. It runs every 10 minutes by default.

120

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

3. Servlet Discovery finds information about the monitored servlets of specified web applications). It runs every 10 minutes by default. 4. Log Discovery retrieves information for the four WebLogic Server default log files. It runs every 23 hours by default (about once per day). If application class icons do not appear in the console window within 10 minutes, check the following:

WebLogic configurationicons for monitoring some WebLogic components will not appear if there is nothing for the KM to monitor. Check your WebLogic configuration to verify that the component being monitored by a missing application class is actually enabled. Advanced monitoringicons for many of the application classes that monitor and instrument performance will not appear unless Advance Monitoring is specifically enabled. These icons include EJB_METHOD, SERVLET_METHOD, SQL, JVMPROFILE, PROF_CLASS, and PROF_METHOD. See Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features on page 106. Product configurationicons may not appear if the KM configuration information was incorrect (for example, if an incorrect Java path was specified). The BEAWLS_OS icon will not appear if the required operating system .kml files were not loaded. See Configuring the KM on page 93.

Which icons should you see?


The set of application class and parameter icons that are shown for any given environment will vary greatly depending on which features you have enabled in PATROL, which WebLogic components are configured and active in your environment, and which version of WebLogic you are running. There are only a few icons that will always be present in every monitored environment. These are:

BEAWLS_SETUP BEAWLS_SERVER BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE BEAWLS_OS (although parameters may be offline if you do not have the Unix or Windows KMs loaded) BEAWLS_PROBE (although the icon may appear at a different level if you are monitoring a remote Managed Server)

Chapter 3

Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic

121

BEAWLS_LOG (although the icon will disappear if you specifically stop monitoring every log in an environment, the LOG instance is always initially created)

If you do not see an instance of an application class, check the following:

Your WebLogic Version: Some component application classes are relevant only for specific WebLogic versions, for example, the BEAWLS_JROCKIT class is only supported for WebLogic 8.1 or higher. Your WebLogic Configuration: Component application classes are active only when they have something to monitor. For example, if you have no configured Jolt connection pools deployed in your environment, you will not see an instance of the BEAWLS_JOLT class. Your PATROL Configuration: Some classes support features that most users will not need in a basic monitoring environment. These must be activated, and sometimes configured after the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product is installed and configured. For example, some features require activation of bytecode instrumentation or JVM profiling.

If you do not see a parameter that you expect, check the following:

Your WebLogic Version: Some parameters are relevant only for features of specific WebLogic versions, see Appendix B, Parameter reference for details on individual parameters. Your PATROL Monitoring Level: Only a core set of basic parameters are always active. Some parameters are active only when you enable a higher monitoring level than you initially configured. Other parameters may require activation of specific features, such as bytecode instrumentation or JVM profiling. See Appendix B, Parameter reference for details.

Where to go from here


After verifying that PATROL has discovered your server and has instantiated application instances, see Chapter 4, Managing the BEA WebLogic environment, to begin configuring and using the product monitoring features.

122

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment


4

This chapter explains how to effectively manage a BEA WebLogic environment using PATROL for BEA WebLogic. The following topics are discussed: Monitoring a WebLogic environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top parameters for BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing event triggers to work with other products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing events using PEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimating response times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing file transfer rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing web page response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administering Probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 124 124 125 126 127 128 129 129 130 131

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

123

Monitoring a WebLogic environment


PATROL for BEA WebLogic relies on features of the PATROL Console for much of its ability to help you improve the reliability and performance of your WebLogic environment. Every user of PATROL for BEA WebLogic should understand how the basic Console features and commands work together. This chapter explains how to exploit some key PATROL features to effectively use PATROL for BEA WebLogic. If any step seems too advanced, see the online Help for your Console by clicking Help. The Console Help and the PATROL Event Manager Help explain basic concepts.

Working with parameters


When you first install PATROL for BEA WebLogic, take some time to open windows and double-click application class icons to see parameters. The parameters contain the actual data about your systems performance and configuration.

Top parameters for BEA WebLogic


While all of the parameters in the product will probably be important to some users at some times, only a small number are of critical importance to almost every environment. These parameters are the top parameters to monitor in order to assure the availability of your WebLogic environment. BMC Software sets alarms on many of them by default. You may also want to monitor them through the Event Manager and set email notifications or recovery actions on some.

PatrolCollectorStatus (BEAWLS_SERVER, page 281)

If PatrolCollectorStatus goes into alarm, PATROL is not receiving updated data and your monitoring is offline. This and ConnectionStatus are the two most critical parameters to assure availability of your WebLogic environment.

ConnectionStatus (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED, page 270;

BEAWLS_MANAGED, page 272; BEAWLS_SERVER, page 279) This parameter indicates that the PATROL collector cannot communicate with the server. You may need to restart the WebLogic server.

AvailableClusterServers (BEAWLS_CLUSTER, page 254)

This parameter indicates whether a clustered server is up or down.

124

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

HealthStatus (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, page 266; BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED,

page 271; BEAWLS_MANAGED, page 273; BEAWLS_SERVER, page 280) There are four of these parameters for different types of servers. Each indicates an assessment of the health of the server.

TransactionTimeoutRate (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME, page 259):

This parameter sets alarm values to flag abnormally high numbers of timeouts, which may indicate a problem with your EJB pool or may indicate another problem that is preventing EJBs from completing fast enough to free up connections.

ExecuteQueueLength (BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE, page 260)

This parameter sets alarm values to flag abnormally long queues.

PoolState (BEAWLS_JDBC, page 263)

This parameter indicates whether pool is available, or has been shutdown or suspended.

Reporting values
Since some parameters always increase for a given application server, the KM reports only changes that occured in the last collection cycle, which is usually three to five minutes. This enables you to set alarm ranges and boundaries, which would not be possible if the value always increased. For example, the FailuresToReconnectCount parameter is a cumulative count since the application server was restarted. However, the KM only reports the change in this parameter since the last collection cycle. This allows for the setting of boundary ranges and alarm ranges, which would not be possible for a parameter that always increases.

Working with events


Some features in PATROL for BEA WebLogic (such as log file sniffing and JMX MBean monitoring) are intended to be used in conjunction with PATROL events. This section provides a brief look at how events can be managed using related PATROL products.

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

125

Managing event triggers to work with other products


If you use other PATROL products, such as the PATROL Configuration Manager (PCM) or the PATROL Event Management KM, to manage configurations or events, you will need to suspend the custom events trigger. Normally, PATROL for BEA WebLogic controls the triggering of events via the AttrDiscovery parameter. By default, AttrDiscovery triggers an event whenever it finds that the state has changed on any of the server HealthStatus parameters or on the JDBC PoolState parameter. You can suspend the event triggers for all these parameters, which will allow you to work with PCM or the Event Management KM.

To suspend event triggers 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SERVER icon. 2 From the KM Commands menu, choose KM Administration => Suspend Custom
Events Triggering for Objects Discovery.

Event triggers are now off and can be controlled with PCM or other products. Events will be triggered when the state of the following parameters first changes to WARN or ALARM/CRITICAL/FAILED:

BEAWLS_SERVER/HealthStatus, BEAWLS_JMS/HealthStatus BEAWLS_JMSSERVER/HealthStatus BEAWLS_JDBC/PoolState

If Advanced Monitoring is enabled, events will be triggered when the state of the following parameters first changes to the WARN or ALARM/CRITICAL/ FAILED:

InvocationCount InvocationRate AvgResponseTime TotalResponseTime

NOTE
All the preceding parameters are found in multiple classes. All these parameters can trigger events.

126

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

These parameters are controlled by the pre-defined alarm thresholds. You can use PCM to reset them. Use the command KM Administration => Resume Custom Events Triggering for Objects Discovery to turn the triggers back on.

Managing events using PEM


Use the PEM to monitor WebLogic events, including those generated by defined JMX conditions. The PEM is a powerful feature of every PATROL Console. Using the PEM, you can view and manage various types of eventseverything from disk failures to stopped critical processes. You can define the behavior of events for your system, establish recovery actions, or use Diary features to log events.

To monitor events with the PATROL Event Manager 1 Choose Event Manager from the Tools menu of your PATROL Console.
The PATROL Event Manager window appears, as shown in the following figure:
Help provides more details about PEM

2 Right-click an event to see details, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

127

You can use the Diary features to track operator comments about any event type, and you can add your own local events and expert advice. More information about these topics and other features of the PEM is available within the online help.

3 Click OK to close the window.

Estimating response times


PATROL for BEA WebLogic contains a Probe feature to estimate server response times. The following timing metrics are provided:

timing data on ping operations with a user-specified packet size response times for serving local or remote web pages in response to iterative requests

A Probe administration feature lets you manage timing information using annotated data points or PATROL event generation on the AvgPingTime or AvgConnTime parameters. Commands are provided to report timing information in the task window. The Probe is available under the administration server icon. The Probe provides timing data at a macro level. Precise timing data can be generated and monitored for most components of J2EE web applications running in the WebLogic environment. You can use this data to find slow-performing web applications, EJBs, servlets, and SQL statements, and in many cases, isolate and instrument the performance down to the method level. See Chapter 9, Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components.

128

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

This section describes how to use the Probe feature.

NOTE
Probe features are not active when monitoring a remote managed server.

Testing file transfer rate


Perform these steps to time data transfer rates from a WebLogic Server. This performs a ping operation, sending a packet of data of a size that you specify, and returning the number of milliseconds elapsed between the time of the request and the time of the response. If the connection fails, the system output window shows a series of messages that may help you isolate the cause.

To time transfer rates 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_PROBE application icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Ping Server. 3 Specify the file size that you want tested. 4 Click OK.

Testing web page response


Perform these steps to send web page requests to a remote or local web server and produce timing information on the number of milliseconds needed to receive a response. You can set a number of iterations to send multiple requests, which can provide a range of response times.

To test response times 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_PROBE application icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Test Web Page Response.

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

129

3 Specify the address (URL) of the web page you want timed. 4 Use the slide bar to set the number of consecutive requests you want sent. 5 Click OK.

Administering Probe
Perform these steps to turn on or off annotations for Probe parameters and to turn on or off event generation for Probe timing data. Annotations apply to the AvgPingTime and AvgConnTime parameters and include information about the time each data point was collected and the value of the timing data parameter. Event generation sends timing information to the PEM when the parameter status is in WARNING or ALARM. Use PEM to manage event data.

To use the Probe Administration dialog box 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_PROBE application icon. 2 Choose KM commands => Administration.
The Probe Administration dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

select this box to generate events when AvgPingTime is in WARNING or ALARM select this box to generate events when AvgConnTime is in WARNING or ALARM

use slider bars to set number of ping messages, size of ping requests, and number of connections

130

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

3 Click checkboxes to turn individual features on or off. A check indicates that the
feature is turned on. The fields on the dialog box are defined as follows:

Annotation for Ping Time Datacheck this box to produce annotated data points

for the AvgPingTime parameter; annotations include timestamps for each collection cycle and the time (in milliseconds) needed to complete a ping operation

Annotation for Connection Time Datacheck this box to produce annotated data points for the AvgConnTime parameter; annotations include timestamps for each collection cycle and the number of milliseconds needed to establish a connection Event Trigger for Ping Statuscheck this box to generate a PATROL event when

the parameter status is WARNING or ALARM; event data can be monitored through the PEM

Event Trigger for Connection Statuscheck this box to generate a PATROL event each time connection data is collected

4 Use slider bars to set higher or lower testing standards. You can more accurately
reflect real-world conditions by increasing the number of requests (times to ping), the size of a message packet, or the number of connection requests that the weblogic.Admin utility will make to the server instance.

5 Click OK.

Generating reports
PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides a number of reporting functions to list various configuration settings and performance metrics. These reports are always displayed in a system output window. Table 10 lists the basic types of reports you can generate and describes what type of information is produced by each. If you enable the advanced monitoring instrumentation and profiling features, additional reports on J2EE object performance will be available. For more information, see Chapter 9, Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components. Most of these reports provide basic metrics or configuration settings on basic WebLogic components. If you are unsure about what any of the report information represents, or how the components are used and configured, see the documentation provided by BEA at http://e-docs.bea.com/.

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

131

Table 10

Reports in PATROL for BEA WebLogic (Part 1 of 3) From instance icon of class... Contents BEAWLS_J2EE_ APPS displays a report that lists all the application component responses
Note: Advanced monitoring and byte-code instrumentation is required.

Report name App. Component Response

App. Views Summary

BEAWLI_ INTEGRATION

defines the usage of an adapter for business-focused interfaces to an EIS displays a report on the maximum size of the event buffer, which holds events until the events are persisted to the database, and lists the interval, in seconds, at which the buffers should be checked to see whether events in the buffer must be persisted displays the connection leak profile, including stack trace at the time the connection was created creates a report containing the deployment configuration for this web application displays a report that lists the maximum capacity of the pool, the login timeout of the pool, the JDBC driver name, and other properties of the pool displays a report that lists the usage and activity information for all threads in an execution pool, including current request, last request, number of requests served, current user, and a flag indicating whether the thread is idle displays an overview of the integration system health

Behavior Tracking BEAWLP_ PORTAL

Connection Leak Deployment Configuration

BEAWLS_JDBC BEAWLS_ WEBAPP

Doc. Content Pool BEAWLP_ Info. PORTAL Execute Threads Report BEAWLS_EXEC_ QUEUE

Health Statistics JMS Server Components JNDI Report

BEAWLI_ INTEGRATION

BEAWLS_SERVER displays configurable reports on JMS runtime data, such as connection factories, templates, destination keys, file store, JDBC store, or servers BEAWLS_SERVER displays directory mapping information for various aspects of the WebLogic system, such as file system, EJB, JDBC, server, RMI, JMS, transaction, and common BEAWLS_SERVER displays statistics on the Java Transaction subsystem, including total transactions and total rollbacks BEAWLS_SERVER displays transaction information, such as number of transactions committed, rolled back, heuristics, organized by name, resource, or current transactions (in-flight)

JTA Information JTA Transaction

132

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 10

Reports in PATROL for BEA WebLogic (Part 2 of 3) From instance icon of class... Contents BEAWLS_SERVER displays information about the product name (database), the IP address of the host that is licensed to run the product (if any), the license expiration date (if any), the number of hosts that can simultaneously run the product, and the license key value BEAWLS_PROBE displays statistical information about response performance for a managed server (not relevant for remote managed servers) displays a report on all the message channels of a message broker displays cache snapshots stored externally for later analysis displays a summary of the business process instance displays a report that lists business process information, including process instance ID, status, completion date and time for a completed process, termination date and time for a process that has been terminated, and pending activity

Report name License Information

Managed Server Response

Message Channels BEAWLI_ Info. INTEGRATION Prepared Statement Cache Process Instance Summary Process Statistics BEAWLS_JDBC BEAWLI_ INTEGRATION BEAWLI_ INTEGRATION

Realm Information BEAWLS_SERVER for each class in the realm, lists the class names and the permissions granted to groups or ACLs for that realm Report of Registered Instance BEAWLS_SETUP displays a report on all registered WebLogic application servers, including server instance names, settings for their WebLogic and Java paths, and other details displays a report on the connection pool setting displays a report on the thresholds for message and bytes, overrides settings, and redeliver settings for this JMS destination

Report on Pool BEAWLS_JDBC Connection Setting Report on BEAWLS_JMS_ Thresholds & DESTINATION Overrides Settings Security Information Server Configuration Server Connections Server Performance Setting SQL Roundtrip

BEAWLS_SERVER for each server in the domain, lists the security information for ACLs, groups, and users BEAWLS_SERVER displays a report about the WebLogic server configuration attributes BEAWLS_SERVER displays a report about the network configuration attributes such as HTTP settings, SSL settings, tuning parameters, and protocol information BEAWLS_SERVER displays a report about the server level performancerelated settings BEAWLS_JDBC displays the SQL text, execution time, start and end time, and transaction name

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

133

Table 10

Reports in PATROL for BEA WebLogic (Part 3 of 3) From instance icon of class... Contents BEAWLS_SERVER displays a matrix of all the service handlers runtime BEAWLS_SERVER displays a matrix of all the service operations runtime BEAWLS_SERVER displays a report on the WebLogic configuration and runtime MBean information

Report name Top N WS Handlers Top N WS Operations WebLogic MBean Information

To generate a report
The menu commands for generating reports are located in the KM Commands menu. Some report menu commands are located in a submenu, Reports or Report, from the KM Commands menu. To generate the desired report type, right-click the icon for the instance for which you want a report and then choose the report command from the KM Commands menu or Report submenu. The report is displayed. For example, if you wanted to run the Execute Threads Report, you would right-click the EXEC_QUEUE icon and choose KM Commands => Execute Threads Report. If you want to run the Application Component Response report, you would right-click an instance icon under BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS and choose KM Commands => Report => App. Component Response. The report is displayed in a system task window, as shown in the following figure:

reports appear in system task window

134

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter 4

Managing the BEA WebLogic environment

135

136

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

5
138 138 139 140 141 141 143 144 146

Managing clusters and servers


This chapter explains how to manage the servers on which you run BEA WebLogic, including administrative, managed, and local managed servers. The following topics are discussed: Managing WebLogic Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Booting a WebLogic Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutting down a WebLogic Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking or unlocking a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing Java garbage collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning a server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identifying processes with high CPU usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring and managing a single managed server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing the node manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

137

Managing WebLogic Servers


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to configure and manage WebLogic servers. As of version 2.4.00, PATROL for BEA WebLogic will continue to collect data and monitor a managed server even when the associated Admin Server is offline. If the Admin Server of a monitored environment goes offline for any reason, the KM will continue to collect configuration and runtime data without intervention. In addition, it is possible to monitor only a Managed Server, without also monitoring its Admin Server (see Monitoring and managing a single managed server on page 144).

Booting a WebLogic Server


Perform these steps to shut down and then restart a WebLogic Server. Reboot commands are available for both administration and managed servers. If an administration server goes down while managed servers are running, you do not need to restart the managed servers in order to recover management of the domain. If you restart the administration server with the discover attribute turned on, the administration server can discover managed servers and recover management. (See the WebLogic Server Administration document, available from BEA.) You cannot boot a Remote Managed Server (the command will be disabled). Discovery is turned on by the following setting in the startup script:
-Dweblogic.management.discover=true

Proceed to one of the following sections:


To boot a WebLogic Administration Server on page 138 To boot a WebLogic Local Managed Server on page 139

To boot a WebLogic Administration Server 1 Right-click the instance icon of the server you want to re-boot. 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Boot Server. 3 In the Boot Server dialog box, specify the boot command to be run. If you are
booting a Unix server, this is the full path to a pre-written script that can start the server, and the script argument as needed. The server should be booted in a noninteractive mode (the password should be read from password.ini or boot.properties, not from the command line).
138 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

4 Click OK. To boot a WebLogic Local Managed Server 1 Right-click the instance icon of the server you want to re-boot. 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Boot Server. 3 Fill in the Boot Server dialog box fields as follows:
Table 11 Field Boot Command (script) Boot Server dialog box fields Description Specify the boot command to be run. If you are booting a Unix server, this is the full path to a pre-written script that can start the server, and the script argument as needed. The server should be booted in a non-interactive mode (the password should be read from password.ini or boot.properties, not from the command line). PATROL Agent Hostname PATROL Agent Port Number OS Username to Login to Remote Agent OS Password for Login Host name of the PATROL Agent machine. Port number of the PATROL Agent. Operating system user name which will run the above script. Password for the above user.

4 Click OK.

Shutting down a WebLogic Server


Perform these steps to completely shut down (turn off) a WebLogic Server.

To shut down a server 1 Right-click the instance icon of the administration or


managed server that you want to shut down.

2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Shutdown Server.


The Shut Down Server dialog box is displayed.

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

139

3 Slide the grace period selector to set the number of seconds to wait before shutting
down.

4 Type a message that will be sent to active users. 5 Click OK.

Locking or unlocking a server


Perform these steps to lock or unlock a WebLogic Server. This can be done on either an administration or a managed server. When a server is locked, no user other than an administrator can log in until the server is unlocked.

To lock a WebLogic Server 1 Right-click the instance icon of the server you want to lock. 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Lock Server.
The Lock Server dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Enter a message to be displayed to any user who tries to log in during the lock
period.

4 Click OK. To unlock a WebLogic Server 1 Right-click the instance icon of the server you want to lock. 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Unlock Server. 3 Click OK.
140 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Performing Java garbage collection


Perform these steps to instruct the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) to begin garbage collection. Garbage collection can be done on either an administration or a managed server. JVM garbage collection reclaims memory by discarding unused objects.

To begin garbage collection 1 Right-click the instance icon of the server on which you
want to collect garbage.

2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Garbage Collection.

Tuning a server configuration


Perform these steps to tune server configuration attributes. Tuning can be done on either an administration, managed, or local managed server. The configuration attributes control how a server manages its connections and process threads.

To tune a server configuration 1 Right-click the instance icon of the managed server or
administration server that you want to tune.

2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Server Configuration


Tuning.

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

141

The Server Tuning dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows to adjust the tunneling, timeout,
and thread attributes:

Tunneling Enabledcheck this box to enable tunneling

Tunneling is a method of establishing a state-based connection via the HTTP protocol and is often used to create a stateful HTTP connection through a firewall. Tunneling decreases your WebLogic performance; use it only when necessary. A better option is to use the t3 protocol on port 80 (if your firewall is able to pass IP packets through port 80).

Tunneling Client Ping Secondsenter the number of seconds between pings

When a tunnel connection is created, the server periodically checks the state (up or down) of the remote client; 45 seconds is the optimum default value for the ping interval; the valid range is 20 to 900 seconds.

Tunneling Client Timeout Secondsenter the number of seconds that must elapse from the last response from a client before a connection is considered dead

If a client does not respond to a request or ping within the timeout period, the WebLogic Server closes the HTTP tunnel connection; 40 seconds is the optimum default value; the valid range is 10 to 900 seconds.

Login Timeout (ms)enter the number of seconds in which a login must complete from the time it is initiated If a correct username/password combination is not entered and the login process completed within this time, the login process will be terminated

142

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Thread Pool Socket Readers (Percent)enter the percentage of execute threads

that can be used as socket readers; the default value is 33; the allowable range is 1 to 99

4 Click OK.

Identifying processes with high CPU usage


Perform the following steps to define a high CPU threshold and identify processes exceeding that limit.

To define a high CPU threshold

1 Right-click the OS icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Setup High CPU Threshold.
The Setup High CPU dialog box is displayed.

3 Enter the number of milliseconds that you consider to be the maximum reasonable
time for a single WebLogic Server JVM process. If you want to see the current value of this threshold, right-click the BEAWLS_OS icon and choose InfoBox.

4 Click OK. To use the high CPU threshold 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_OS icon to display its parameters. 2 Look at the NumHighCpuJVMProcesses parameter. This indicates the number of
WebLogic Server JVM processes resident in this local host of the monitored domain (i.e., the Admin server and any local managed servers) that exceed the threshold you set. You can set alarms on this parameter if you want to be notified about processes consuming excess CPU time.

3 Look at the ActiveProcesses parameter. This identifies specific processes running


in your JVM.

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

143

Monitoring and managing a single managed server


PATROL for BEA WebLogic can monitor and manage a specific WebLogic server on a standalone basis, that is, without also monitoring its parent Admin Server and its sibling Managed Servers. This capability is enabled when you select the Managed Server option when registering a server for monitoring; see Step 3 of To register a WebLogic Server on page 93. When you monitor a single Managed Server on a standalone basis, some of the application classes, parameters, menu commands, and InfoBoxes will behave somewhat differently to reflect the different management paradigm and other features will be inactive. From the console perspective, the standalone server will look similar to a normal monitoring environment that consists of a single server under an Admin Server (the SERVER instance). The single Managed Server that you register will be a server instance icon (of either the BEAWLS_MANAGED or BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED class) that appears under a SERVER icon representing the Admin Serverbut that Admin Server instance will have limited functionality and will not provide the full range of parameters and performance metrics that you would have in a default monitoring environment. Table 12 describes how the Admin Server (BEAWLS_SERVER instance) will behave when used with a single Managed Server. Most features of the MANAGED or LOCAL_MANAGED instance will behave as they are described in this user guide and the online help, but with a few exceptions:

Features provided by BEAWLI_INTEGRATION and BEAWLP_PORTAL (and any of their child class instances) will not be available. The BEAWLS_OS class will monitor the managed server only along with any Node Manager process associated with the managed server. The Admin_PROBE instance of BEAWLS_PROBE will be created to monitor the availability of the Admin server.

144

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 12 Feature

Admin server functions in single managed server mode Behavior in single managed server Admin Server performance metrics will not be collected, only the following parameters will be available:

Parameters

ConnectionStatus LicenseStatus MainDiscovery PatrolCollectorStatus

Menu Commands The following types of menu commands will be unavailable:


Admin JDBC Application Deployment LOG Configuration LOG Notification Advance Monitoring

InfoBox

Only the following fields will display:


Register Server Type Register Server URL Monitoring Mode Blackout Status Host Name Listen Port JDK Home WebLogic Home

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

145

Managing the node manager


PATROL for BEA WebLogic can monitor and manage the Node Manager process. Node Manager features are available via the BEAWLS_OS application class. The NodeStatus parameter indicates whether the Node Managers Java process is active for the monitored domain. You can also stop or start monitoring of the Node Manager process, or view a report showing configuration information about the Node Manager.

NOTE
To monitor a remote Node Manager, you must have a PATROL Agent and the KM running on the remote host. You must also have registered the server as a Managed Server, as described in Chapter 3. See Registering a server on page 93.

To suspend monitoring of the node manager

1 Right-click the OS icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Node Manager Administration => Suspend Node Manager
Monitoring.

The Node Manager process is removed from the list of active Java processes monitored for this domain.

To resume monitoring of the node manager 1 Right-click the OS icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Node Manager Administration => Resume Node Manager
Monitoring.

The Node Manager process is added to the list of active Java processes monitored for this domain.

To display the node manager configuration report 1 Right-click the OS icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Node Manager Administration => Report on Node Manager
Configuration.

146

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A report will be displayed. The report will show basic configuration information, such as the listen port and address, and information about SSL certificates. If you would like to know more about what the information in this report represents, see the WebLogic product documentation, available at: http://edocs.bea.com/ When this report is run on an Admin Server, it reports on all Node Managers running within its domain. When the report is run on a single Managed Server, it reports only on the Node Manager resident on that Managed Server.

Chapter 5

Managing clusters and servers

147

148

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

6
150 150 151 151 152

Managing portal servers


This chapter explains how to manage BEA WebLogic portal servers. The following topics are discussed: Managing WebLogic portal servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning a cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flushing a cache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspending cache monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resuming cache monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 6 Managing portal servers

149

Managing WebLogic portal servers


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to tune and monitor Portal servers in the WebLogic system.

Tuning a cache
Perform the following steps to tune a cache.

To tune a cache 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Portal server whose cache you want to resume
monitoring.

2 Choose KM Commands => Cache Tuning.


The Cache Tuning dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields in the dialog box as follows:

Max Entriesenter the maximum number of entries allowed in the cache Time to Liveenter the time to live for elements added to the cache

150

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Cache Mode?select one of the following options:

Truethe portal cache service is available Falsethe portal cache service is not available

Annotate Change Informationselect one of the following options:

Yesannotation is turned on and annotating data is shown in the PATROL parameter data point under the CacheMode parameter of BEAWLP_CACHE Noannotation is not turned on

Performance Tuning Advisory for Cachethis field is informational only and can

contain advice for tuning the selected cache

4 Click OK.

Flushing a cache
Perform these steps to flush a cache.

To flush a cache 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Portal server whose cache you want to resume
monitoring.

2 Choose KM Commands => Flush Cache.


The results message is displayed in the system output window.

Suspending cache monitoring


Perform these steps to suspend the monitoring of a cache.

To suspend cache monitoring 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Portal server whose cache you want to suspend
monitoring.

2 Choose KM Commands => Suspend Monitoring.

Chapter 6 Managing portal servers

151

Resuming cache monitoring


Perform these steps to resume the monitoring of a cache for which monitoring has been suspended.

To resume cache monitoring 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Portal server whose cache you want to resume
monitoring.

2 Choose KM Commands => Resume Cache Monitoring.


The Resume Cache Monitoring dialog box is displayed, listing the caches that are suspended.

3 Select the suspended cache. 4 Click OK to resume monitoring.

152

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Managing WebLogic components and services


7

This chapter explains how to effectively manage the component pieces of a WebLogic environment. Reports are available on some of these components. For more information, see Generating reports on page 131. The following topics are discussed: Configuring WebLogic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing JDBC pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a JDBC pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a JDBC pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administering JDBC pools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enabling or disabling JDBC profiling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating JDBC profiling reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JDBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring web services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring service operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring operation handlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of handlers or operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatically deploying domain applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deploying and undeploying applications to servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a servlet to monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of a servlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 154 155 157 157 160 160 162 162 163 164 164 165 165 166 166 167 168 169 170

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

153

Configuring WebLogic components


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to perform the following actions to configure and manage key components of the WebLogic system:

configure the Java Transaction API (JTA) to set timeout and threshold limits configure the Java Database Connection (JDBC) pool to set initial and maximum numbers of connections, and to set a login delay to avoid potential logjams in the connection creation process configure the Java Message Service (JMS) to set quotas and thresholds

Configuring the JTA


Perform these steps to configure the JTA, setting time limits for transactions to complete and commit.

To configure the JTA 1 Right-click the instance icon of the administrative server: 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => JTA Configuration.
The JTA Configuration dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows to specify threshold values to set
limits on how quickly a transaction must complete:

Timeout Secondsspecify the maximum number of seconds that a transaction will be allowed to run before it is rolled back

154

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Abandon Timeout Secondsspecify the maximum number of seconds in which a

transaction must be committed before it is abandoned and rolled back

Before Completion Iteration Limitspecify the maximum number of iterations

(callbacks) that a transaction can perform before being rolled back

Max Transactionsset the maximum number of transactions that can be

simultaneously in progress

Max Unique Name Statisticsset the maximum number of unique transaction

names for which statistics will be maintained

Forgot Heuristicscheck this box to discard heuristically determined transaction

data or uncheck the box to retain the data Heuristics are used to define whether and how transactions are completed and committed autonomously by the WebLogic server (for example, if a clientserver connection is broken before a transaction can be committed).

4 Click OK.

Configuring the JMS


Perform these steps to configure the JMS.

To configure the JMS 1 Right-click the instance icon of the JMS Server: 2 Choose KM Commands => Configuration.
The JMS Threshold and Quota dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

155

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows to specify threshold values to set
limits on how many bytes and messages should be retained on the message server:

Bytes Maximumset the maximum number of bytes to be retained on the JMS

server

Bytes Threshold Highset a number of bytes that will constitute the upper

threshold level; when the number of bytes stored on the server exceeds this threshold level, a message is triggered

Bytes Threshold Lowset a number of bytes that will constitute the lower threshold level; when the number of bytes stored on the server drops below this threshold level, a message is triggered Messages Maximumset the maximum number of messages to be retained by

the JMS server

Messages Threshold Highset a number of messages that constitute the upper

threshold level; when the number of messages stored on the server exceeds this threshold level, a message is triggered

Messages Threshold Lowset a number of messages that constitute the lower threshold level; when the number of messages stored on the server drops below this threshold level, a message is triggered

4 Click OK.

156

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Managing JDBC pools


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to perform the following actions to manage JDBC pools:

create JDBC pools delete JDBC pools enable or disable profiling generate profile reports

Creating a JDBC pool


Perform these steps to create a new JDBC connection pool.

NOTE
Creating or removing a JDBC Pool is not supported for WebLogic 8.1 or higher.

To create a JDBC pool

1 Right-click the WebLogic admin server icon:

2 Choose KM Commands => JDBC => Create JDBC Pool.


The Create New JDBC Pool dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

157

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows to specify the configuration
information:

Pool Namename of the pool used within WebLogic; this name must be unique,

for example, NewJDBCpool

URLaddress used to locate the database to which the pool connects; there are three parts to this URL (example, jdbc:cloudscape:demo):

protocol database type database name

JDBC Driverthe name of the driver specific to your database type; this is

supplied by the JDBC driver vendor (see vendor documentation for details)

Propertiesthe list of properties passed to the 2-tier JDBC driver for use in

creating database connections (such as username and server)


158 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ACL Namethe name of the ACL used to control access to this connection pool Passwordthe password for connecting to the database Initial Capacitythe number of physical database connections to create in a new

pool

Max Capacitymaximum number of physical database connections in the pool; different JDBC drivers and database servers may limit this number Capacity Incrementthe number of connections to add when the pool size is

increased

Login Delay Secondsthe number of seconds to delay before creating each connection in the pool; this delay occurs on initial creation and throughout the lifetime of the pool whenever a database connection is created Allow Shrinking?the flag indicating that JDBC pool is allowed to shrink to

InitialCapacity

Shrink Period Minutesthe number of minutes to wait before shrinking an

incremented pool

Refresh Period Minutesthe connection refresh interval; number of minutes

between testing connections using TestTableName; failed connections are reopened; if TestTableName is not set, the test is not performed

Support Local Transactionthe flag indicating whether XA driver supports SQL

with no global transactions; this is ignored for non-XA drivers

Prepared Statement Cache Sizethe size of the prepared statement cache;

number of prepared statements from a connection stored for future use; set to 0 to disable

Test Reserved Conn.the flag indicating whether connections in the pool should

be tested; the WebLogic Server tests a connection after giving it to the client, adding a small delay in serving connection requests but ensuring that clients receive working connections (assuming database is available and accessible

Test Released Conn.the flag indicating whether connections should be tested before being returned to the pool; if all connections are in use and a client is waiting for connections, this will cause a slightly longer delay as the connection is tested Test Table Namethe name of a database table used to test connections in the

pool

Targetstarget servers for this deployment

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

159

4 Click Accept.

Removing a JDBC pool


Perform these steps to remove an existing JDBC connection pool.

NOTE
Creating or removing a JDBC Pool is not supported for WebLogic 8.1 or higher.

To remove a JDBC pool

1 Right-click the WebLogic admin server icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => JDBC => Destroy JDBC Pool.
The Destroy JDBC Pool dialog box is displayed.

3 Click on the pool you want removed from the list of existing pools. 4 Click Accept.
The JDBC connection pool will be disconnected immediately, forcing removal of any connections that may exist to the pool.

Administering JDBC pools


Perform these steps to enable, reset, disable, shrink, or shut down a JDBC connection pool.

To administer JDBC pools 1 Right-click the instance icon of the pool you want to administer: 2 Choose KM Commands => Pool Administration.
The Pool Administration dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

160

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

3 Click one of the following buttons next to the function you want performed on this
pool:

Enable Poolenable a previously disabled connection pool Reset Poolreset each connection in a connection pool Shrink Poolshrink the size of a connection pool, releasing resources allocated to unused database connections Disable Pool by Droppingdisable a connection pool preventing client access, any active user operations are cancelled and current transactions are rolled back Disable Pool by Freezingdisable a connection pool preventing client access, any

active connections are suspended until the pool is re-enabled although disconnect operations are permitted to continue

Soft Shutdownshut down a connection pool but allow jobs in progress to complete before destroying the connection, connections are closed as they are released back to the pool Hard Shutdownimmediately shut down a JDBC connection pool, disconnecting any jobs in progress

4 Click OK.

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

161

Enabling or disabling JDBC profiling


Perform these steps to turn on or off the collection of various types of JDBC profile information. Three types of profile information can be collected:

Statement profilinggenerates details about all SQL statements and their execution

data

Connection leak profilingif connection leaks occur, detailed information about the

occurrence is saved

Prepared statement profilinggenerates details about the usage of cached prepared

SQL statements

NOTE
Collecting statement profile or prepared statement profile information is resource intensive and will degrade system performance if used excessively. Profiling should be disabled when not needed for diagnostic purposes.

To turn on or turn off profiling 1 Right-click the instance icon of the pool for
which you want profile information turned on or off:

2 Choose KM Commands => Profile Settings. 3 Choose the command to enable or disable the collection of a type of profile data.

Generating JDBC profiling reports


Perform these steps to generate a report of JDBC profile data. Three types of profile report can be generated:

Statement profilereports the details about all SQL statements and their execution

data

Connection leak profileif connection leaks occur, reports the detailed information

about the occurrence

Prepared statement profilereports the details about the usage of cached prepared

SQL statements

162

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

NOTE
Generating JDBC profile reports requires that profiling be enabled. See Enabling or disabling JDBC profiling on page 162.

To run the profile reports 1 Right-click the instance icon of the


pool for which you want profile reports:

2 From the KM Commands menu, choose the command that reports on the type of
profiling data in which you are interested. The commands are:

Profiling Reports => SQL Roundtrip Profiling Reports => Connection Leak Profiling Reports => Prepared Statement Cache

The report is displayed in a task output window.

Configuring the JDBC


Perform these steps to configure the JDBC pool. You can set initial number of connections in a new pool, the maximum number of connections that can be maintained in a pool, and a pause interval to prevent overrunning the database server with multiple simultaneous login requests.

To set the initial number of connections in a pool 1 Right-click the instance icon of the JDBC pool you want to configure: 2 Choose KM Commands => Pool Tuning => Set Initial Pool Capacity.
The Set Initial Pool Capacity dialog is displayed.

3 Specify the number of connections that this pool should establish when it is
initialized.

4 Click OK.

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

163

To set the maximum number of connections in a pool 1 Right-click the instance icon of the JDBC pool you want to configure. 2 Choose KM Commands => Pool Tuning => Set Max Pool Capacity.
The Set Max Pool Capacity dialog is displayed.

3 Specify a limit for the maximum number of simultaneous connections that this
JDBC pool should establish.

4 Click OK. To set the login delay 1 Right-click the instance icon of the JDBC pool you want to configure. 2 Choose KM Commands => Pool Tuning => Set Login Delay.
The Set Login Delay dialog is displayed.

3 Specify the number of milliseconds that WebLogic should wait before establishing
each login connection to the database server.

4 Click OK.

Monitoring web services


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to monitor the deployed web services, operations, and service-level JAX-RPC handlers of the WebLogic server.

Resetting statistics
Perform these steps to reset all of the failure statistics that have been gathered for this web service, web service handler, or web service operation.

164

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To reset statistics 1 Right-click the instance icon of the web service, web service handler, or web
service operation for which you want to reset statistics.

2 Choose KM Commands => Reset Statistics.


The statistics are reset.

Monitoring service operations


PATROL for BEA WebLogic automatically discovers all web services to monitor. You can choose to monitor an operation for specific web service for more in-depth information. Perform the following steps to select specific web service operations to monitor.

To monitor service operations 1 Right-click the instance icon of the web service for which you want to monitor
service operations.

2 Choose KM Commands => Monitor Service Operations.


The Specify Monitoring Web Service Operations by Statistic dialog box is displayed.

3 Select the operation to monitor and click OK.


A message is displayed in the system output window.

Monitoring operation handlers


PATROL for BEA WebLogic automatically discovers all web services to monitor. You can choose to monitor an operation handler for specific web service for more in-depth information. Perform the following steps to select specific web service operation handlers to monitor.

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

165

To monitor operation handlers 1 Right-click the instance icon of the web service for which you want to monitor
operation handlers.

2 Choose KM Commands => Monitor Operation Handlers.


The Specify Monitoring Web Service Handlers by Statistic dialog box is displayed.

3 Select the handler to monitor and click OK.


A message is displayed in the system output window.

Stopping the monitoring of handlers or operations


Perform the following steps to stop the monitoring of web service handlers or web service operations.

To stop monitoring handlers or operations 1 Right-click the icon for the handler or operation instance. 2 Choose KM Commands => Stop Monitoring.
The icon for the handler or operation is removed and the PATROL collector will not gather data for the instance.

Managing applications
PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to perform the following actions to monitor web applications and selected servlets from one or more applications:

from the administration server, control whether applications are automatically deployed and the frequency at which the server checks for applications to be autodeployed from the administration server, deploy applications to specific servers from a web application, select which servlets will be monitored

166

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

TIP
Servlets can also be monitored at the method level by using PATROLs instrumentation and profiling features, as can EJBs and SQL statements. See Chapter 9, Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components.

Automatically deploying domain applications


Perform these steps to enable applications to be automatically deployed. Applications are deployed automatically only from the directory /config/mydomain/ applications of the installed WebLogic home directory. If the application you want deployed is not in that directory, you must copy it there to have it deployed automatically.

To enable automatic deployment of Applications 1 Right-click the icon representing your administration server: 2 Choose KM Commands => Admin => Domain Applications.
The Configure Domain Applications dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

frequency at which the server checks for new auto-deployed applications

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Auto Deployment Enabledcheck the box to enable auto-deployment Auto Update Interval (ms)change the update interval if desired; the time is in

milliseconds

4 Click OK.

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

167

Deploying and undeploying applications to servers


Perform these steps to deploy an application to a WebLogic server. Any web application can be deployed to one or more WebLogic servers in your environment. You can later update deployment information to roll out the application to different servers, and you can undeploy an application from within the PATROL environment.

To Deploy an application 1 Right-click the icon representing your administration server: 2 Choose KM Commands => Application Deployment => Deploy Application.
The Domain Applications dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

frequency at which the server checks for new auto-deployed applications

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Application Nametype a unique instance name for the application Application File Locationtype the complete path and file name to the

application

Target Serversselect one or more servers to which the application will be

deployed

4 Click OK.

168

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To update application deployment information 1 Right-click the icon representing your administration server. 2 Choose KM Commands => Application Deployment => Update Application.
The Update Applications dialog box is displayed, which is functionally identical to the Deploy Applications dialog box.

3 Update the deployment information as needed. 4 Click OK. To undeploy an application 1 Right-click the icon representing your administration server. 2 Choose KM Commands => Application Deployment => Undeploy Application. NOTE
The Undeploy Application command is supported only for WebLogic 7.0.

The Undeploy Applications dialog box is displayed.

3 If your application appear in the list of deployed applications, click its name;
otherwise you can type the application name.

4 Click OK.

Selecting a servlet to monitor


Perform these steps to select servlets packaged inside this web application that you want to monitor.

To select a servlet to monitor 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_WEBAPP container: 2 Right-click a WEBAPP instance icon.

Chapter 7

Managing WebLogic components and services

169

3 Choose KM Commands => Monitor Servlets. 4 From the list of available servlets, click the name of each servlet you want to
monitor.

5 Click OK.

Stopping the monitoring of a servlet


Perform these steps to stop the monitoring of servlets packaged inside this web application.

To Stop the Monitoring of Servlets 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_WEBAPP container: 2 Double-click a WEBAPP instance icon. 3 Right-click the servlet that you do not want to monitor. 4 Choose KM Commands => Stop Monitoring.
The servlet is removed from the list.

170

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

8
172 172 173 173 174 175

Managing integration servers


This chapter explains how to manage BEA WebLogic Integration servers. The following topics are discussed: Managing processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying a monitoring Java Process Definition (JPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forcing archiving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring an SLA for a business process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administering a process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of a process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 8

Managing integration servers

171

Managing processes
PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to manage business processes in your WebLogic environment.

Specifying a monitoring Java Process Definition (JPD)


Perform the following steps to specify a monitoring JPD.

To specify a monitoring JPD 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Integration server. 2 Choose KM Commands => Specify Monitoring Process.
The Specify Monitoring Process by Runtime Statistics dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Select the JPD to monitor. 4 Click OK.


A status message is displayed in the system output window.

172

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Forcing archiving
Perform the following steps to force the archiver process to run immediately, rather than the next scheduled time.

To Force Archiving 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Integration server. 2 Choose KM Commands => Perform BPM archiver.
A results message is displayed.

Configuring an SLA for a business process


Perform the following steps to configure a service level agreement (SLA) for a business process. When the process execution time or percentage reaches the value set for a defined business process, PATROL for BEA WebLogic sends an event to the PATROL Event Manager (PEM).

To configure a process SLA 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Integration server process. 2 Choose KM Commands => Configure Process SLA.
The Configure Process SLA dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 8

Managing integration servers

173

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

SLA Settingsenter the execution time that must be reached before an event is

generated

SLA Warning Thresholdslide the control to indicate the fraction of the actual

SLA that must be reached before an event is generated

4 Click OK.
A results message is displayed.

Administering a process
Perform the following steps to suspend, resume, terminate, or unfreeze a process for workflow control.

To administer a process 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Integration server process. 2 Choose KM Commands => Process Instance Administration.
The Process Instance Administration dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Select Process Instanceselect the process instance

174

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Perform Operationselect one of the following options:

Suspendtemporarily halt a process Resumeresume the work of a process Terminatefinish the operation in progress and then complete the process without executing subsequent nodes Unfreezeresume the process from the point where it failed

4 Click OK.
A results message is displayed in the system output window.

Stopping the monitoring of a process


Perform the following steps to stop the monitoring of a process.

To stop the monitoring of a process 1 Right-click the instance icon of the Integration server process. 2 Choose KM Commands => Stop Monitoring.
The process is removed.

Chapter 8

Managing integration servers

175

176

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components


9

This chapter explains how to use PATROL for BEA WebLogic to monitor performance of low-level objects, such as individual SQL statements, EJBs, and servlet methods.

NOTE
The features described in this chapter are not active in a default product configuration. They become available only when specifically enabled. See Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features on page 106. The following topics are described: Instrumenting and profiling J2EE objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical SQL objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Top N SQL report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring SQL objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using instrumentation monitor the most critical EJBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Top N EJB or Top N EJB Methods report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring EJB methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical application servlets . . . . . . . . . Running the Top N WebApps report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Top N Servlets report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring servlets to the method level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profiling the Java virtual machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running a thread detail report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 178 178 180 181 181 183 184 184 186 187 188 188

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

177

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE objects


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to discover detailed performance metrics and monitor your WebLogic components to a very granular level. Using tools provided in the product, you can find which SQL statements, EJBs, and web application servlets are the most resource intensive in your environment, and you can monitor the performance of these components to proactively isolate potential service problems before they become noticeable to end users. You can also use these features together to characterize performance of J2EE components and to use this information to modify your Java code so as to optimize performance as you develop and roll out new web applications. To do this, you would iteratively use most of the instrumentation and method-level profiling features described in this chapter.

Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical SQL objects


By using the instrumentation features of PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you can generate a report showing which SQL objects are most expensive in your environment and you can monitor their performance. After you know which SQL objects are most critical and you identify their associated DBURLs, you can also make modifications to your WebLogic configuration to optimize performance. For example, if you notice a pattern of slow performance from a particular DBURL, you may want to look at components that could affect its performance, such as the number of connections in its associated JDBC pool, and perhaps increase the maximum pool size to reduce the likelihood of waiters.

Running the Top N SQL report


Perform the following steps to run a report to identify which SQL statements are used most often on your WebLogic servers. You can use this information to decide which SQL objects should be watched more closely, and you can identify web applications, servlets, and methods that call your most used or most resource-intensive SQL. You can run the report for one specific database URL by using the command from the DBURL icon, or you can run the report to obtain data for all database URLs on the server by using the command from the server instance icon.

178

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To Run the Top N SQL Report 1 Right-click the server instance icon or the DBURL instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Report Top N SQL.
The Report Top N SQL Data Collection dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Response Data Collection Categoryselect one of the checkbox for the criterion

you want used to determine top SQL: Average Response Timeselect this checkbox to use average response time Total Response Timeselect this checkbox to use total response time Total Invocation Countselect this checkbox to use total invocation count

Specify Top N Categoryslide the control to indicate the number of results you

want

4 Click OK.
The report is displayed in a report task window. This report shows which statements respond slowest or are most often called. Using information from the report, you can start monitoring selected SQL and define alarm thresholds or alerts to be generated if performance degrades to unacceptable levels.

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

179

are response times too slow?

The most useful information is the SQL call tracing section. This information shows what objects (web applications, servlets, methods, or EJBs) are calling the SQL (stack trace). Information contains the calling sequence of an SQL statement executed from the web application to the JSP or servlet to EJB. The calling stack trace will only be available form the Top N Average Response Times. While you may want to monitor the SQL itself, you may also want to look more closely at objects identified in the stack trace to determine how well they are performing, and possibly monitor them as well.

Where to go from here


You can select SQL objects for monitoring (page 180), and you can further investigate and monitor methods and servlets related to your top SQL.

Monitoring SQL objects


Perform the following steps to monitor SQL objects. SQL objects are not monitored by default because there are far too many of them and the objects of critical importance are specific to your own environment. If you are unsure which SQL objects are most important in your environment, start with the objects with the slowest performance or those most called by applications running in your environment. See Running the Top N SQL report on page 178 to find these SQL.

To Monitor SQL 1 Right-click a DBURL instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Select SQL for Monitoring.
The Specify Top SQL dialog box is displayed.

3 Click the box next to the criteria you want to use for determining top SQL, then
slide the bar to the number of responses you want
180 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

4 Click OK.
The Select the SQL dialog is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Select SQL to monitor from the Top Average Response Time Listselect the SQL

you want monitored from the list of top SQL objects

Label for the selected SQLtype a label name. This label is used to create an instance icon in the PATROL Console.

6 Click OK. Where to go from here


You can now monitor your selected SQL and can set alarm thresholds if you want to be alerted to significant performance changes in this SQL.

Using instrumentation monitor the most critical EJBs


In addition to showing you which EJBs are the most resource intensive in your environment, PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides a deeper level to delve into the EJBs themselves and identify which specific methods are most critical.

Running the Top N EJB or Top N EJB Methods report


Perform the following steps to run a report to identify which EJBs run slowest and are used most often on your WebLogic servers, then run another report to find which specific methods in those EJBs are slowest and most frequently called.
Chapter 9 Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components 181

You can use this information to decide which EJBs and which EJB methods should be watched more closely. You may also be able to tweak problematic EJBs to optimize performance.

To run the Top N EJB report 1 Right-click the server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Report Top N EJB.
The Report on Top N EJB Data Collection dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Response Data Collection Categoryselect one of the checkbox for the criterion

you want used to determine top EJB: Average Response Timeselect this checkbox to use average response time Total Response Timeselect this checkbox to use total response time Total Invocation Countselect this checkbox to use total invocation count

Specify Top N Categoryslide the control to indicate the number of results you

want

3 Click OK.
The report is displayed in a system output window. This report shows which EJBs respond slowest (in total and on average) and which are most often called. Using information from the report, you can identify which EJBs should be investigated in more depth. Note the EJB_HOME instance for these EJBs. Use that information to run the Top N EJB Method report to identify which specific methods in an EJB are potentially problematic.

182

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To run the Top N EJB method report 1 Right-click the EJB_HOME instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Report Top N EJB Method.
The report appears in a system output window. This report shows which specific methods in an EJB are most often called and which have the slowest total and average response rates.

Where to go from here


You can select EJBs for monitoring; for more information, see Monitoring SQL objects on page 180. You can also further investigate and monitor methods and servlets related to your top EJB.

Monitoring EJB methods


Perform the following steps to monitor EJB methods. By default, no EJB methods are monitored because there are far too many of them, the information is far too detailed for most users, and the objects of critical importance are specific to each individual WebLogic environment. If you are unsure which EJB objects are most important in your environment, start by locating EJBs with the slowest performance or those most called by applications running in your environment, and then run a report on Top N EJB Methods to isolate the methods that are most likely to be important to you. For more information, see Running the Top N EJB or Top N EJB Methods report on page 181 to find these objects.

To monitor EJB methods 1 Right-click an EJB_HOME instance icon (running the Top N EJB Report
will tell you which EJB_HOME instance to use).

2 Choose KM Commands => Monitor EJB Method.

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

183

To stop monitoring an EJB method 1 Right-click the instance icon of the


EJB method that you want to stop monitoring:

2 Choose KM Commands => Stop Monitoring. Where to go from here


You can now monitor your selected EJB method and can set alarm thresholds if you want to be alerted to significant performance changes in this method.

Using instrumentation to monitor the most critical application servlets


You can use the instrumentation features in PATROL for BEA WebLogic to identify the following items:

which web applications are most used which servlets in those applications are most critical which specific methods are most critical to those servlets.

Running the Top N WebApps report


Perform the following steps to run a report to identify which web applications are used most often and have the longest response rates on your WebLogic servers. You can use this information to decide which web applications should be watched more closely, and you can identify servlets for deeper profiling.

To run the Top N WebApp report 1 Right-click the server instance. 2 Choose KM Commands => Advance Monitoring => Report Top N WebApp.
The Configure Top N WebApp Data Collection dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

184

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Response Data Collection Categoryselect one of the checkbox for the criterion

you want used to determine top WebApp: Average Response Timeselect this checkbox to use average response time Total Response Timeselect this checkbox to use total response time Total Invocation Countselect this checkbox to use total invocation count

Specify Top N Categoryslide the control to indicate the number of results you

want

3 Click OK.
The report is displayed in a system output window. This report shows which applications respond slowest or are most often called. It also shows URI and servlet information. Using the information from this report, you can start monitoring selected servlets, and can define alarm thresholds or alerts to be generated if performance degrades to unacceptable levels.

Where to go from here


You can run Top N EJB or run Top N SQL reports to look for other critical components; for more information, see Running the Top N SQL report on page 178. You can select servlet objects for monitoring; for more information, see Monitoring SQL objects on page 180. You can run the Top N Servlets report for more information about slowest or most frequently used servlets. For more information, see Running the Top N Servlets report on page 186.

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

185

Running the Top N Servlets report


Perform the following steps to run a report to identify which servlets are used most often and have the longest response rates on your WebLogic servers. You can use this information to decide which servlets should be selected for monitoring.

To run the Top N Servlet report 1 Right-click the WEBAPP instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Report Top N Servlet.
The Configure Top N Servlet Data Collection dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Response Data Collection Categoryselect one of the checkbox for the criterion

by which servlet information will be sorted: Average Response Timeselect this checkbox to sort by average response time Total Response Timeselect this checkbox to sort by total response time Total Invocation Countselect this checkbox to sort by total invocation count

Specify Top N Categoryslide the control to indicate the number of results you

want

3 Click OK.
The report is displayed in a system output window.

186

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

This report shows which servlets respond slowest or are most often called. Using the information from this report, you can start monitoring selected servlets, and can define alarm thresholds or alerts to be generated if performance degrades to unacceptable levels.

Where to go from here


You can select servlet objects for monitoring; for more information, see Monitoring SQL objects on page 180. You can run the Top N SQL or the Top N EJB reports to look for other critical components; for more information, see Running the Top N SQL report on page 178 and Running the Top N EJB or Top N EJB Methods report on page 181 respectively.

Monitoring servlets to the method level


Perform the following steps to monitor selected servlets and produce and analyze method-level performance data. Servlets are not monitored by default because there are far too many of them and the objects of critical importance are specific to your own environment. If you are unsure which servlets are most important in your environment, start with the objects with the slowest performance or those most called by applications running in your environment. See Running the Top N Servlets report on page 186 to find these servlets.

To monitor servlets 1 Right-click a WEBAPP instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Monitor Servlets. 3 From the list of available servlets, click the name of each servlet you want to
monitor.

4 Click OK. 5 Run the Methods Response Report from the newly created SERVLET icon to see
how well individual methods within the servlet are performing.

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

187

To Run the Methods Response Report 1 Right-click a SERVLET instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Methods Response Report.
The report is displayed in a system output window. Using the report, you can identify performance characteristics (response rates) of every method in the servlet. You may be able to modify the Java code of identified poorly performing methods to optimize response rates.

NOTE
Only the doGet, doPut, doPost, and doDelete methods are monitored for each servlet. The product will automatically create the SERVLET_METHOD instance icon when the report is executed.

Where to go from here


You can monitor and analyze performance data for other J2EE components to further optimize overall application performance. For more information, see Running the Top N SQL report on page 178.

Profiling the Java virtual machine


The BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class provides a way for system administrators to look inside the Java Virtual Machine to see how system resources are being used. Parameters provide various statistics on memory usage, CPU usage, and processes and threads, as well as timing details on garbage collection cycles.

NOTE
This KM used the PATROL Operating System key toolkit to monitor the JVM process for the system process level.

Running a thread detail report


Perform the following steps to generate a report showing resource usage by threads on this WebLogic Server JVM. You can identify costly threads and trace their parentage to see what processes spawn them.

188

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

To run the thread detail report 1 Right-click the JVMPROFILER icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Thread Detail Report.
The report appears in a system output window. Performance data include CPU usage and memory usage (in bytes).

Chapter 9

Instrumenting and profiling J2EE components

189

190

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

10
192 192 193 193 194 195 200 202 203 204 205 206 207

Managing JMX-instrumented applications


10

This chapter explains how to effectively monitor and manage applications that are instrumented with Java Management Extensions (JMX). The following topics are discussed: Monitoring JMX MBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrumenting your application with JMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The PATROL for BEA WebLogic MBean interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating JMX monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting default e-mail address for notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding automatic actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding e-mail notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced features for JMX monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually registering an MBean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining conditions for an unregistered MBean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting JMX debug flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Understanding condition settings and the ConditionDef configuration variable . .

NOTE
Error messages for the JMX component (those containing the letters JMX in the error message number) are documented in the PATROL JMX Component Help. To view these messages, select Help => Help Topics. The PATROL Console Help dialog box is displayed, with the Contents tab on top. Double-click the PATROL Knowledge Modules book, then double-click the PATROL JMX Component Help to view the PATROL JMX Component Help. Then you can either view the messages using the Contents tab or the Index tab.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

191

10

Monitoring JMX MBeans


PATROL for BEA WebLogic allows you to perform the following actions to monitor Java MBeans used in a JMX-managed WebLogic Server:

select which MBeans you want to monitor define attributes that determine which MBeans are monitored, that trigger automatic alerts, and that can take automatic actions based on your monitoring criteria

In any WebLogic environment, thousands of MBeans may exist, and any of them could be monitored by this product, but in most environments, only a small number of those MBeans will be important for monitoring purposes. To effectively use this product, you will need to set up some configuration options and to identify those MBeans that you want monitored. PATROL calls this process of identifying and specifying MBeans for monitoring as defining a condition. After a condition is defined, you can implement automatic recovery actions that will take place whenever a condition occurs. Each condition can also automatically send e-mail notifications and can generate PATROL events that you can monitor with the PATROL Event Manager or other tools. The following sequence of steps shows an implementation of JMX MBean monitoring in a typical WebLogic environment. Additional information is in the online Help. 1. Set up default e-mail notification. 2. Define conditions. 3. Add automatic actions. 4. Add e-mail notifications.

Instrumenting your application with JMX


JMX is a universal open technology for management and monitoring of Java applications and systems. Information about the JMX specification, including how to instrument your application with JMX, is at http://java.sun.com/products/ JavaManagement. The BEA WebLogic Server is instrumented with JMX, and it includes everything you need to add JMX management capabilities to your applications. The WebLogic JMX environment is accessible using the weblogic.management.MBeanHome class, provided by BEA. You can access MBeanHome by using JNDI to look up

192

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

MBeanHome.ADMIN.JNDI.NAME or MBeanHome.JNDI_NAME+.+serverName. After you access MBeanHome, use the getMBeanServer method to access WebLogics MBean server, then use the standard JMX methods to register MBeans. For more information, see the documentation provided by BEA.

NOTE
In some cases, WebLogic Server 7.0 may cause a security exception when an application attempts to create an MBean. If this happens, include the following line in the script that starts your server: -Dweblogic.diableMBeanAuthorization=true

The PATROL for BEA WebLogic MBean interface


In PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you can view MBeans with their components, set MBean attributes, invoke MBean operations, and monitor MBean attributes and notifications. These capabilities are available from the instance icon for the JMX_SERVER class (the icon labeled MBeans on server) or from instances of JMX_DOMAIN that appear under the server instance. Some domains are recognized as being provided and controlled by BEA for the purpose of managing WebLogic. For MBeans in these domains, you will not be able to change attributes nor invoke operations. You will, however, be able to view MBeans, attributes, operations, notifications, and constructors, and you will be able to monitor attributes and notifications for these MBeans.

Activating JMX monitoring


The features described in this section are visible in the PATROL Console only after being enabled. To enable JMX Monitoring for your environment:

1 Right-click the instance icon representing the server on which you want to enable
JMX monitoring.

2 From the KM Commands menu, choose Custom MBean Monitoring => Activate.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

193

10

Setting default e-mail address for notifications


Perform these steps to define a default e-mail address that will receive notifications whenever a defined condition is met. The default e-mail address receives notifications for all defined conditions. Individual conditions can also have additional e-mail notifications; for more information, see Adding e-mail notifications on page 202. The default e-mail address can be a recipient list, if you want notifications sent to multiple e-mail addresses.

To set a default e-mail address for notifications 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SETUP icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => JMX Administration => Setup E-mail Notification.
The Setup e-mail dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows: NOTE


The SMTP e-mail server and the JMX recipients are automatically filled in if you have already set up LOG notifications in the BEAWLS_SERVER application class. The location of JavaMail classes is automatically filled in if any WebLogic servers are currently registered.

SMTP e-mail servertype the name of your e-mail server, for example,

mail.mycompany.com

Internet address of e-mail sendertype the name of the account from which

notification e-mail will be sent, for example, patrol@myhost.com

194

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

JMX recipientstype the e-mail address(es) that are to receive notifications

whenever a condition occurs; separate multiple addresses with semicolons

Location of JavaMail classestype the full directory path and file name to the .jar

file that contains the JavaMail classes, for example, d:\bea\weblogic91\server\lib\weblogic.jar

4 Click OK. Where to go from here


Define the criteria for monitoring JMX MBeans. For more information, see the following section, Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans.

Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans


Perform these steps to define conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans. When you define conditions, you establish the criteria for PATROL to monitor one or more MBeans, create icons in the console, and establish thresholds that are used to set the status of the instance, execute actions in the JMX server, generate PATROL events, and generate e-mail notifications.

NOTE
The JMX server icon is not displayed in the Console unless Custom MBean Monitoring has been activated. See Activating JMX monitoring on page 193.

To define conditions 1 Right-click a JMX server icon or a JMX


domain icon under which the MBean is registered:

2 Choose one of the following menu commands:

KM Commands => Manage MBeans => Select MBeans to select specific MBeans.

The Select property key(s) for narrowing MBean selection dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 11 on page 196. Go to step 3 on page 196.

KM Commands => Manage MBeans => All MBeans to select all MBeans.

The MBeans Management dialog box is displayed. Go to step 5 on page 197.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

195

10

Figure 11

Select property key(s) for narrowing MBean selection dialog box

3 Select the property keys for the MBean to narrow the range of registered MBeans
based on object name properties.

NOTE
You can select multiple property keys by highlighting each item.

4 Click Select.
The dialog boxes that are displayed next depend on the number of MBeans and values for the property keys selected. If you selected a property key with several MBeans and values, a series of dialog boxes are displayed through which you can narrow the MBean selection. After you complete all of the dialog boxes, the MBean matching pattern dialog box is displayed. If you selected a property key with just one MBean and one value, the MBean Management dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

196

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

click Manage MBeans

click an MBean to select, click again to deselect

click Select when finished, or click Exit to cancel all changes

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows: A Click the Manage MBeans button in the Action on select area. B Click an MBean to select it.
Optionally, you can filter the list of MBeans by completing the fields shown in Table 13 on page 198. For example, if you wanted to find all MBeans whose type is not Runtime or Config, you would

enter the word Type in the Attribute field use the drop-down list to select does not end with enter the string &Config;Runtime in the Value field

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

197

10

Table 13
Domain

MBean Management dialog box fields enter a pattern to match for the domain portion of the object name; the domain name can include the ? character to match any single character, or the * character to match 0 or more characters enter a pattern to match for the key property list portion of the object name; a key property list consists of one or more propertyvalue paris in the form property=value; the * character can be used to match one or more key properties, for example, *,Type=WebModule this can be an explicit list without wildcards; wildcards cannot be embedded within property names or values

Field name Action

Keys

Attribute

(optional) enter the name of a numeric or string MBean attribute that will be used to filter the MBean list, based on a conditional expression; this is used in conjunction with the Value field; leave these fields blank if you do not want to filter the list (optional) specify a numeric or string value that will be used to filter the MBean list; you can specify multiple criteria (separated with a semicolon) and you can precede the values with boolean operators & (and) and | (or) to specify complex criteria

Value

C Click Select.
The MBean Information dialog box is displayed.

6 Specify the target attribute or exception on which the condition will be based: A Click a numeric, string, or boolean attribute in the top pane, or a notification in
the third pane.

B Click the Define Conditions button. C Click Select. (If you clicked on a condition in the third pane, you will be
prompted for a notification type.) The Define Conditions dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure. The contents of this dialog vary depending on the type of data contained in the object (string, boolean, numeric).

198

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

set scope to Servers managed by this PATROL agent if you plan to export the definition

7 Complete the condition definition: A Type a name for the condition. This name will be used as an instance name for
icons created in the PATROL Console, and it will be used to refer to this condition if you need to perform future updates.

B You can change the object name to monitor a different object, or you can
optionally use wildcard characters (? or *) to monitor multiple MBeans for the same condition.

C If you want to apply this definition to other servers and PATROL Agents, set
Scope of definition to Servers managed by this PATROL agent. (See below.)

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

199

10

D Complete the remaining fields, which vary depending on the type of element
you selected. Click the Help button at the bottom of the dialog for information about the fields on this dialog.

8 Click OK. TIP


When you define a condition, you can specify that it apply to all servers managed by the PATROL Agent by setting the Scope of Definition. If you do so, you can also use the PATROL Configuration Manager to copy the key /JMX/ConditionDef/ALLSERVERS to other PATROL agents. If you copy a condition definition to all servers across all agents, monitoring will occur only for servers on which the target MBean exists. You can limit instance creation to applicable servers by setting the Create PATROL object field in the condition definition to a value other than Always.

Where to go from here


You can add automatic actions to your condition. These actions will occur whenever the condition is met. See Adding automatic actions on page 200. You can change the list of recipients to be notified whenever a condition is met. See Adding e-mail notifications on page 202.

Adding automatic actions


Perform these steps to add or change automatic actions that occur when a defined condition is met. This process assumes that you have already defined conditions. See Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans on page 195. Automatic actions can be specified while you define a new condition, or you can define the condition, and then add the action later. Actions can include setting MBean attributes, invoking MBean operations, or generating PATROL events.

To add automatic actions to a defined condition

1 Right-click the JMX server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => Define Condition.
The Defined Conditions dialog box is displayed.

200

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

3 Click the name of the condition to which you want to add notifications. 4 Click the Modify button. 5 Click Select.
The Define Condition dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

automatic actions are set from this pane

6 In the list of actions, click the action you want to modify. 7 Click the Modify/Enable button to set an automatic action. If you want to remove
an automatic action, click the Disable button.

8 Click OK.
A series of dialog boxes will allow you to define how the automatic action is to take place. These dialog boxes vary considerably, depending on the type of data being used by your MBean. Click the Help buttons on each screen if you are unsure about how to use the dialog or what information is expected in the different fields.

Where to go from here


You can change the list of recipients to be notified whenever a condition is met. See Adding e-mail notifications on page 202.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

201

10

Adding e-mail notifications


You can add e-mail addresses for notifications to any defined condition. This process assumes that you have already defined conditions. See Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans on page 195.

To add automatic actions to a defined condition

1 Right-click the JMX server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => Define Condition.
The Defined Conditions dialog box is displayed.

3 Click the name of the condition to which you want to add notifications. 4 Click the Modify button. 5 Click Select.
The Define Condition dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

202

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

E-mail notifications are set from this pane

6 If you want the default e-mail address(es) to receive the notification, click the check
box. This can be either in addition to or in place of any other e-mail addresses you specify.

7 Type additional e-mail addresses in the specified field. Multiple addresses must be
separated by a semicolon.

8 Click OK. Where to go from here


You can add automatic actions to your condition. These actions will occur whenever the condition is met. See Adding automatic actions on page 200.

Advanced features for JMX monitoring


The following JMX features in PATROL for BEA WebLogic are provided for advanced users or for troubleshooting purposes only:

manually registering an MBeantypically, you will use your application to programmatically register MBeans that manage it; you may occasionally want to register an MBean for testing purposes

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

203

10

defining conditions for MBeans that are not registeredthis may be useful, for example, for defining conditions on MBeans that are in development or that support currently uninstalled applications; this feature requires a deep knowledge of the MBean and how it will be implemented setting debug flagsdebugging information is not generally useful except when troubleshooting specific problems

These features are unlikely to be needed for routine setup and monitoring.

Manually registering an MBean


You can register and monitor any Java object that complies with JMX MBean specifications, including those that are not automatically registered as part of the applications they manage. Perform these steps to register an object.

NOTE
This process requires knowledge of object and class information. You do not need to use this process to monitor MBeans that are part of most Java applications because they are automatically registered for you.

To Manually Register an MBean 1 Right-click a JMX server instance icon (represented by the application
name).

2 Choose KM Commands => Register MBean.


The Create New MBean dialog box is displayed.

3 Enter the required object and class information. Click the Help button if you need
more information.

4 Click OK. Where to go from here


You can define conditions to monitor your newly registered MBean. See Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans on page 195.

204

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

Defining conditions for an unregistered MBean


Perform these steps to define conditions for monitoring a JMX MBean that is not yet registered. This feature may be useful for web application developers who would like to roll out the ability to monitor MBeans before the managed applications are registered.

NOTE
This feature requires detailed information about object names and attributes. This capability is intended for advanced users. BMC Software does not recommend this process for most users. Instead, roll out the web application, register the MBeans, and follow the process described in Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans on page 195.

To define conditions for an MBean that is not registered 1 Right-click a JMX server instance icon (represented by the application
name).

2 Choose KM Commands => Define Conditions.


If at least one other condition is defined, the Defined Conditions dialog box is displayed, otherwise, the Define Conditions dialog box is displayed. If the Defined Conditions dialog box is displayed, click the Add button, then click Select. This will display the Defined Conditions dialog.

3 Start defining the condition: A Type a name for the condition. This name will be used as an instance label on
the icon that appears in your console window. It will also be used to identify the condition if you make future updates.

B Type the object name. You can use wildcards (? or *) to specify multiple MBeans
to be monitored for the condition.

C Click a button to indicate the type of attribute (numeric, string, boolean). D Type the name of the notification or attribute on which the monitoring will be
based.

E Click Next.
The Define Condition dialog box is displayed.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

205

10

4 Complete the condition definition: A Change the condition name, object name, or element name, if desired. B Complete the remaining fields. These fields vary depending on the element type
you selected. Click the Help button if you need more information.

C Click OK. Where to go from here


You can add automatic actions to your condition. These actions will occur whenever the condition is met. See Adding automatic actions on page 200. You can change the list of recipients to be notified whenever a condition is met. See Adding e-mail notifications on page 202.

Setting JMX debug flags


Although BMC Software makes every effort to ensure that products run reliably, problems do occasionally occur. BMC Software technical support staff sometimes ask customers to turn on debugging features if a problem source is difficult to pinpoint. Follow these steps to turn on or turn off debugging flags for the JMX component.

NOTE
The debugging feature is not intended for routine use. BMC Software recommends that it be turned on only under the direction of BMC support personnel.

To set debug flags 1 Right-click the BEAWLS_SETUP icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => JMX Administration => Set Debug Flags.
The JMX Debug Flag Settings dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

206

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

each line is a flag click to toggle on or off

file location to save debug data

3 Click a line to turn a flag on. Click it again to turn it off. 4 Click the File button and enter a file name and directory path in which to save
debugging information.

5 Click Select.

Understanding condition settings and the ConditionDef configuration variable


JMX conditions are defined using dialogs (see Defining conditions for monitoring JMX MBeans on page 195). When you create a condition definition, the attributes and values that you define are stored in a PATROL configuration (pconfig) variable that could be used with the PATROL Configuration Manager. The pconfig variable is: /JMX/ConditionDef/ALL^SERVERS/ConditionName. Figure 12 on page 208 shows an example of creating a condition definition called ExtremeWeather. Table 14 on page 208 explains the attributes comprising the ExtremeWeather ConditionDef variable.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

207

10

Figure 12

Define Condition dialog box for ExtremeTemperature

Each element in this dialog box is an attribute stored in the ConditionDef variable.

Table 14

Attributes of a JMX condition definition for ExtremeWeather (Part 1 of 2) Explanation


This is the name of the defined condition. This indicates where the definition applies: is set to either global (ALL^SERVERS) or local. This is an arbitrary ID number used to synchronize definitions between the PATROL Configuration and the live process. This indicates the type of condition definition. A value of 0 indicates that the condition definition is based on a JMX notification; 1 indicates that it is based on a numeric attribute; 2 indicates that it is based on a boolean attribute; and 3 indicates that it is based on a string attribute. This identifies the attribute or notification on which the condition is based. This identifies the MBean(s) for which the attribute or notification is being monitored. This controls when a PATROL object corresponding to the condition is created. A value of 0 indicates always; 1 indicates only if MBeans matching the defined pattern exist; 2 indicates only if alarms are issued and not relieved; and 3 applies to numeric attributebased conditions only and indicates only if the numeric attribute value crosses a threshold. A list of e-mail recipients delimited by semicolons. If the value LOCALONLY is included as an e-mail recipient, e-mail is not sent to the users on the JMX recipient list, as contained in PATROL configuration variable /JMX/EMailRecipients. Otherwise these users do receive an e-mail, in addition to any users identified in this field. The e-mail is sent whenever condition status changes. In order for e-mail to work, PATROL configuration variables /JMX/SMTPServer must also be set.

Keyword and value


name=ExtremeTemperature scope=global id=1045580897 type=1

element=LatestReportedValue objectname=Weather:* instantiation=2

sendemail=

208

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

10

Table 14

Attributes of a JMX condition definition for ExtremeWeather (Part 2 of 2) Explanation


For attribute-based conditions, establishes how frequently (in seconds) the attribute value will be checked. For all condition types except numeric attribute-based, this controls the severity of the alarm condition. A value of 1 indicates a warning, 2 indicates a critical alarm. For a notification-based condition, this indicates how an alarm based on notification will be reset. A value of 0 indicates it can only be reset by console command; a value of 1 indicates it can be relieved by subsequent notification; a value of 2 indicates it can be relieved based on attribute value. For a notification-based condition, resetelement identifies the notification or attribute that will reset the condition that is in alarm status. If resetobjectspecified is 1, the notification or attribute that causes an alarm to be relieved must come from a specific MBean indicated by resetobject; otherwise, the notification or attribute must come from the same MBean that generated the alarm. For a numeric attribute-based condition, these fields identify thresholds that determine the condition status based on the current value of the attribute. For warncompare and alarmcompare, a value of 0 indicates less than; 1 indicates greater than or equal to. For a boolean attribute-based condition, a value of 0 means the condition is in alarm if the attribute is false; a value of 1 causes the alarm to occur if the attribute is true. For a string attribute-based condition, stringmatch=0 indicates that if the attribute is equal to value, an alarm results. stringmatch=1 indicates that if the attribute is not equal to value, an alarm results.

Keyword and value


frequency=3 status=1 resettype=1

resetobjectspecified=0; resetelement=weather.not.raining

warnthresh=90; alarmthres=32; warncompare=1; alarmcompare=0 value=0 stringmatch=0; value=xxx

Note: The keywords below control the ability to set JMX attributes, invoke JMX operations, and issue PATROL events based on a change in state of the condition. Conditions that are based on JMX notifications, boolean attributes, and string attributes can be in one of two states: OK or alarm. Conditions that are based on numeric attributes can be in one of three states: OK, warning, or critical. Each keyword described below is presented in the form that would be used to control actions for the critical state (numeric attribute-based condition) or the alarm state (other types of conditions). It is also possible to prefix each keyword below with OK to indicate an action that will be taken for the OK state (any condition) or with WARN to indicate an action that will be taken for the warning state (numeric attributebased condition only). setattribute=0 setattribute=1; setattributename=ChanceOfRain; setattributevalue=0; setattributeobjectspecified=0; setattributeobject=; setattributeurls=; A value of 0 sets no alarm. A value of 1 for setattribute indicates that an MBean attribute will be set when the critical alarm condition occurs. The attribute name and value are provided. If setattributeobjectspecified is 0, the attribute that has been defined will be set on the same MBean that originated the alarm. If setattributeobjectspecified is 1, the attribute that has been defined will be set on the MBean indicated by invokeoperationobject. setattributeurls allows you to specify values for attributes of non-standard type (e.g., not Integer, String, etc.). A value of 1 for issueevent indicates that a PATROL event will be issued when the critical alarm condition occurs. The event definition indicates the KM containing a message catalog with the event, and the name of the defined event. JMX_REPORT is an event defined in the event catalog for JMX_MAIN. A value of 1 for invokeoperation indicates that an operation will be invoked when the critical alarm condition occurs. In this case the operation name is provided, arguments are provided delimited by ampersand (&), and the operation signature (set of java classes corresponding to the arguments) is passed in the same way.

issueevent=1 eventdefinition= JMX_MAIN.JMX_REPORT invokeoperation=1; invokeoperationname=setRange; invokeoperationarguments=70&100; invokeoperationsignature= java.lang.Integer&java.lang. Integer;

invokeoperationobjectspecified=0; If invokeoperationobjectspecified is 0, the operation that has been defined will invokeoperationobject=; be invoked on the same MBean that originated the alarm. If invokeoperationobjectspecified is 1, the operation that has been defined will be invoked on the MBean indicated by invokeoperationobject.

Chapter 10

Managing JMX-instrumented applications

209

10

210

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

11
212 212 212 213 213 214 215 216 217 219 220 222 223 224 225 225 226 226 227 228

11

Working with log files


This chapter explains how to effectively manage WebLogic log files using PATROL for BEA WebLogic. The following topics are discussed: Understanding logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Severity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Managing log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a log file for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the domain log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the server log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the JDBC log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the HTTP log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the transaction log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Defining sniff patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stopping the monitoring of a log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing a log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watching a log file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing sniff patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning off and restarting sniff patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the sniff type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Updating a log file location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering for log notification messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unregistering for log notification messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 11 Working with log files

211

11

Understanding logs
All messages generated by component subsystems are written to log files on the local server. The most critical of these are also written to the domain-wide log files on the administration server. Monitoring the domain log file is a good way to develop an overall performance view of your entire WebLogic environment.

Rotation
Some log files (including domain and server logs) are periodically archived and a new log file initiated for current messages. The process of retiring a log file and reinitiating it is called rotation. Rotation can be done periodically, or whenever the log file reaches a certain size. Use rotation to keep log files from reaching unmanageable sizes.

NOTE
File rotation may conflict with sniff patterns. You will usually need to choose one function or the other for a particular log file.

Severity
All WebLogic messages contain a severity code. You can use these codes when viewing logs or defining sniff patterns to isolate those messages that you want most to see. You can also have these messages trigger events that can be managed through the PATROL Event Manager. There are 7 severity levels, ranging from Informational (normal operational messages), to Emergency (severe system failure). The levels are:

Informational Warning Error Notice Critical Alert Emergency

212

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

The top two levels (Emergency and Alert) both indicate severe problems from which WebLogic can probably not automatically recover. Messages at these top two levels should always be logged in the domain-wide log and should trigger PATROL events. The default is usually to send everything with a severity of Error or higher to the domain log.

Managing log files


You can use PATROL for BEA WebLogic to manage log files.

Selecting a log file for monitoring


Perform these steps to define a non-default log file that you want monitored. The four default WebLogic log files are monitored by default in PATROL for BEA WebLogicthey do not need to be specifically selected. You can monitor additional logs, such as the WebLogic KM debug log.

To select a log file for monitoring 1 Right-click the icon of a log file instance (for example, HTTP, DOMAIN,
JDBC, or SERVER):

NOTE
A log file icon may not appear if the file is at zero length or has not changed recently. The JDBC icon will not appear if the log was not enabled on the WebLogic server.

2 Choose KM Commands => Administration => Monitor Another Log.


The Monitor Another Log dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 11 Working with log files

213

11

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows to set up a new log file instance:

Log Name Aliasenter a unique alias name for the log file; this will be used as the instance name Log File with Full Pathenter complete directory path and file name of the log

you want monitored

File Access User Nameenter the username of an account with permissions to

read the log file

File Access Passwordenter the password for the account

4 Click OK.

Configuring the domain log


Perform these steps to manage the domain-wide log file. The domain-wide log file includes the most important messages generated by all managed servers in a WebLogic environment. You can use the configuration commands to view current log configuration settings retrieved from the administration server, and you can define new settings. When you configure the domain log, you can set how often new log files are initiated and you can define which message severity levels to log.

To configure the domain log 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Configuration => Domain Log.
The Domain Log Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

214

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

File Namespecify the name of the domain-wide log file Rotation Typespecify the method to use in determining when to start a new

log file; this can be TIME, SIZE, or NONE

Rotation Size Thresholdif the rotation type is SIZE, specify the number of

kilobytes a log file must contain before it is rotated out and a new log started

Rotation Time Spanif the rotation type is TIME, set the number of hours that

each log file should span

Limit File Number?check this box to limit the number of rotated log files (old

files) to retain

Limited File Numberif the previous box is checked, then specify the maximum number of files to retain; once the maximum number is reached, the oldest file is deleted each time a log file rotation occurs

4 Click OK.

Configuring the server log


Perform these steps to manage the server log file. The server log contains messages generated on a given WebLogic Server instance. You can use the configuration commands to view current log configuration settings retrieved from the administration server, and you can define new settings.

Chapter 11 Working with log files

215

11

NOTE
To monitor logs on a managed server when the managed server is running on a different host machine than the administration server, the managed server log files must be on a disk that is accessible to the administrative server (mounted or mapped to the admin server). See Updating a log file location to point to the mapped file path.

To configure the server log 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Configuration => Server Log.
The Server Selection dialog box is displayed.

3 From the list of available servers, select the server whose log you want to
configure.

4 Click OK.
The Server Log Setting dialog box is displayed.

5 Specify a file name and various rotation parameters for determining how and
when new log files are automatically created and old ones retired. The dialog box fields are the same as those described in step 3 on page 215, with the addition of a checkbox to enable logging to be sent to the Domain Log.

6 Click OK.

Configuring the JDBC log


Perform these steps to manage the JDBC log file. The JDBC log contains messages related to database connections. You can use the configuration commands to view current log configuration settings retrieved from the administration server, and you can define new settings.

To configure the JDBC log 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Configuration => JDBC Log.
216 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

The Server Selection dialog box is displayed.

3 Click a server name from the list of available servers. 4 Click OK.
The JDBC Log Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Enable JDBC Logging?check the box to enable logging File Namespecify a file name in which to save JDBC-related messages (for example, d:\bea81\user_projects\domains\patwls\logs\wl-jdbc.log).

6 Click OK.

Configuring the HTTP log


Perform these steps to manage the HTTP access log file. The HTTP access log records all connections made to a web server. You can use the configuration commands to view current log configuration settings retrieved from the administration server, and you can define new settings.

To configure the HTTP log 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Configuration => HTTP Log.
The Server Selection dialog box is displayed.

3 Click a server name from the list of available servers. 4 Click OK.

Chapter 11 Working with log files

217

11

The HTTP Log Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Enable HTTP Logging?check the box to save HTTP access messages to a log file Formatselect the message format from the pull-down list; the options are common or extended File Namespecify the name of the HTTP access log file; for example, ./config/ mydomainname/logs/access.log. Rotation Typespecify the method to use in determining when to start a new

log file; this can be DATE or SIZE

Log Buffer Size (Kbytes)specify the maximum size of the log file buffer; the

default value is 8 KB

Max Log File Size (Kbytes)specify the maximum file size for the log file Rotation Start Timespecify when to start rotating the HTTP access log file; the format follows java.text.SimpleDateFormat, MM-dd-yyyy-k:mm:ss; for example: 11-24-2000-12:30:00

NOTE
If the Rotation Start Time is not set, the next rotation is the next log period.

218

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

Rotation Time Period (minutes)specify the number of minutes between log

rotations (the default is so large as to effectively block rotation)

Log File Flush Interval (seconds)specify how often the log file should be flushed

6 Click OK.

Configuring the transaction log


Perform these steps to set the transaction log file directory. You can use the configuration commands to view current log configuration settings retrieved from the administration server, and you can define new settings.

To configure the transaction log 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Configuration => Transaction Log.
The Server Selection dialog box is displayed.

3 Click a server name from the list of available servers. 4 Click OK.
The Transaction Log Setting dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

5 Specify a prefix for the log file (a directory path in which to save files, or a directory
path and root name). The default is ./ (save in current directory).

6 Click OK.

Chapter 11 Working with log files

219

11

Defining sniff patterns


Perform these steps to define new sniff patterns and their associated properties. You can also change existing sniff patterns, or delete a sniff pattern. The sniff pattern is a string that is used as a pattern-matching template when working with log files. When the text string defined in the sniff pattern occurs in a log error message, the KM generates an event in the event log and creates annotations, if configured to do so.

To define or update a sniff pattern 1 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to define
or update a sniff pattern:

2 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => Edit Sniff Pattern.


The Log Sniff Setup dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Perform one of the following actions:


Click Add if you want to define a new sniff pattern. Highlight a registered string and click Update if you want to change a previously defined sniff pattern.

4 Click Take Action.


Either the Add New Log Sniff Pattern or the Update Log Sniff Pattern dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure (the dialog boxes are functionally identical):

220

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

by triggering events, you can manage WebLogic events using the PATROL Event Manager

text string to be matched (regular expression syntax

5 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Sniff Patterntext string that you want matched; this can be any text string or

PATROL regular expression

Event Typepull-down list of PATROL event types: ERROR, INFORMATION,

or WARNING

PATROL Event Triggerif checked, events are logged in the PATROL event log and can be monitored through the PATROL Event Manager Annotate Informationif checked, annotated data points will be generated on

parameter graphs

PATROL Event Classclass used to identify error type when working with PATROL events; you can define your own event class or use defaults of ERROR_PATTERN, WARNING_PATTERN, and INFORMATION_PATTERN; an administrator can use a PATROL Developer Console to create customized event classes so that recovery actions can be properly associated to certain string patterns

6 Click OK. To delete a sniff pattern 1 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to delete a sniff
pattern.

2 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => Edit Sniff Pattern.


The Log Sniff Setup dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 11 Working with log files

221

11

3 Highlight the sniff pattern that you want to delete and click Delete. 4 Click Take Action.
The sniff pattern is deleted from the list.

5 Click Cancel to close the dialog box.

Stopping the monitoring of a log file


Perform these steps to stop monitoring a log file.

To stop monitoring a log file 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file you no longer want to
monitor.

3 Choose KM Commands => Administration => Stop Monitoring.


If you want to monitor the log file again, you will need to select it for monitoring. See Selecting a log file for monitoring on page 213.

NOTE
If you stop monitoring all log file instances, the BEAWLS_LOG icon will be removed; you can restore it by breaking and then re-establishing the connection to the server (from the server instance icon, choose Break Connection, then Update Connection).

222

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

Viewing a log file


Perform these steps to view the contents of a log file. You can view either only the currently active log file, or the entire log file. The entire log file includes all rotated (archived) files.

To view only the currently active log file 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file you want to view. 3 Choose KM Commands => View => View Current Log File.
One of the following dialog boxes is displayed:

If you are viewing a JDBC or HTTP log, the Search Pattern dialog box allows you to specify a text string to be matched. If you are viewing a DOMAIN or SERVER logs, the Message Filter dialog box allows you to specify a wide range of criteria including subsystem components, severity level, date, server and host names, user IDs, and message IDs. Figure 13 Message Filter dialog box for DOMAIN or SERVER

Chapter 11 Working with log files

223

11

4 Specify which types of messages you want displayed. Click the Help button if you
need additional descriptions.

5 Click OK. To view the entire log file (including rotated files) 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file instances. 2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file you want to view. 3 Choose KM Commands => View => View Entire Log File.
The Message Filter dialog box is displayed.

4 Specify which types of messages you want displayed. 5 Click OK.


Messages from the log are displayed in groups of 500. After each 500 messages are displayed, a confirmation box asks you if you want to continue displaying messages. Click Yes to display more messages or No to stop viewing log messages.

Watching a log file


Perform these steps to watch a log file as messages are written to it. When you begin watching a file, the last 10 lines of the log are displayed to an output window. As new messages are spooled to the end of the log file as errors occur, they are simultaneously displayed in the output window.

To watch a log file 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file you want to watch. 3 Choose KM Commands => View => Watch Log File.

224

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

Viewing sniff patterns


Perform these steps to see information about the pattern matching strings that are currently being applied to the log file. Listed information includes the name of the log file, whether it is being actively monitored, the string pattern being matched, the event category and class, and whether annotation of data points is currently turned on.

To view registered sniff patterns 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to see
sniff pattern information.

3 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => View Registered Patterns.


Information about current patterns is displayed in a system output window.

Turning off and restarting sniff patterns


Perform these steps to stop applying pattern matching strings to log file entries. You can later resume monitoring a log using the sniff pattern.

To turn off sniff pattern matching 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to turn off
sniff patterns.

3 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => Stop Pattern Sniffing. To resume previously turned-off sniff pattern matching 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file instances. 2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to see sniff pattern
information.

Chapter 11 Working with log files

225

11

3 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => Restart Pattern Sniffing.

Changing the sniff type


Perform these steps to change the way in which log file sniff patterns are applied. You can choose to match sniff patterns with log file messages on either a periodic or on a real-time basis. By default, log files are monitored periodically, which means they are applied when the LogEvent parameter collects data. Real-time monitoring continuously matches patterns but leaves the file open, which may conflict with other processes.

To change the sniff type 1 Double-click the BEAWLS_LOG icon to display the individual log file
instances:

2 Right-click the instance icon of the log file for which you want to change
the sniff type.

3 Choose KM Commands => Log Sniffing => Setup Sniffing Type.


The Sniffing Type Setup dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

4 Choose either Periodic or Real Time sniffing. Specify periodic if log file rotation is
turned on.

5 Click OK.

Updating a log file location


Perform these steps to change the PATROL log file monitoring instance when a log file location changes from that of the server.

226

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

11

To update location information 1 Right-click the instance icon of the log file you want to update: 2 Choose KM Commands => Administration => Update Log File Location. 3 Change the directory path or file name to reflect the new path. 4 Click OK.

Registering for log notification messages


Perform these steps to get notifications whenever error messages of type Emergency, Critical, or Alert are written to the WebLogic server log file.

To subscribe to log file notification 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Notification => Register.
The Register Log Notification dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Select a notification method. You can be notified via e-mail messages, via alerts
sent to the PATROL Event Manager, or both.

4 Specify an outgoing mail server and the e-mail address to which you want alerts
sent.

Chapter 11 Working with log files

227

11

5 Click OK.

Unregistering for log notification messages


Perform these steps to stop notifications from being sent when error messages of a certain type are written to the log file.

To unsubscribe to log file notification 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => LOG Notification => Unregister.
A confirmation dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Click Yes.

228

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

12
230 230 231 232 233 234 235 235 237 237 238 240 241 241 242

12

Administering the KM
This chapter explains how to manage PATROL for BEA WebLogic itself, rather than using the product to manage WebLogic. The following topics are discussed: Monitoring WebLogic across the enterprise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuning KM performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting servers for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deselecting servers from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting components for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deselecting components from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scheduling PATROL parameter discovery for configured WebLogic objects . . Scheduling blackout periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restarting PATROLs Java collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting and debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting PSL debug flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting debug status for a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting debug status for Java collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recording data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gathering information for support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

229

12

Monitoring WebLogic across the enterprise


PATROL for BEA WebLogic contains several commands in the BEAWLS_SERVER application class that are initiated from the administration server icon but that affect how PATROL monitors your entire WebLogic environment. These commands include:

Tuning Knowledge Module (KM) performancethis release introduces KM performance tuning, which allows you to select the servers and components to be monitored. By using only those collectors that are most critical to your monitoring needs and turning off others, you can improve overall PATROL performance and more easily scale to larger monitoring environments. Scheduling blackout periodsyou can suspend PATROL alerts for periods of time when you shut down parts of your WebLogic environment. Routine maintenance shutdowns or backups might ordinarily trigger PATROL alerts, but you can suspend those alerts temporarily by scheduling a blackout period. Start Java collectoryou may occasionally need to restart your PATROL collector after routine maintenance shutdowns, or when the collector status shows that it is not operating correctly.

Tuning KM performance
By default, all servers in a domain are monitored. To tune the performance of PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you can perform the following actions:

select the servers that need to be monitored and remove less important servers that do not need to be monitored; for more information, see Selecting servers for monitoring on page 231 and Deselecting servers from monitoring on page 232 By default, all the servers in the domain are monitored.

select the components that need to be monitored and remove less important components that do not need to be monitored Besides SERVER, CLUSTER, and EXECQ, all other supported components that are being monitoring are selectable. This includes: EJB, JDBC, WEBAPP, SERVLE, JMS JCA, JOLTJ2EE_APPS, and WS. For more information, see Selecting components for monitoring on page 233 and Deselecting components from monitoring on page 234

230

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

select one of the following discovery schedules for PATROL parameters for configured WebLogic objects: Discover Only When the Server State Changes, Default Setting (Recommended)only the server states discovery is performed at MainDiscovery cycle and full discovery is performed only when server states have been changed; this option is helpful for a production system or a stabilized system for which no new objects are deployed or created frequently Perform Full Discovery at Every Interval of the MainDiscovery Parameter (of BEAWLS_SERVER KM) Schedulefor large systems for which the actual time needed to complete the AttrDiscovery is longer than the default schedule setting for AttrDiscovery parameter (three minutes), adjust the schedule to the actual parameter updating interval. Keep Original Setting and Perform Object Discovery Now For more information, see Scheduling PATROL parameter discovery for configured WebLogic objects on page 235

select whether you want to monitor all parameters (Full) or just key parameters (Basic) This monitoring option can be initially set at the time the server is registered; for more information, see Registering a server on page 93. It can be reset by following the steps in Updating the registration of a server on page 101. The default setting is Full.

Selecting servers for monitoring


Perform the following steps to select servers for monitoring.

To select servers for monitoring 1 Right-click the server icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Performance Tuning => Select Monitoring Servers.
The Select Monitoring Servers dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

231

12

3 To select servers for monitoring, highlight the server in Available Servers, click Add,
then click Action. The server is listed in Servers to Monitor and is monitored.

4 Click Exit to close the dialog box. NOTE


If you are monitoring a cluster, it is recommended that you select all its servers for monitoring. If you do not select all its servers, the cluster parameters (such as AliveServerCount and AvailableClusterServers) will have meaningless values.

Deselecting servers from monitoring


Perform the following steps to deselect servers that you do not want to monitor anymore.

To deselect servers from monitoring 1 Right-click the server icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Performance Tuning => Select Monitoring Servers.
The Select Monitoring Servers dialog box is displayed.

3 To deselect servers for monitoring, highlight the server in Servers to Monitor and
click Remove, then click Action. The server is listed in Available Servers and is no longer monitored.

4 Click Exit to close the dialog box.

232

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

Selecting components for monitoring


Perform the following steps to select components for monitoring.

To select components for monitoring 1 Right-click the server icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Performance Tuning => Select Monitoring
Components.

The Select Monitoring Components dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 To monitor a component, leave the check box selected. If the check box is not
selected for the component to be monitored, select it.

4 Click Accept.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

233

12

Deselecting components from monitoring


Perform the following steps to deselect components that you do not want to monitor anymore.

To deselect components for monitoring 1 Right-click the server icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Performance Tuning => Select Monitoring
Components.

The Select Monitoring Components dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Remove the check mark beside the component that you do not want to monitor. 4 Click Accept.

234

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

Scheduling PATROL parameter discovery for configured WebLogic objects


Perform the following steps to schedule the discovery of PATROL parameters for configured WebLogic objects.

To schedule PATROL parameter discovery for configured WebLogic objects 1 Right-click the Monitored Server icon. 2 From the KM Commands menu, choose KM Performance Tuning => Configure
Objects Discovery Schedule. The Configure Objects Discovery Schedule dialog box

is displayed.

3 Enable one of the following options to set the PATROL parameter discovery
schedule for configured WebLogic objects:

Discover Only When the Server State Changes, Default Setting (Recommended) only the server states discovery is performed at MainDiscovery cycle and full discovery is performed only when server states have been changed Perform Full Discovery at Every Interval of the MainDiscovery Parameter (of BEAWLS_SERVER KM) Schedule Keep Original Setting and Perform Object Discovery Now

When Auto discovery is selected, a full discovery will be performed at every MainDiscovery parameter interval.

Scheduling blackout periods


Perform these steps to specify one or more blackout periods, or to remove (delete) a currently defined blackout period. During blackout periods, PATROL continues to monitor the WebLogic server environment but does not report object state changes nor generate warnings or alarms. This feature is useful for temporarily suspending warnings and alarms during scheduled maintenance and planned system downtime.

To schedule a blackout period 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Schedule Blackout Periods.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

235

12

The Schedule Blackout Periods dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 Complete the fields on the dialog box as follows:

Select Add a Blackout Period.


Blackout Start Time Day of Weekselect the day of the week that you want to

begin blackout

Blackout Start Timeuse the arrow keys to select the hour or click the minutes or

seconds field and type a value on the keypad to enter more precise times that you want to begin the blackout; time values must be entered in a 24-hour format, for example, 8:30pm should be entered as 20:30:00 hours

Blackout Durationtype a number in the field and use the pull-down list to choose the units (the default is hours) to set the length of time you want the blackout to last

4 Click Apply. To remove the blackout period 1 Right-click the server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Schedule Blackout Periods.

236

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

3 Click Delete a Blackout Period. 4 Highlight the blackout period you want deleted from the list of defined periods in
Blackout period(s) to delete.

5 Click Apply.

Restarting PATROLs Java collector


Perform these steps to restart Java data collection. This will restart the Java class PatcolWebLogic.class, which collects data about the BEA WebLogic Server application for monitoring in the PATROL environment. This command is usually used after bringing a server up after a shutdown period for maintenance or backup, or after an abnormal termination. The collector status can be determined by examining the state of the PatrolCollectorStatus parameter; the collector may need to be restarted if PatrolCollectorStatus does not reflect a running state (green stop light).

NOTE
Restarting the collector can result in lost data if the command is used at a time when the collector is communicating with the PATROL Agent. You can also check the log file for detailed error messages; the log is located in $PATROL_ROOT\BEAWLKM.

To restart the collector 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Restart Java Collector.
A warning dialog is displayed, asking you to confirm that you really want to restart the collector.

3 Click Yes.

Troubleshooting and debugging


Problems occasionally occur even in the best-managed environments. PATROL for BEA WebLogic includes several tools to help isolate and identify problems causes. Information about contacting BMC Software technical support is provided inside the cover of this user guide.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

237

12

PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides the following troubleshooting tools:


setting PSL debug flags setting the debug status for the server recording collector data setting debug flags for JMX

Additionally, troubleshooting information is provided in the online Help for this product. If you are unable to solve a problem with PATROL for BEA WebLogic, you may need to contact BMC Software technical support; contact information is provided inside the front cover of this manual. When contacting BMC Software technical support, please perform the steps listed and provide the information requested in << >>.

NOTE
Error messages for the JMX component (those containing the letters JMX in the error message number) are documented in the PATROL JMX Component Help. To view these messages, select Help => Help Topics. The PATROL Console Help dialog box is displayed, with the Contents tab on top. Double-click the PATROL Knowledge Modules book and double-click the PATROL JMX Component Help to view the PATROL JMX Component Help. Then you can either view the messages using the Contents tab or the Index tab.

Setting PSL debug flag


Perform these steps to turn on or off debug information logging for PATROL Script Language (PSL) code. PSL generates various types of error and tracing information that you can log by setting flags.

To set debug flags 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Set PSL Debug.
The Set PSL DEBUG Flag dialog box is displayed, listing the types of debugging information that you can record, as shown in the following figure:

238

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

3 Click checkboxes next to the types of debugging information you want enabled. A
check indicates that the option is turned on. Click the box again to turn the option off (uncheck). The fields are defined as follows:

Enable run-time error checkingsets all error checking flag bits Enable function call tracingreports which functions are called, but does not return information about arguments Enable function argument tracingreports the arguments passed to all user-

defined or built-in functions

Enable function return value tracingreports the value returned by calls to all

user-defined or built-in functions

Enable variable assignment tracingreports the variable name (if available) and

the value assigned to it

Enable errno tracingreports any nonzero values stored in the PSL errno

variable

Enable PSL lock tracingreports the interprocess actions that occur during lock()

and unlock() function processing, including the granting, denying, and releasing of locks

4 Click OK.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

239

12

Setting debug status for a server


Perform these steps to turn debugging on or off for a server instance. When turning debugging on, you can set the level of detail you want, and you can choose whether to save the information to a file or display it on screen. You can also use this dialog to get debugging information for setup.

To set the debug status 1 Right-click the instance icon for the server for which you want
debug information. Or right-click the BEAWLS_SETUP icon if you want setup debug information:

2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => KM Debugging. 3 Complete the fields as follows to choose the level of information and output
destination:

Debug Levelselect how much debug information you want: none, all, or for

selected items only; all is the setting that BMC Software Technical Support will usually need if they ask you to collect debug data

Debug Selected Itemsif you want debug information on selected items only,

you can turn debugging on or off for the following items: flowrecords procedure entry and exit points and parameters datarecords data being read and written critical informationrecords other key information

Output Destinationselect whether you want debug information to be displayed on screen in the system output window, or written to a file File Nameif you chose to send debug output information to a file, specify the

full directory path and file name

4 Click OK.

240

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

Setting debug status for Java collector


Perform these steps to turn debugging on or off for the PATROL Java collector.

To set the debug status 1 Right-click the administration server instance icon. 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Debug KM Java Collector.
The Debug KM Java Collector dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure:

3 To turn on debugging, select Turn On Debug, then click Accept.


To turn off debugging, select Turn Off Debug, then click Accept.

Recording data
Perform these steps to create a log file of collector data. The collector log file is often used for troubleshooting.

NOTE
This command is not intended for use in normal operations, but may be requested by BMC Software technical support as part of the troubleshooting process. The collector log file can be used to re-create the data and console settings in effect at a certain time.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

241

12

To record collector data 1 Right-click a server instance icon: 2 Choose KM Commands => KM Administration => Start Recording. 3 Enter the path and file name in which to record data. 4 Click OK. NOTE
When you are done recording data, choose KM Command => KM Administration => Stop Recording.

5 Click OK.

Gathering information for support


Before contacting BMC Software Customer Support, perform the following tasks:

describe your configuration verify permissions collect the following diagnostic information and parameter files: the Registered Instances report the Server Configuration report the output of the MainDiscovery text parameter all the *.log files in $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM the latest PATROL Agent error log the PATROL Agent change variables the WebLogic Server configuration files any messages from the PATROL system output window

To describe your configuration


To describe your configuration, answer the following questions: 1. What version of the KM are you installing? 2. Is it a new installation or an upgrade of an existing installation?

242

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

12

3. What is the version of WebLogic Server in use? 4. What is the version and type of the operating system of the WebLogic host machine? 5. What version of Patrol Agent is being used? 6. What type of Patrol Console is being used (NT, UNIX)? 7. Have you been able to start the WebLogic Admin console using the same login parameters as in the WebLogic KM registration screen? 8. Is the WebLogic Admin server instance up and running? 9. Has the KM been installed on BOTH the Patrol console machine AND the WebLogic Admin server?

To verify permissions
To characterize your configuration, answer the following questions: 1. Have you verified that PATROL has recursive read access to the entire WebLogic and JDK installation trees? 2. Have you verified that the files in $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM are recursively readable for the world? 3. Have you verified that the subdirectory $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM is writable to the world?

To collect diagnostics and parameter files


Collect the following diagnostics and parameter files:

the Registered Instances report To view and save the report, right-click BEAWLS_SETUP and select KM Commands => Report of Registered Instances. The report is displayed in the system output window.

the Server Configuration report To view and save the report, right-click the instance icon of the Admin server and select KM Commands => Reports => Server Configuration. The report is displayed in the system output window.

Chapter 12 Administering the KM

243

12

the output of the MainDiscovery text parameter Cut and paste the information to a text file.

all the *.log files in $PATROL_HOME/../BEAWLKM the latest PATROL Agent error log This file has a path name format of <PATROL_HOME>/log/PatrolAgent-<hostname><port>.errs

where <hostname> is the console host and <port> is the IP services socket. Use the version whose filename does not include any tilde (~) characters.

the PATROL Agent change variables The PATROL Agent change variables have the format of $ pconfig -p <port> +get > /tmp/bmcagent.txt where <port> is the Patrol Agent's assigned port.

all of the config.xml files in the WebLogic installation tree, tagging them by directory location For example, when collecting all config.xml files for a given host, follow these steps: 1. Login as a WebLogic authorized user 2. Type the following commands: $ cd /opt/WebLogic $ find . -type f -name 'config.xml' -print > /tmp/file.list $ tar cf /tmp/host1files.tar -I /tmp/file.list 3. Send the *.tar files created for each host.

244

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help


BMC Software offers several PATROL consoles from which you can view a PATROL Knowledge Module (KM). Because of the different environments in which these consoles run, each one uses a different method to display and access information in the KM. This appendix provides instructions for accessing the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help on each of the PATROL consoles. See the PATROL for BEA WebLogic online Help for more detailed information about navigation in the PATROL Consoles. Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Chapter A

Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

245

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes


Table 15 provides information about how to access KM commands and InfoBoxes from the various PATROL consoles. Table 15 Console Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes To access menu commands To access InfoBoxes In either the Desktop tree tab or the work area, right-click an application class or parameter icon and choose InfoBox from the pop-up menu.

PATROL Console for Microsoft In either the Desktop tree tab or Windows Servers work area, right-click a computer or application icon and choose KM Commands from the pop-up menu. PATROL Console for Unix

In the work area, right-click a With the middle mouse button, computer or application icon to click an application class or display a pop-up menu that parameter icon. contains KM-specific commands. In the navigation pane, rightclick a managed system or application icon and choose Knowledge Module Commands from the pop-up menu. In the navigation pane, rightclick a PATROL object and choose InfoBox from the popup menu.

PATROL Central Operator Windows Edition

PATROL Central Operator Web Edition

In the tree view area, right-click In the tree view area, right-click an application icon and choose a PATROL object and choose Knowledge Module Commands Infobox from the pop-up menu. from the pop-up menu.

246

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Accessing online Help


Table 16 provides information about how to access Help from each console.

NOTE
If you are trying to access Help from a Unix console, see the PATROL Installation Reference Manual for specific instructions about installing and setting up a browser in the Unix environment.

Table 16 Console

Accessing online Help (Part 1 of 2) To access product help

To access application class help Double-click an application class in the KM tab of the console. From the Application Properties dialog box, click the Help tab. Then click Show Help.

To access parameter help

PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Servers

Right-click the PATROL for BEA WebLogic application icon and choose KM Commands => Product Help. From the console menu bar, choose Help => Help Topics => PATROL Knowledge Modules.

Right-click a parameter icon and choose Help On from the pop-up menu. Double-click a parameter icon; click the ? icon or Help button in the parameter display window. Double-click a parameter in the KM tab of the console; from the properties dialog box, click the Help tab; then click Show Help.

PATROL Console for Unix

Right-click the PATROL for BEA WebLogic application icon and choose KM Commands => Product Help. From the console menu bar, choose Help On => Knowledge Modules.

Right-click a parameter Choose Attributes => Application Classes and icon and click Help On. double-click the application name. Click Show Help in the Application Definition dialog box.

Chapter A

Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

247

Table 16 Console

Accessing online Help (Part 2 of 2) To access product help From the console menu bar, choose Help => Help Topics. In the Contents tab, click the name of your product. To access application class help In the Operator tab of the navigation pane, select an application icon and press F1. To access parameter help In the Operator tab of the navigation pane, select a parameter icon and press F1.

PATROL Central Operator Windows Edition

PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition

In the upper right corner In the tree view, rightIn the tree view, rightof PATROL Central, click an application class click a parameter and click Help and choose and choose Help. choose Help. PATROL KM Help.

248

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

B
249 250 252 292

Parameter reference
PATROL for BEA WebLogic uses parameters to provide statistical information about resources, operating status, and performance. This appendix describes the following topics. Parameters for a WebLogic environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Column headings defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abbreviations defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collector-consumer dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parameters for a WebLogic environment


Table 17 lists descriptions and default values for those parameters that are available when monitoring a BEA WebLogic 7.0 through 8.1 environment. Table 18 lists descriptions and default values for parameters that monitor JMX components in a BEA WebLogic 7.0 through 8.1 environment. More information is available in the online Help.

Chapter B

Parameter reference

249

Column headings defined


Column headings in Table 17 and Table 18 are defined as follows: Column Heading Description Description states the parameter name and describes the parameters function; for consumer parameters, lists the collector parameters that gather the data displayed by this parameter indicates the version of the WebLogic Server that the parameter supports All indicates that the parameter is supported on all WebLogic server versions listed in the Release Notes for this version. Required Configuration indicates the configuration level at which a parameter becomes active; many parameters require that advanced monitoring options be enabled (see Enabling and disabling instrumentation and profiling features on page 106); parameters become active at the following levels:

WebLogic Server

Basic: parameter is active by default in all configurations; there are two basic levels, full and key, by default all basic-level parameters are active, but a user can configure the product to display only a minimal set of the key basic parameters Inst: parameter is only active if instrumentation configuration was enabled (on the Configure Advance Monitoring dialog, choose Enable Component Performance Data Collection) Prof: parameter is only active if JVM performance was configured (on the Configure Advance Monitoring dialog, choose Enable JVM Performance Data Collecting, including GC Time, Threads Detail, and Memory Usage) Meth: parameter is only active if Java method level profiling was configured (on the Specify Java Class for Method Level Profiling dialog, choose Enable Advance Java Class Method Level CPU Utilization Analysis)

250

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Column Heading Type

Description indicates the parameter type: standard (std) gathers and displays a single data value; collector (coll) gathers multiple data values but has no display capabilities; consumer (con) displays values gathered by collector or standard parameters. Some standards have collector properties. specifies the thresholds for the first-level alarm; not applicable to collector parameters specifies the thresholds for the second-level alarm; not applicable to collector parameters specifies how frequently the parameter will run and collect data (polling cycle); not applicable to consumer parameters specifies whether the parameter is represented as a graph, gauge, text box, stop light (signal), or boolean state specifies the unit of measure in which the parameter output is expressed, such as a percentage, a number, or bytes

Warning (Alarm1)a Alarm (Alarm2)a Scheduling (poll time) Style

Unit

a. Border, Alarm1, and Alarm2 ranges that are also labeled inactive by default may not be recommended ranges for the parameter.

Chapter B

Parameter reference

251

Abbreviations defined
The following abbreviations may be used in Table 17 and Table 18: Abbreviation Description bool coll con disc GB hr KB MB MHz min msec N NA nsec sec std TB undef warn Boolean; shows a state, such as on or off, OK or not OK collector parameter consumer parameter discovery; refers to the PATROL discovery process gigabyte or gigabytes hour or hours kilobyte or kilobytes megabyte or megabytes megahertz minute or minutes millisecond or milliseconds no; parameter is inactive after KM is installed not applicable; a value cannot be set nanosecond or nanoseconds second or seconds standard parameter terabyte or terabytes undefined; a value can be set, but no default is provided warning; type of alert

252

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 1 of 37) Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Required configuration Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
_IntegAttrDisc Internal integration server attribute collector AppEventErrCount The number of event delivery errors encountered of the application view Collector: _IntegAttrDisc

BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application class 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x basic (full) basic (full) coll undef undef 5 min none none

con

1-5 warn

6-10 alarm

set by coll

graph

number

AppSvcAsynErrCount 8.1, The application view of the asynchronous 9.x, service error count 10.x Collector: _IntegAttrDisc AppSvcAvgElapsedTime The average elapsed time for all services provided by the application views Collector: _IntegAttrDisc AppSvcSynErrCount The application view of the synchronous service error count Collector: _IntegAttrDisc IntegDiscovery Internal business process object discovery; sets the values of consumer parameters NumEventRowCount The number of events in the process tracking table Collector: _IntegAttrDisc 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-5 (inactive by def.) 40006000 WARN 0-5 (inactive by def.) undef

5-5 (inactive by def.) 60008000 ALARM 5-5 (inactive by def.) undef

set by coll

graph

number

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number

basic (full)

coll

2 min

none

none

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-1 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 1-1 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

NumTotalDeadMsg 8.1, The total number of undelivered message 9.x, count for all the channels of a message 10.x broker Collector: _IntegAttrDisc BEAWLI_PROCESS application class ElapsedTime The average time spent executing messages to this operation Collector: _IntegAttrDisc NumTotalExceededSLA The total number of instances that exceeded the SLA set for this process Collector: _IntegAttrDisc 8.1

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

sec

8.1

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
253

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 2 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

ProcessThroughput 8.1 The percentage of the number of completed process instances divided by the number of all process instances Collector: _IntegAttrDisc BEAWLP_CACHE application class CacheMode The enabled mode of this cache. Collector: PortalDiscovery BEAWLP_PORTAL application class PortalDiscovery Internal collector for WebLogic portal data. BEAWLS_CLUSTER application class AliveServerCount all Graph indicating the number of servers in the cluster that are alive. This parameter counts the lowest number of servers configured to run as cluster members that do not know about all the other servers running in the cluster. Collector: AvailableClusterServers AvailableClusterServers Stop light icon indicating whether or not the clustered server is available. The value of this parameter actually reflects the total number of servers responding in a cluster. Collector: AttrDiscovery MulticastTrafficHealth Monitors the multicast routing between the BEA Weblogic server boundaries. Collector: AvailableClusterServers BEAWLS_DBURL application class AvgResponseTime Average response time, in milliseconds, for all SQL statements with this database URL that have been executed. Collector: _SQLRespColl 7.0, 8.1 all 8.1 8.1

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percentage

basic (full)

con

0-0 warn

1-1 OK

set by coll

state bool.

0-False; 1True

basic (full)

coll

undef

undef

15 min none

none

basic (key)

con

0-1 ALARM

2-3 WARN

set by coll

graph

Number

basic (full)

std

0-0 alarm

1-1 warn

set by coll

stop light

number

all

basic (full)

con

1-1 alarm

N/A

set by coll

stop light

0=OK 1=critical

inst

con

800-900 warn

900-1000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

HighestInvocationCount 7.0, Number of times that the SQL statement 8.1 most often requested during the previous polling cycle was invoked. Collector: _SQLRespColl

inst

con

40006000 warn

600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of requests

254

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 3 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
InvocationRate Frequency at which a database URL is called. Collector: _SQLRespColl LongestSQLAvgRespTime Time (in ms) needed to run the SQL statement with the slowest average response time. Collector: _SQLRespColl

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 800-900 warn

100-100 (inactive by def.) 900-1000 alarm

set by coll

graph

calls per second

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

set by coll

graph

msec

LongestSQLTotalRespTime 7.0, Time (in ms) needed to run the SQL 8.1 statement with the slowest total response time. Collector: _SQLRespColl TotalInvocationCount Number of invocations of all SQL statements executed during the most recent polling cycle. Collector: _SQLRespColl TotalResponseTime Total response time for all SQL statements with the monitored URL over the most recent polling cycle. Collector: _SQLRespColl BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application class ActivationCount all Number of beans that needed to be activated to satisfy a client request. An EJB is activated if a suitable EJB cannot be found in the cache. This parameter does not apply to stateless session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery AvgResponseTime Average response time during previous polling cycle, of the EJB across all methods. Collector: _EJBRespColl all 7.0, 8.1

inst

con

10002000 warn

20003000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

inst

con

40006000 warn

600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

1000-2000 2000-3000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

msec

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

inst

con

800-900 warn

900-1000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

BeanAccessCount 8.1, The total number of times an attempt was 9.x, made to get an instance from the free 10.x pool. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
255

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 4 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

BeanDestroyedCount 8.1, The total number of times a bean instance 9.x, from this pool was destroyed due to a 10.x non-application exception being thrown from it Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery BeanDestroyedRatio 8.1, The ratio of the number of beans 9.x, destroyed to the total number of requests 10.x for a bean. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery BeanMissCount 8.1, The total number of times a failed attempt 9.x, was made to get an instance from the free 10.x pool. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery BeansIdle all Number of unused beans available for assignment. This parameter does not apply to stateful session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery BeansInUse Number of beans currently being used. This parameter does not apply to stateful session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percentage

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

CacheAccessCount all Total number of times the cache has been accessed, whether or not the target was found. This parameter does not apply to stateless session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery CachedBeansCurrentCount Number of EJB instances maintained in the cache. This parameter does not apply to stateless session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery CacheHitCount Number of times that a target EJB sought in the cache was actually found. This parameter does not apply to stateless session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of accesses

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of hits

256

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 5 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
CacheMissRatio The Cache Miss Count divided by the Cache Access Count. This parameter is shown only if the EJB type is an Entity bean. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percent

FreePoolMissRatio 8.1, The ratio of the number of times a request 9.x, was made to get a bean from the pool 10.x when no beans were available divided by the total number of requests for a bean made to the pool. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery FreePoolTimeout all Number of beans that timed out waiting for the free pool. If this number is other than zero, it indicates that transactions failed due to insufficient beans in the free pool; you may want to allocate additional EJBs to the pool. This parameter does not apply to stateful session beans. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery FreePoolTimeoutRatio The ratio of the number of requests that have timed out waiting for a bean from the pool divided by the total number of requests made. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery FreePoolWaiter Number of beans waiting for the free pool. If this number is growing, you may want to allocate additional EJBs to the pool (see the online Help). This parameter does not apply to stateful session EJBs. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery InvocationCount Number of times the EJB was invoked during the previous polling cycle (across all methods). Collector: _EJBRespColl 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percentage

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percentage

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

all

inst

con

40006000 warn

600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of calls

InvocationRate all Number of times per millisecond (frequency rate) that the EJB was invoked during the previous polling cycle (across all methods). Collector: _EJBRespColl

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of calls per second

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
257

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 6 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
JMSConnectionAlive Status of JMS connection (up or down). Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockEntriesCount Number of currently locked entries. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockManagerAccessCount Number of times the lock manager was accessed. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockTimeoutCount Number of times an access to the lock manager timed out. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockTimeoutRatio The LockTimeoutCount divided by the LockAccessCount. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockWaiterCount Number of beans currently waiting for service from the lock manager. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LockWaiterRatio The LockWaiterCount divided by the LockAccessCount. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery LongestEJBAvgRespTime Longest average response time of any method executed for this specific EJB during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl LongestEJBTotalRespTime Longest total response time of any method, during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl MDBStatus The status of the Message Driven Bean has been suspended. Collector: _EJBRespColl

all

basic (key) basic (key) basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll set by coll set by coll

state bool graph

none

all

con

number of entries number of accesses

all

con

graph

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of accesses

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

percentage

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of beans

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

percentage

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

msec

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

800010000 warn

1000010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

1-2 WARN

2-2 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

0 - Processing; 1 - Paused number of calls

MostInvocationEJB all Highest invocation count for any method executed by the EJB during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl

inst

con

40006000 warn

600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

258

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 7 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

PassivationCount all Number of beans passivated since last cycle. An EJB is passivated either because the cache is full or because the bean was not accessed over a long period of time. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery ProcessedMsgCount The total number of messages processed by this Message Driven Bean. Collector: _EJBRespColl SuspendCount The total number of times this Message Driven Bean has been suspended. Collector: _EJBRespColl TotalResponseTime Cumulative response time of the EJB across all methods during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of beans

basic (key)

con

0-100 inactive

100-100 inactive

set by coll

graph

Number

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 inactive

100-100 inactive

set by coll

graph

Number

all

inst

con

800010000 warn

1000010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

TransactionCommitRate all Rate at which transactions are committed. This is measured as number of commits per discovery cycle. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery TransactionRollbackRate Number of transaction rollback operations performed by this EJB per discovery cycle. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery TransactionTimeoutRate Number of transactions that failed per discovery cycle because they could not complete within a satisfactory time. Collector: EJBAttrDiscovery AvgResponseTime Average response time of the method during previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl (LOCAL_ MANAGED) InvocationCount Number of times the method was invoked during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl (LOCAL_ MANAGED) all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of commits

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of rollbacks

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of timeouts

BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application class 7.0, 8.1 inst con 4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll graph msec

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

40006000 warn

600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of calls

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
259

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 8 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
InvocationRate Number of times per millisecond (frequency rate) that the method was invoked during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl (LOCAL_ MANAGED) TotalResponseTime Cumulative response time of the method during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _EJBRespColl (LOCAL_ MANAGED) ExecQThroughput Execution queue throughput. This parameter indicates the rate at which requests are processed by the WebLogic Server. (Number of requests processed during the previous polling cycle.) Collector: AttrDiscovery ExecuteQueueLength Number of requests waiting in the execution queue. Collector: AttrDiscovery IdleExecThreadCount Number of execution queues currently idle. Collector: AttrDiscovery QueueLengthPercent Percentage of the current queue length divided by the maximum queue length. Collector: AttrDiscovery

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of calls per second

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

800010000 warn

1000010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application class all basic (key) con 0-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) set by coll graph number of jobs

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 1-1 warn

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 1-1 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of requests

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of queues

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

percentage

QueueStatus all Indicates if the execution queue is growing and the queue throughput is stuck at zero. A value of 0 indicates an OK queue status, while 1 indicates an unhealthy queue. Collector: AttrDiscovery BEAWLS_JCA application class ActiveConnectionsCurrentCount Number of active Connector connections in the JCA pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

stop light

0=OK, 1=unhealthy (queue is growing while throughput is zero) number of connects

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

260

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 9 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
ActiveConnectionsHighCount Highest number of active Connector connections in the JCA pool (highwater mark) since the pool was established. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery AverageActiveUsage Running average of connections that are active in the connection pool since it was last shrunk. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery ConnectionIdleProfileCount Number of idle leak connection profiles stored for this JCA pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

ConnectionLeakProfileCount all Number of leak connection profiles stored for this JCA pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery CreatedConnectionsTotalCount Total number of connections created in this Connector connection pool since the pool was created. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of connects

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of connects

DestroyedConnectionsTotalCount all Total number of connections destroyed in this Connector connection pool since the pool was created. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery FreeConnectionsCurrentCount Total number of currently free connections in the JCA connector pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery FreeConnectionsHighCount Highest number of currently free connections in the JCA connector pool since the pool was created (high water mark). Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of connects

IdleConnectionsTotalCount all Total number of idle connections detected in the lifetime of this pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery LeakedConnectionsTotalCount Total number of leaked connections detected over the lifetime of this pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of connects

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
261

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 10 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
MatchedConnectionsTotalCount Total number of times since the pool was created that a request for a connection was satisfied by using an existing connection from the pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery PoolState The state of the pool. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery RecycledTotalCount Total number of connections recycled during the previous polling cycle. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery RejectedConnectionsTotalCount Total number of rejected requests for a connection since the pool was created. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_JDBC application class

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

9.x, 10.x all

basic (key) basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll set by coll

graph

0 - Running; 1 - Suspended number of connects

con

graph

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of connects

ActiveConnections all Number of active database connections held by a JDBC pool. If this number is at or close to the maximum capacity (shown in the InfoBox), consider increasing the maximum number of connections to decrease the amount of time that requests will have to wait for a connection. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery AvailableConnections The number of available connections in this pool. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery ConnectionDelayTime Average time (in milliseconds) needed to get a connection from the database connection pool. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery ConnectionLeakProfileCount Number of connection leak profiles. Connection leaks occur when a pool is closed without an explicit close() statement and is then scooped up during garbage collection. Use the Connection Leak Report to view a stack trace with details. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of connects

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of profiles

262

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 11 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

FailuresToReconnectCount all Number of database connections that failed to reconnect during the most recent collection cycle. Failure to reconnect may indicate that a database is down, or that configuration information must be updated. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery LeakedConnectionsCount Number of connections that leaked. See the online Help for details. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

1-1000 alarm

10001000 OK

set by coll

graph

number of failures

basic (key)

con

1-5 warn

5-100 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of leaks

PoolState all Status of the connection pool. 0 indicates an available pool, 1 indicates a shutdown or suspended pool, 2 indicates an unknown state, and 3 indicates an unhealthy pool. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery StatementCacheHitCount all Number of statements that were found in cache. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery StatementCacheMissCount all Number of statements that were sought in the cache, but not found. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery StatementProfileCount Number of SQL statements profiled. If SQL statement profiling is turned on, information such as execution time, statement text, and performance metrics, will be retained. SQL profiles can be viewed using the SQL Roundtrip report command in the JDBC application class . Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0=running 1=suspend / shutdown 2=unknown 3=unhealthy

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of statements

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of statements

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of profiles

UnavailableConnections 8.1, The number of unavailable connections in 9.x, this pool. 10.x Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery WaitingForConnections all Number of requests waiting for an available database connection. Connections may be waiting because all connections in the pool are in use. See the online Help for details. Collector: JDBCAttrDiscovery

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of requests

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
263

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 12 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
BEAWLS_JMS application class HealthStatus The health status of the JMS service. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery

all

basic (key)

con

1-3 warn

3-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0=ok 1=warn 2=critical 3=failed/ unknown number

JMSConnectionsCurrentCount all The current number of connections to this WebLogic Server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery JMSServersCurrentCount The current number of JMS servers that are deployed on this WebLogic Server instance. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application class BytesCurrentCount all The current number of bytes stored in the destination, not including the pending bytes. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesPendingCount The number of pending bytes (bytes for pending messages) stored in the destination. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesReceivedCount The number of bytes received in this destination since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesThresholdTime The amount of time in the threshold condition since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery ConsumersCurrentCount The current number of consumers accessing this destination. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesCurrentCount The current number of messages in the destination. This does not include pending messages. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery all basic (key) con 0-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) set by coll graph number

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

264

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 13 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
MessagesPendingCount The number of pending messages in the destination. Collector: AttrDiscovery MessagesReceivedCount The number of messages received in this destination since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesThresholdTime The amount of time in the threshold condition since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class BytesCurrentCount Current number of bytes stored on this JMS server. This does not include pending bytes. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesHighCount Peak number of bytes stored on this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesPendingCount Current number of bytes pending (unacknowledged or uncommitted) that are stored on the server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesReceivedCount Number of bytes received by this JMS server since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesThresholdTime Bytes threshold time. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery DestinationsCurrentCount Current number of destinations for this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery DestinationsHighCount Peak number of destinations for this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of bytes

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of bytes

all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of bytes

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of bytes

all

basic (full) basic (full)

con

set by coll set by coll

graph

msec

all

con

graph

number of destination

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of destination

DestinationsTotalCount all Total number of destinations for this JMS server since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of destination

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
265

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 14 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

HealthStatus all Health status (general condition) of the JMS server. An annotation report is created when the state is not OK, providing a description of the current state. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery Note about statuses: WARN may indicate: msg count has been above threshold for 1 hour msg count has been above threshold for 90% of its total running time, byte count has been above threshold for 1 hour byte count has been above threshold for 90% of its total running time CRITICAL may indicate: all JMS threads have been blocked for 10 minutes I/O (store operation) exception in last 10 minutes FAILED indicates that the server status is unknown OK indicates that there are no WARN, CRITICAL, or FAILED conditions MessagesCurrentCount Current number of messages stored on this JMS server. This does not include pending messages. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesHighCount Highest number of messages stored on this JMS server. This does not include pending messages. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesPendingCount Number of messages currently pending (unacknowledged or uncommitted) on this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0 - ok 1 - warn 2 - critical 3 - failed or unknown

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

MessagesReceivedCount all Number of messages received by this JMS server since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesThresholdTime Message threshold time. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

266

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 15 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

SessionPoolsCurrentCount all Current number of session pools running on this JMS server. Collector: AttrDiscovery SessionPoolsHighCount all Peak number of session pools running on this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery all SessionPoolsTotalCount Total number of session pools on this JMS server. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_JROCKIT application class AllProcAvgLoad 8.1, Displays a snapshot of the average load of 9.x, all processors in the host computer. A 10.x value of 100 percent reflects a fully loaded systems with no idle time while 0 reflects an idle system with no load. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery JVMProcLoad Displays a snapshot of the load for this JRockit JVM processor. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery FreePhyMemory Amount of physical memory (MB) that is currently free on the host computer. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery NumGCCount Number of garbage collection runs during the past garbage collection cycle. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery LastGCDuration Time spent on the last garbage collection cycle, in milliseconds. Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of pools

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of pools

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of pools

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percent

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

percent

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

MB

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class AvgGCTime 7.0, Average time spent on garbage collection 8.1 during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _JVMProfColl CPUUsage Total amount of CPU time used by the Java Virtual Machine. Collector: _JVMProfColl 7.0, 8.1 prof con 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) set by coll graph sec

prof

con

set by coll

graph

sec

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
267

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 16 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
GCCount Number of times that garbage collection was performed during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _JVMProfColl GCTime Amount of CPU usage spent on garbage collection during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _JVMProfColl

7.0, 8.1

prof

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of times

7.0, 8.1

prof

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

sec

MemoryUsage 7.0, Total amount of real memory allocated by 8.1 the Java Virtual Machine. Collector: _JVMProfColl ThreadHighestCPUTime Highest CPU time used by one JVM thread in seconds (this parameter can be used as an indicator to look for stuck threads). Collector: _JVMProfColl TotalHeapSize Total amount of memory allocated to heap. Collector: _JVMProfColl TotalThreadCPU Total CPU time used by all JVM threads. Collector: _JVMProfColl UsedHeapByAllThreads Total amount of memory used by all thread objects during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _JVMProfColl VMemoryUsage Total virtual memory used by the Java Virtual Machine. Collector: _JVMProfColl BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class LongestEJBAvgRespTime The longest EJB average response time of this application; advanced monitoring setting and byte-code instrumentation is required Collector: _EJBRespColl 8.1 7.0, 8.1

prof

con

1-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

MB

prof

con

set by coll

graph

seconds

7.0, 8.1

prof

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

MB

7.0, 8.1 7.0, 8.1

prof

con

set by coll set by coll

graph

seconds

prof

con

graph

MB

7.0, 8.1

prof

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

MB

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

268

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 17 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
LongestWebAppAvgRespTime The longest web application average response time of this application; advanced monitoring setting and bytecode instrumentation is required Collector: _WebAppRespColl NumMaxCompReqMinConst The maximum number of completed requests due to the minimum threads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery

8.1

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

NumMaxDeferredRequests 8.1, The number of requests that are denied a 9.x, thread for execution due to the maximum 10.x th reads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumMaxExeReqMaxConst The maximum number of requests that are currently executing due to the maximum threads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumMaxExeReqMinConst The maximum number of requests that are currently executing due to the minimum threads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumMaxMustRunCount The number of requests that must be executed to satisfy the minimum threads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

NumMaxPendingReq 8.1, The maximum number of pending 9.x, requests waiting for an available thread 10.x due to the minimum threads constraint of all the configured workload managers for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

Number

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
269

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 18 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
_EJBRespColl Collector parameter for EJB instrumentation and reporting. _JVMProfColl Collector parameter for JVM profiling and reporting. _MethodProfColl Collector parameter for method level profiling and reporting. _SQLRespColl Collector parameter for SQL instrumentation and reporting. _WebAppRespColl Collector parameter to get servlet response data.

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application class all inst coll none none 2 min text none

all

prof

coll

none

none

3 min

text

none

all

meth

coll

none

none

5 min

text

none

all

inst

coll

none

none

2 min

text

none

all

inst

coll

none

none

2 min

text

none

ConnectionStatus all WebLogic server client connection status, based on ping and connect commands. An alarm condition means that the Patrol collector cannot connect to the server, usually because WebLogic is not running. Restarting WebLogic will usually clear an alarm within two minutes. Collector: AttrDiscovery ForeignFragmentsDropped all Number of foreign fragments dropped. A foreign fragment is one that originates in a domain or cluster using a different multicast address. Collector: AttrDiscovery FragmentsReceived Number of multicast messages received on this server from within the cluster. Collector: AttrDiscovery FragmentsSent Number of multicast messages sent from this server onto the cluster. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

basic (key)

con

2-3 warn

3-4 alarm

set by coll

stop light

1=OK 2=suspend 4=offline

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

270

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 19 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

FreeHeap all Percentage of allocated JVM heap space currently available for use. Use this parameter in conjunction with HeapUsed, which shows the percentage of heap in use. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery HealthStatus Health status (general condition) of the managed server. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

0-5 alarm

5-10 warn

set by coll

graph

percent

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0=OK 1=warn 2=critical 3=failed or unknown percent

HeapUsed all Percent of Java heap space in use. Use this parameter in conjunction with FreeHeap, which shows the percentage of heap available. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery MulticastMsgLost Total number of incoming multicast messages onto the cluster that were lost according to the server. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumOpenConnections Number of connections to this server. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumOpenSockets Number of open sockets on the managed server. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

90-95 warn

95-100 alarm

set by coll

graph

basic (key)

con

5-100 warn

100-100 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of messages

all

basic (key) basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll set by coll

graph

number of connects number of sockets

all

con

graph

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
271

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 20 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
ResentRequests Number of state-change (delta) messages that were resent because a receiving server in the cluster missed a message. Collector: AttrDiscovery BEAWLS_LOG application class LogDiskFreeSpace Percentage of free space on the disk where the log file is located.

all

basic (key)

con

5-100 (warn)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

all

basic (key) basic (key)

std

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

600 sec gauge

percent

LogEvent all Number of events matching sniff pattern since the sniff pattern was registered for the log file. Only the first occurrence of a sniff pattern in a line is counted. Parameter annotation reflects the text that matched the registered pattern. This parameter is inactive if sniffing has not been defined. LogIncreaseRate Rate of increase in the log file size since the last collection cycle. Set the alarm range to flag abnormally fast increases in log file size. BEAWLS_MANAGED application class ConnectionStatus all WebLogic server client connection status, based on ping and connect commands. An alarm condition means that the Patrol collector cannot connect to the server, usually because WebLogic is not running. Restarting WebLogic will usually clear an alarm within two minutes. Collector: AttrDiscovery ForeignFragmentsDropped all Number of foreign fragments dropped. A foreign fragment is one that originates in a domain or cluster using a different multicast address. Collector: AttrDiscovery FragmentsReceived Number of multicast messages received on this server from within the cluster. Collector: AttrDiscovery all all

std

600 sec graph

number of events

basic (key)

std

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

600 sec graph

percent

basic (full)

con

2-3 warn

3-4 alarm

set by coll

stop light

1=OK 2=suspend 4=offline

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

272

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 21 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
FragmentsSent Number of multicast messages sent from this server onto the cluster. Collector: AttrDiscovery

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-5 alarm

100-100 (inactive by def.) 5-10 warn

set by coll

graph

number of fragments

FreeHeap all Percentage of allocated JVM heap space currently available for use. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery HealthStatus Health status (general condition) of the managed server. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

percent

basic (full)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0=OK 1=warn 2=critical 3=failed or unknown percent

HeapUsed all Percent of Java heap space in use. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery MulticastMsgLost Total number of incoming multicast messages that were lost according to the server. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumOpenConnections Number of connections to this server. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumOpenSockets Number of open sockets on the managed server. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

basic (full)

con

90-95 warn

95-100 alarm

set by coll

graph

basic (full)

con

5-100 (warn)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

all

basic (full) basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll set by coll

graph

number of connects number of sockets

all

con

graph

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
273

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 22 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
ResentRequests Number of state-change (delta) messages that were resent because a receiving server in the cluster missed a message. Collector: AttrDiscovery State State of the Messaging Bridge. An annotation report is created when the state is not Active, providing a description of the current state. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_OS application class _ProcColl Collector parameter to discover performance information at the local operating system level and to populate parameter data in the OS application class. ActiveProcesses List of currently active JVM processes running on a monitored server. Collector: _ProcColl

all

basic (full)

con

5-100 (warn)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE application class 8.1, 9.x, 10.x basic (key) con 1-2 (alarm) inactive set by coll stop light 0=active 1=inactive 2=unknown

all

basic (key)

coll

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

5 min

text

none

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

text

none

NodeStatus all Indicates the availability of the node manager Java process. This parameter will be inactive if the node manager is not configured for the monitored domain under this machine. Collector: _ProcColl NumActiveJVMProcesses all Number of currently active JVM processes running on a monitored server. Collector: _ProcColl NumHighCpuJVMProcesses Number of processes on the monitored server that exceed the threshold established by the system administrator to define a high CPU process. Collector: _ProcColl all

basic (key)

con

set by coll

stop light

0=OK, 1=Offline

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-1 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 1-1 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of processes

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of processes

ServerJVMsCpuUtil all Percentage of a machines CPU utilization attributed to a WebLogic server JVM. Collector: _ProcColl

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

gauge

percentage

274

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 23 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

ServerJVMsMemUsage all Total memory being used by a monitored WebLogic servers JVM processes. Collector: _ProcColl BEAWLS_PROBE application class AvgConnTime Average connection time for a client to connect through the WebLogic Server to the applications. See the Help for recommended alarm ranges. AvgPingTime Average ping time. This indicates the average time needed to query the status of a server. AvgCPUTime Average CPU time used by methods during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _MethodProfColl CPUTime Total CPU time used by methods during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _MethodProfColl ExecutionTime Total method execution time during the previous polling cycle. Collector: _MethodProfColl BEAWLS_SAF application class HealthStatus Status of the Store-and-Forward (SAF) service. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_SAFAGENT application class BytesCurrentCount Current number of bytes. This does not include pending bytes. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesHighCount Peak number of bytes since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesPendingCount Current number of bytes pending (beyond the current number of bytes). Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery 9.x, 10.x 9.x, 10.x all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

megabytes

basic (key)

std

95009999 warn

999910000 alarm

180 sec graph

msec

all

basic (key)

std

60-90 warn

90-1000 alarm

120 sec graph

msec

BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD application class 7.0, 8.1 meth con 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) set by coll graph seconds

7.0, 8.1

meth

con

set by coll

graph

seconds

7.0, 8.1

meth

con

set by coll

graph

seconds

basic (key)

con

1-1 (warn)

2-3 (alarm)

set by coll

stop light

0=OK 1=warn 2=critical 3=failed/ unknown number of bytes

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

9.x, 10.x 9.x, 10.x

basic (full) basic (key)

con

set by coll set by coll

graph

number of bytes number of bytes

con

graph

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
275

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 24 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
BytesReceivedCount Number of bytes received since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BytesThresholdTime Amount of time spent in the threshold condition since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery ConversationsCurrentCount Current number of Conversations. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery ConversationsHighCount Peak number of Conversations since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery ConversationsTotalCount Total number of Conversations since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) inactive

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 1-100 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of bytes

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

9.x, 10.x 9.x, 10.x

basic (full) basic (full)

con

set by coll set by coll

graph

number of conversation number of conversation

con

graph

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of conversation

FailedMessagesTotal 9.x, Total number of messages that have failed 10.x to be forwarded since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of messages

276

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 25 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

HealthStatus 9.x, Health status (general condition) of the 10.x SAF Service. An annotation report is created when the state is not OK, providing a description of the current state. (Supported only for WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x.) Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery Note about statuses: WARN may indicate: msg count has been above threshold for 1 hour msg count has been above threshold for 90% of its total running time, byte count has been above threshold for 1 hour byte count has been above threshold for 90% of its total running time CRITICAL may indicate: all SAF threads have been blocked for 10 minutes I/O (store operation) exception in last 10 minutes FAILED indicates that the server status is unknown OK indicates that there are no WARN, CRITICAL, or FAILED conditions MessagesCurrentCount 9.x, Current number of messages. This includes 10.x pending messages. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesHighCount Peak number of messages since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0 - ok 1 - warn 2 - critical 3 - failed or unknown

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of messages

MessagesPendingCount 9.x, Number of pending messages (beyond 10.x the current number of messages). A pending message has either been sent in a transaction and not committed, or forwarded but not acknowledged. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery MessagesReceivedCount Number of messages received since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number of messages

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of messages

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
277

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 26 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
MessagesThresholdTime Amount of time spent in the threshold condition since the last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery RemoteEndpointsCurrentCount Current number of remote endpoints to which this SAF agent has been storing and forwarding messages. Collector: AttrDiscovery

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of remote endpoints

RemoteEndpointsHighCount 9.x, Peak number of remote endpoints to 10.x which this SAF agent has been storing and forwarding messages since last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery RemoteEndpointsTotalCount 9.x, Total number of remote endpoints to 10.x which this SAF agent has been storing and forwarding messages since last reset. Collector: JMSAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_SERVER application class _EJBRespColl Collector parameter for EJB instrumentation and reporting. _JVMProfColl Collector parameter for JVM profiling and reporting. _MethodProfColl Collector parameter for method level profiling and reporting. _SQLRespColl Collector parameter for SQL instrumentation and reporting. _WebAppRespColl Collector parameter to get servlet response data. AttrDiscovery Collector parameter to discover server configuration attributes. CheckNotification Collector parameter that checks JMX notification log and creates notification messages and events for PATROL Event Manager. all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of remote endpoints

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of remote endpoints

inst

coll

none

none

120 sec text

none

all

prof

coll

none

none

180 sec text

none

all

meth

coll

none

none

300 sec text

none

all

inst

coll

none

none

2 min

text

none

all

inst

coll

none

none

120 sec text

none

all

basic (full) basic (full)

coll

none

none

2 min

text

none

all

coll

none

none

10 sec

text

none

278

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 27 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

ConnectionStatus all WebLogic server connection status. An alarm condition means that the Patrol collector cannot connect to the server, usually because WebLogic is not running. Restarting WebLogic will usually clear an alarm within two minutes. Collector: AttrDiscovery DomainConsistency all Indicates whether the domain configuration is consistent with the JDK and the version of BEA WebLogic Server. The result of inconsistent domain configuration will be annotated on each cycle in which the inconsistency is found. If there is an inconsistency and annotations are active, the annotation will display configuration details of the admin server and those managed servers that are inconsistent with the admin server (servers that are consistent with the admin server will not be displayed. Collector: AttrDiscovery EJBAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for performance metrics for all EJB parameters; this populates the BEAWLS_EJB and BEAWLS_EJB_HOME classes. all

basic (key)

con

2-3

3-4

set by coll

stop light

1=OK 2=suspend 4=offline

basic (full)

std

0 to 100 (inactive)

100 to 100 86399 (inactive) sec (1 day)

state bool.

0=OK, 1=config. mismatch

basic (full)

coll

none

none

5 min

text

none

FreeHeap all Amount of available memory in the JVM heap. See the Help for more information. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery

basic (full)

con

0-5 alarm

5-10 warn

set by coll

graph

percent

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
279

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 28 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

HealthStatus all Health status (general condition) of the server. Collector: AttrDiscovery Note about statuses: WARN may indicate: memory is too low capacity of the Execute Queue exceeded its threshold number of open sockets exceeded its threshold CRITICAL may indicate stuck execute threads FAILED indicates that the server status is unknown OK indicates that there are no WARN, CRITICAL, or FAILED conditions HeapUsed all Percentage of Java heap space used in use. This reflects memory used by both applications and the WebLogic Server. See the online Help for details. Additional information about JVM heap space configuration and utilization is provided by parameters in the BEAWLS_ JVMPROFILER application class and in the InfoBoxes for the BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_ MANAGED, and BEAWLS_ LOCAL_ MANAGED application class es. Collector: AttrDiscovery J2EEAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for J2EE parameters; populates the classes BEAWLS_EJB_ HOME, BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS, and BEAWLS_ JMS_DESTINATION. JDBCAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for JDBC performance metrics; this parameter populates the BEAWLS_JDBC class. JMSAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for JMS parameters; this populates the classes BEAWLS_JMS, BEAWLS_JMS_SERVER, and BEAWLS_ JMS_DESTINATION. LicenseStatus Indicates the number of days remaining until the BEA WebLogic license expires. all

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0 - ok 1 - warn 2 - critical 3 - failed

basic (full)

con

90-95

95-100

set by coll

graph

percent

basic (key)

coll

none

none

3 min

text

none

all

basic (full)

coll

none

none

5 min

text

none

all

basic (full)

coll

none

none

8 min

text

none

all

basic (key)

std

0 to 10 alarm

10 to 100 warn

23 hr graph 59 min

number of days

280

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 29 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
LogDiscovery Collector parameter that determines the availability of log files.

all

basic (full) basic (full)

coll

none

none

23 hr

text

none

MainDiscovery all Discovers configuration information for a registered server and creates instances of application class es. Discovered configuration information is readable if you open the parameter. Each discovered component is listed on a line with component attributes separated by the pipe character (|). This information may be useful for debugging purposes. MiscAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for JCA, JOLT, and JRockit performance metrics. NumOpenConnections Number of connections to this server. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumOpenSockets Number of open sockets on the server. Collector: AttrDiscovery all

std

none

none

60 sec

text

none

basic (full) basic (key) basic (key) basic (key)

coll

none

none

10 min text

none

all

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 3-4 alarm

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 4-4 (inactive by def.)

set by coll set by coll 15 sec

graph

number of connects number of sockets 1=OK 4=failed

all

con

graph

PatrolCollectorStatus all Logon status of the Java collector for WebLogic Server. If PatrolCollectorStatus is in alarm, check the ConnectionStatus parameter; if it is also in alarm, restart WebLogic Server, otherwise, use the Update Registered Server command to verify server attributes. See the online Help. ServletDiscovery Collector for servlet information. WEBAPPAttrDiscovery Collector parameter for Web application and Web service performance metrics; this populates the classes BEAWLS_ WEBAPP, BEAWLS_WS_OPER, BEAWSL_WS, and BEAWLS_WS_HDL. BEAWLS_SERVLET application class ExecutionTimeAverage Average execution time for this servlet. This is calculated as ExecutionTimeTotal divided by InvocationCount. Collector: ServletDiscovery all all all

std

stop light

basic (full) basic (full)

coll coll

none none

none none

10 min text 5 min text

none none

basic (key)

con

2000-3000 3000-4000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

msec

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
281

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 30 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
ExecutionTimeHigh Longest execution time for this servlet. This is the slowest run time since the servlet was created. Collector: ServletDiscovery ExecutionTimeLow Shortest execution time for this servlet. Collector: ServletDiscovery ExecutionTimeTotal Total execution time for this servlet. Collector: ServletDiscovery InvocationCount Number of times a servlet has been invoked. Collector: ServletDiscovery AvgResponseTime Average response time for this servlet to execute. Collector: _WebAppRespColl

all

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

all

basic (full) basic (full) basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

all

con

4000-5000 5000-8000 set by warn alarm coll 40006000 warn 600010000 alarm set by coll

graph

msec

all

con

graph

number of times

BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD application class all inst con 4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll graph msec

InvocationCount all Number of times this servlet was invoked during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _WebAppRespColl InvocationRate Frequency at which the servlet method was invoked during the previous collection cycle (number of calls per millisecond). Collector: _WebAppRespColl TotalResponseTime Total response time for this servlet method during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _WebAppRespColl BEAWLS_SETUP application class _monitorRegisterServer Collector that discovers WebLogic instances. This runs only five times after initialization. About The information about the product. all all

inst

con

40006000 warn 0-100 (inactive by def.)

600010000 alarm 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of calls

inst

con

set by coll

graph

calls per millisecond

all

inst

con

800010000 warn

1000010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (full)

coll

none

none

20 min text

none

all

basic (full)

std

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

10 min text (600 sec)

none

282

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 31 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
BEAWLS_SQL application class

_SQLResponseColl 7.0, Collector that discovers SQL response 8.1 rate data and populates all consumer parameters for the SQL application class . AvgResponseTime Average response time for this SQL statement to execute. Collector: _SQLResponseColl InvocationCount Number of times this SQL was invoked during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _SQLResponseColl 7.0, 8.1

inst

coll

none

none

1 min

text

none

inst

con

4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

msec

7.0, 8.1

inst

con

4000-6000 6000warn 10000 alarm 0-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of calls

InvocationRate 7.0, Frequency at which the SQL was invoked 8.1 during the previous collection cycle (number of calls per millisecond). Collector: _SQLResponseColl TotalResponseTime Total response time for this SQL during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _SQLResponseColl BEAWLS_THREADPOOL HealthStatus Server Thread Pool health status Collector: AttrDiscovery 9.x, 10.x 7.0, 8.1

inst

con

set by coll

graph

calls per millisecond

inst

con

800010000 warn

1000016000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (key)

con

2-3

1-1

inactive WARN

set by coll

stop light

0=OK 1=WARN
2=CRITICAL 3=FAILED/ UNKNOWN

HoggingThreadCnt The number of threads being hogged (monopolized) by a request. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumCompletedRequest The number of completed requests in the priority queue. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumExecThreadIdle The number of idle threads in the pool. Collector: AttrDiscovery NumPendingUserReq The number of pending user requests in the priority queue. Collector: AttrDiscovery

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

Number

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

Number

9.x, 10.x 9.x, 10.x

basic (full) basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive) 0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive) 100-100 (inactive)

set by coll set by coll

graph

Number

con

graph

Number

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
283

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 32 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
NumStandbyThread The number of threads in the standby pool. Collector: AttrDiscovery QueueLength The number of pending requests in the priority pool. Collector: AttrDiscovery ReqThroughput The number of requests completed per second. Collector: AttrDiscovery BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR ServiceStatus WebLogic Tuxedo Connector service status Collector: MiscAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class AvgResponseTime Average response time for this web application to execute. Collector: _WebAppRespColl InvocationCount Number of times this web application was invoked during the previous collection cycle. Collector: _WebAppRespColl InvocationRate Frequency at which the web application was invoked during the previous collection cycle (number of calls per millisecond). Collector: _WebAppRespColl LongestServletAvgRespTime Average response time of the slowest servlet in this web application. Collector: _WebAppRespColl

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

Number

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

Number

9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive)

100-100 (inactive)

set by coll

graph

Number

9.1, 10.x

basic (key)

con

1-1 warn

2-3 alarm

set by coll

stop light

0=Available 1=Suspend. 2=Unavail. 3=Unknown msec

all

inst

con

4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

all

inst

con

4000-6000 6000warn 10000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of calls

all

inst

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

calls per millisecond

all

inst

con

4000-6000 6000-8000 set by warn alarm coll

graph

msec

LongestServletTotalRespTime all Longest total response time for any given servlet in a web application. Collector: _WebAppRespColl MostInvocationServlet Highest number of servlet invocations over a user-selected time range. Collector: _WebAppRespColl all

inst

con

800010000 warn 40006000 warn

10000160000 alarm 600010000 alarm

set by coll

graph

msec

inst

con

set by coll

graph

number of calls

284

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 33 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
OpenSessionsCount Number of sessions currently open for this application or component. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery OpenSessionsHighCount High water mark of concurrently open sessions. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery TotalOpenedSessions Total number of open sessions. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery TotalResponseTime Total response time for this web application to execute. Collector: _WebAppRespColl BEAWLS_WORKLOAD application class NumCompletedReq The number of requests that have been processed. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumDeferredReqs The number of requests that were denied a thread for execution because the constraint on the maximum number of concurrent threads that can be allocated was exceeded. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumMustRun The number of requests that must be executed to satisfy the constraint. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery NumPendingReq The number of waiting requests in the queue for this application. Collector: J2EEAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_WS application class

all

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 800010000 warn

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 1000016000 alarm

set by coll

graph

number of sessions

all

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

number of sessions

all

basic (full) inst

con

set by coll set by coll

graph

number of sessions msec

all

con

graph

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

HighestHdlTotReqFail 8.1, The highest number of total failed request 9.x, including SOAP faults, errors, and 10.x terminations. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery HighestHdlTotRespFail The highest number of total failed responses including SOAP faults, errors, and terminations. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
285

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 34 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter

NumHighestInvocation 8.1, The highest number of invocation for any 9.x, service operation. 10.x Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumHomePageHit The number of times that this services home page has been visited since this webservice was deployed. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumMalformedRequest The number of times that this service has received a malformed or otherwise invalid request. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumWSDLHit The number of times that this services WSLD has been retrieved since this webservice was deployed. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery SlowestOpAvgDisp The slowest average dispatch time of the service operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

SlowestOpAvgExec 8.1, The slowest average execution time of the 9.x, service operation. 10.x Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery SlowestOpAvgResp The slowest average response time of the service operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_WS_HDL application class NumReqError The number of times that the handlers handlerRequest method has thrown a runtime exception. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumReqSOAPFault The number of times that the handlers handlerRequest method has thrown a SOAPFaultException. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery 8.1 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

8.1

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

286

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 35 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
NumReqTermination The number of times that the handlers handlerRequest method has returned false. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery

8.1

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

NumRespError 8.1 The number of times that the handlers handlerResponse method has thrown a runtime exception. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumRespSOAPFault The SOAPFaultException that was most recently thrown by the handlers handlerResponse method, or null if none has been thrown. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumRespTermination The number of times that the handlers handlerResponse method has returned false. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery BEAWLS_WS_OPER application class AvgDispTime The average amount of time spent dispatching a single message to this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery AvgExecTime The average amount of time spent on a single execution of this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery AvgRespTime The average amount of time spent sending a single response from this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery HandlerReqErrorCount The number of handlers request method error count. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery HandlerRespErrorCount The number of the handlers response method error count. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

8.1

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic (key)

con

set by coll

graph

number

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
287

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 36 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
HighestDispTime The largest amount of time spent dispatching a single message to this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery HighestExecTime The largest amount of time spent on a single execution of this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

HighestRespTime 8.1, The largest amount of time spent sending 9.x, a single response from this operation. 10.x Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery LowestDispTime The smallest amount of time spent dispatching a single message to this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery LowestExecTime The smallest amount of time spent on a single execution of this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery LowestRespTime The smallest amount of time spent spending a single response from this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumInvocation The number of times that this operation has been invoked since the webservice was deployed. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery NumRespError The number of errors that were encountered sending responses from this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (key)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

TotalDispTime 8.1, The total time spent dispatching messages 9.x, to this operation. 10.x Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

288

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 17

Parameters for monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 37 of 37) Required configuration Alarm2 range and state Alarm1 range and state Scheduling

WebLogic server

Parameter
TotalExecTime The total amount of time spent executing this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery TotalRespTime The total amount of time spent sending responses from this operation. Collector: WEBAPPAttrDiscovery

8.1, 9.x, 10.x 8.1, 9.x, 10.x

basic (full)

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

msec

basic (full)

con

set by coll

graph

msec

Table 18 lists descriptions and default values for parameters that monitor JMX components by using the JMX application classes. Table 18 JMX parameters when monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 1 of 3) Required configuration Scheduling

WebLogic server

Warning (Alarm1)

Alarm (Alarm2)

Parameter
JMX_CONDITION application class AnnotatedStatus Tracks the status of a condition. The numeric value indicates the status of the condition. When the status changes or actions are taken, the graph is annotated. Collector: JMX Discoverya

all

basic

con

1-3 warn

3-5 alarm

set by coll

stop light

flag value: 0 = OK 2 = warn 4 = critical

all BooleanFalseCount Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current value of the attribute is false. Collector: JMX Discoverya BooleanTrueCount all Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current value of the attribute is true. Collector: JMX Discoverya MBeanCount Displays the number of MBeans being monitored by this condition. Collector: JMX Discoverya all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
289

Type

Icon

Units

Type

Icon

Table 18

JMX parameters when monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 2 of 3) Required configuration Scheduling

WebLogic server

Warning (Alarm1)

Alarm (Alarm2)

Parameter
StatusCriticalCount Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current status is alarm, as defined by notifications or attribute values. Collector: JMX Discoverya StatusOKCount Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current status is OK, as defined by notifications or attribute values. Collector: JMX Discoverya StatusWarningCount Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current status is warning, as defined by notifications or attribute values. Collector: JMX Discoverya

all

basic

con

1-10000 alarm

1000010000 (OK, inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

all

basic

con

1-10000 warn

1000010000 (OK, inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

StringMatchCount all Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current value of the string matches the specified value. Collector: JMX Discoverya StringNoMatchCount all Displays the number of monitored MBeans for which the current value of the string does not match the specified value. Collector: JMX Discoverya ValueAverage all Displays the average attribute value across all MBeans being monitored by this condition. Collector: JMX Discoverya ValueMaximum Displays the highest value in any MBean being monitored by this condition. Collector: JMX Discoverya ValueMinimum Displays the lowest value in any MBean being monitored by this condition. Collector: JMX Discoverya ValueSum Displays the total value of all MBeans being monitored by this condition. Collector: JMX Discoverya all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.) 0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.) 100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic

con

set by coll

graph

number

all

basic

con

set by coll

graph

number

290

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Units

Type

Icon

Table 18

JMX parameters when monitoring WebLogic Servers (Part 3 of 3) Required configuration Scheduling

WebLogic server

Warning (Alarm1)

Alarm (Alarm2)

Parameter
JMX_DOMAIN application class MBeanCount Tracks the number of MBeans registered in an MBean domain. Collector: JMX Discoverya JMX_MAIN application class SetupRequired Indicates that setup is required for the KM. Collector: JMX Discoverya JMX_SERVER application class Availability Displays the availability of the registered server (up or down). This parameter triggers an alarm if the server is down or if the JMX client is unable to connect to the server. A value of 0 indicates a server is unavailable, a value of 1 indicates available. Collector: JMX Discoverya MBeanCount Displays the number of MBeans registered in the MBean server. Collector: JMX Discoverya

all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

text

none

all

basic

con

0 to 0 warn

1-1 (OK, inactive by def.)

set by coll

bool

0=unavail. 1=available

all

basic

con

0-100 (inactive by def.)

100-100 (inactive by def.)

set by coll

graph

number of MBeans

a. JMX Discovery runs a thread that updates parameter values on a flexible schedule, as needed.

Chapter B

Parameter reference

Units
291

Type

Icon

Collector-consumer dependencies
A consumer parameter depends on a collector parameter, or a standard parameter that is used as a collector, to set its value or to feed it information. If you disable a collector parameter, you also disable its corresponding consumer parameters. To update consumer parameter values, you must update its collector. Table 19 lists the collector parameters and their dependent consumer parameters. Consumer parameters for JMX classes are not listed because they are not based on relationships with collector parameters. JMX consumer parameters are populated on an as-needed basis using a process thread spawned by JMX discovery. Table 19 PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 1 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s
.x

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X X X X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s X

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

ActivationCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) ActiveConnections (BEAWLS_JDBC) ActiveConnectionsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JCA) ActiveConnectionsHighCount (BEAWLS_JCA) ActiveProcesses (BEAWLS_OS) AliveServerCount (BEAWLS_CLUSTER) AllProcAvgLoad (BEAWLS_JROCKIT) AppEventErrCount (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) AppSvcAsynErrCount (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) AppSvcAvgElapsedTime (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) X X X X X

292

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 2 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s X

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

AppSvcSynErrCount (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) AvailableClusterServers (BEAWLS_CLUSTER) AvailableConnections (BEAWLS_JDBC) AverageActiveUsage (BEAWLS_ JCA) AvgCPUTime (BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD) AvgDispTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) AvgExecTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) AvgGCTime (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) AvgResponseTime (BEAWLS_DBURL) AvgResponseTime (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME, BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD) AvgResponseTime (BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD) (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) AvgResponseTime (BEAWLS_SQL) AvgRespTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) BeanAccessCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) BeanDestroyedCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) BeanDestroyedRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME)

X X X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

293

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 3 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s X X X

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

BeanMissCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) BeansIdle (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) BeansInUse (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) BytesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION, BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) BytesHighCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) BytesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION, BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) BytesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION, BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) BytesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION, BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) CacheAccessCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) CachedBeansCurrentCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) CacheHitCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) CacheMissRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) CacheMode (BEAWLP_CACHE)

X X X X X

294

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 4 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X X X X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s X

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

ConnectionDelayTime (BEAWLS_JDBC) ConnectionIdleProfileCount (BEAWLS_JCA) ConnectionLeakProfileCount (BEAWLS_JCA) ConnectionLeakProfileCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) ConnectionStatus (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED, BEAWLS_MANAGED, BEAWLS_SERVER) ConsumersCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) ConversationsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) ConversationsHighCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) ConversationsTotalCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) CPUTime (BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD) CPUUsage (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) CreatedConnectionsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) DestinationsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) DestinationsHighCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) DestinationsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) DestroyedConnectionsTotal Count (BEAWLS_JCA) X X X

X X X X

X X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

295

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 5 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s X

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

ElapsedTime (BEAWLI_PROCESS) ExecQThroughput (BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE) ExecuteQueueLength (BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE) ExecutionTime (BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD) ExecutionTimeAverage (BEAWLS_SERVLET) ExecutionTimeHigh (BEAWLS_SERVLET) ExecutionTimeLow (BEAWLS_SERVLET) ExecutionTimeTotal (BEAWLS_SERVLET) FailedMessagesTotal (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) FailuresToReconnectCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) ForeignFragmentsDropped (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) (BEAWLS_MANAGED) FragmentsReceived (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) (BEAWLS_MANAGED) FragmentsSent (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) (BEAWLS_MANAGED) FreeConnectionsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JCA) FreeConnectionsHighCount (BEAWLS_JCA)

X X X X X X X X X X

296

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 6 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s X

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

FreeHeap (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) (BEAWLS_MANAGED) (BEAWLS_SERVER) FreePhyMemory (BEAWLS_JROCKIT) FreePoolMissRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) FreePoolTimeout (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) FreePoolTimeoutRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) FreePoolWaiter (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) GCCount (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) GCTime (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) HandlerReqErrorCount (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) HandlerRespErrorCount (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) HealthStatus (BEAWLS_JMS, BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED, BEAWLS_MANAGED, BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) HealthStatus (BEAWLS_SAF, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) HeapUsed (BEAWLS_SERVER, BEAWLS_MANAGED, BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) HighestDispTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) X X

X X X X

X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

297

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 7 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

HighestExecTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) HighestRespTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) HighestHdlTotReqFail (BEAWLS_WS) HighestHdlTotRespFail (BEAWLS_WS) HighestInvocationCount (BEAWLS_DBURL) HoggingThreadCnt (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) IdleConnectionsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) IdleExecThreadCount (BEAWLS__EXEC_QUEUE) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_SERVLET) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_SQL) InvocationCount (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) InvocationRate (BEAWLS_DBURL) InvocationRate (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) InvocationRate (BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD)

298

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 8 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X X X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s X

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

InvocationRate (BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD) InvocationRate (BEAWLS_SQL) InvocationRate (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) JMSConnectionAlive (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) JMSConnectionsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS) JMSServersCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS) JVMProcLoad (BEAWLS_JROCKIT) LastGCDuration (BEAWLS_JROCKIT) LeakedConnectionsCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) LeakedConnectionsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) LockEntriesCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LockManagerAccessCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LockTimeoutCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LockTimeoutRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LockWaiterCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LockWaiterRatio (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) LongestEJBAvgRespTime (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) X X

X X X X

X X X X X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

299

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 9 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s X X

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

LongestEJBAvgRespTime (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) LongestEJBTotalRespTime (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) LongestServletAvgRespTime (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) LongestServletTotalRespTime (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) LongestSQLAvgRespTime (BEAWLS_DBURL) LongestSQLTotalRespTime (BEAWLS_DBURL) LongestWebAppAvgRespTime (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) LowestDispTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) LowestExecTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) LowestRespTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) MatchedConnectionsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) MDBStatus (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) MemoryUsage (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) MessagesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) MessagesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) MessagesHighCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT)

X X X X X

300

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 10 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s X X

15 m 07 s

MessagesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) MessagesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) MessagesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) MessagesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) MessagesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) MessagesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER, BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) MostInvocationEJB (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) MostInvocationServlet (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) MulticastMsgLost (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) MulticastMsgLost (BEAWLS_MANAGED) NodeStatus (BEAWLS_OS) NumActiveJVMProcesses (BEAWLS_OS) NumCompletedReq (BEAWLS_WORKLOAD) est (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) NumDeferredReqs (BEAWLS_WORKLOAD) NumEventRowCount (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

301

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 11 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s X

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

NumExecThreadIdle (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) NumGCCount (BEAWLS_JROCKIT) NumHighCpuJVMProcesses (BEAWLS_OS) NumHighestInvocation (BEAWLS_WS) NumHomePageHit (BEAWLS_WS) NumInvocation (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) NumMalformedRequest (BEAWLS_WS) NumMaxCompReqMinConst (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) NumMaxDeferredRequests (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) NumMaxExeReqMaxConst (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) NumMaxExeReqMinConst (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) NumMaxMustRunCount (BEAWLS_WORKLOAD) NumMustRun (BEAWLS_WORKLOAD) NumMaxPendingReq (BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS) NumOpenConnections (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) NumOpenConnections (BEAWLS_MANAGED) NumOpenConnections (BEAWLS_SERVER) X

302

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 12 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s X X X

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

NumOpenSockets (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED) NumOpenSockets (BEAWLS_MANAGED) NumOpenSockets (BEAWLS_SERVER) NumPendingReq (BEAWLS_WORKLOAD) NumPendingUserReq (BEAWLS_THROUGHPUT) NumReqError (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumReqSOAPFault (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumReqTermination (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumRespError (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumRespError (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) NumRespSOAPFault (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumRespTermination (BEAWLS_WS_HDL) NumStandbyThread (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) NumTotalDeadMsg (BEAWLI_INTEGRATION) NumTotalExceededSLA (BEAWLI_PROCESS) NumWSDLHit (BEAWLS_WS) OpenSessionsCount (BEAWLS_WEBAPP)

X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

303

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 13 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s X X

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

OpenSessionsHighCount (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) PassivationCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) PoolState (BEAWLS_JCA) PoolState (BEAWLS_JDBC) ProcessedMsgCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) ProcessThroughput (BEAWLI_PROCESS) QueueLength (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) QueueLengthPercent (BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE) QueueStatus (BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE RecycledTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) RejectedConnectionsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JCA) RemoteEndpointsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) RemoteEndpointsHighCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) RemoteEndpointsTotalCount (BEAWLS_SAFAGENT) ReqThroughput (BEAWLS_THREADPOOL) ResentRequests (BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED, BEAWLS_MANAGED) ServerJVMsCpuUtil (BEAWLS_OS) X X X X X X X

304

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 14 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s X

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

ServerJVMsMemUsage (BEAWLS_OS) SessionPoolsCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) SessionPoolsHighCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) SessionPoolsTotalCount (BEAWLS_JMSSERVER) SlowestOpAvgDisp (BEAWLS_WS) SlowestOpAvgExec (BEAWLS_WS) SlowestOpAvgResp (BEAWLS_WS) State (BEAWLS_MESSAGING_ BRIDGE) StatementCacheHitCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) StatementCacheMissCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) StatementProfileCount (BEAWLS_JDBC) SuspendCount (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) ThreadHighestCPUTime (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) TotalDispTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) TotalExecTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) TotalHeapSize (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) TotalInvocationCount (BEAWLS_DBURL)

X X X X X

Chapter B

Parameter reference

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

305

Table 19

PATROL for BEA WebLogic collector-consumer dependencies (Part 15 of 15) AvailableClusterServers WEBAPPAttrDiscovery
4 m 41 s X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Consumer parameter (Application class ) _MethodProfColl _IntegAttrDisc

JDBCAttrDiscovery

_SQLResponseColl

_WebAppRespColl

MiscAttrDiscovery
10 m 59 s

J2EEAttrDiscovery

JMSAttrDiscovery

CheckNotification

EJBAttrDiscovery

Default poll time (h = hour, m = minute, s = second)

2 m 07 s

5 m 11 s

2 m 53 s

4 m 43 s

1 m 01 s

4 m 53 s

1 m 43 s

1 m 11 s

1 m 49 s

1 10 5 m s m 53 13 s s

3 23 5 m h m 01 7s s

7 m 01 s

15 m 07 s

TotalOpenSessions (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_DBURL) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_SQL) TotalResponseTime (BEAWLS_WEBAPP) TotalRespTime (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) TotalThreadCPU (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) UsedHeapByAllThreads (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) TransactionCommitRate (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) TransactionRollbackRate (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) TransactionTimeoutRate (BEAWLS_EJB_HOME) UnavailableConnections (BEAWLS_JDBC) VMemoryUsage (BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER) WaitingForConnections (BEAWLS_JDBC)

306

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

ServletDiscovery
9 m 59 s

PortalDiscovery

_SQLRespColl

_JVMProfColl

AttrDiscovery

_EJBRespColl

LogDiscovery

_ProcColl

Chapter

C
309 309 310 310 311 311 312 312 313 313 315 316 316 317 317 318 320 321 322 323 323 324 329 329 330 331 332 332 333

Menu summary
This chapter describes only the menu commands that are part of PATROL for BEA WebLogic. For descriptions of console menu commands, see the appropriate PATROL user guide for your console. The following topics are discussed in this chapter: About menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_PROCESS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_CACHE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_PORTAL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_DBURL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JDBC application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JROCKIT application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOG application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_MANAGED application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROBE application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_OS application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVER application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET application menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SETUP application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SQL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WEBAPP application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_WS_HDL application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter C

Menu summary

307

BEAWLS_WS_OPER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 JMX_CONDITION application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_DOMAIN application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 JMX_MAIN application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 JMX_SERVER application menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

308

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

About menu commands


When a PATROL KM file is loaded, its associated menu commands are added to the KM area of a menu. However, not all PATROL KM application classes have menu commands. The KM menu commands that are available depend on which version of BEA WebLogic Server is installed in your environment. In addition, some application classes may appear only if certain features are enabled in your environment or configured for your PATROL monitoring environment. (See Application classes and icons on page 28 and Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration on page 119). The application menu commands are accessed in different ways based on the type of PATROL console that you are using. Explanations of how to access menu commands are available in the online help and in Appendix A, Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Helpof this user guide.

BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application menu


Table 20 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 20 Reports Process Statistics Health Statistics Message Channels Info. App. Views Summary Specify Monitoring Process... Perform BPM archiver generate a report on the business process information generate a report that describes an overview of integration system health generate a report on all the message channels of a message broker generate a summary report on the application views select a particular integration process to monitor force the archiver process to run as soon as possible instead of waiting for the next scheduled time BEAWLI_INTEGRATION menu commands Action

Menu command

Chapter C

Menu summary

309

BEAWLI_PROCESS application menu


Table 21 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLI_PROCESS application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. Table 21 BEAWLI_PROCESS menu commands Action generate a summary report for the process instance suspend, resume, terminate, or unfreeze a specified process a configure the SLA for this business processa stop the monitoring of this integration process

Menu command Process Instance Summary Process Instance Administration... Configure Process SLA... Stop Monitoring

a. These menu commands may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute these commands you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true.

BEAWLP_CACHE application menu


Table 22 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLP_CACHE application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. Table 22 BEAWLP_CACHE menu commands Action set the maximum number of entries allowed in the cache, the default time-to-live in milliseconds for elements added to the cache, and the enabled mode of this cache a clear the cache contents for this cache in the cluster or just a single instance if not running in a cluster stop the monitoring of this cache service

Menu command Cache Tuning...

Flush Cache Suspend Monitoring

a. This menu command may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute this command you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true.

310

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLP_PORTAL application menu


Table 23 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLP_PORTAL application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. Table 23 Reports Behavior Tracking generate a report that lists the maximum size of the event buffer, which holds events until the events are persisted to the database and, and the interval, in seconds, at which to check the buffers to see whether events in the buffer must be persisted and other information generate a report that lists the maximum capacity of the pool, the login timeout of the pool, the JDBC driver name, and other properties of the pool resume the monitoring of the suspended cache BEAWLP_PORTAL menu commands Action

Menu Command

Doc. Content Pool Info

Resume Cache Monitoring

BEAWLS_DBURL application menu


Table 24 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_DBURL application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. Table 24 BEAWLS_DBURL menu commands Action identify the most resource-intensive SQL statements (the number of results returned can be set from 1 to 30); this query returns a list of SQL queries with the longest average response time, the longest total response time, and most often used (highest number of invocations); this command reports results for only a specific database URL, if you want results to span URLs, run this command from the SERVER or LOCAL_MANAGED icon select specific SQL queries (up to 30 instances) for monitoring; you can define a unique label (alias) that will be used as the name for a spawned instance of the BEAWLS_SQL class

Menu command Report on Top N SQL

Select SQL for Monitoring

Chapter C

Menu summary

311

BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application menu


Table 25 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 25 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME menu commands Action generate a report based on user-specified categories of statistical information, including top N average response times, top N total response times, and the number of times the EJB was invoked select which methods should be used to filter response data (such as top N average response time, top N total response time, or invocation count); this command is available only if you have enabled EJB performance collection using the Advance Monitoring => Configuration command in the BEAWLS_SERVER class a list of EJB methods that have been invoked from previous collection cycles will be populated for the selection

Menu command Report Top N EJB Method...

Monitor EJB Method...

BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application menu


Table 26 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. Table 26 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD menu commands Action stop monitoring this EJB method instance and remove its associated icon from the console

Menu command Stop Monitoring

312

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application menu


Table 27 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 27 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE menu commands Action create a report showing usage and activity for all threads in the execution pool; displayed information includes current request, last request, number of requests served, current user, and a flag indicating whether the thread is idle

Menu command Execute Threads Report

BEAWLS_JDBC application menu


Table 28 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_JDBC application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 28 BEAWLS_JDBC menu commands (Part 1 of 3) Action

Menu command Profiling Reports

Note: These commands are not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. SQL Roundtrip display SQL statement text, execution time, start and end time, and transaction name of the SQL statement
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic

Server 9.x and 10.x. Connection Leak display connection leak profile, including stack trace at the time the connection was created (which allows the location of the leak to be identified) connection leaks occur when a pool closes without an explicit close() call and then garbage collection occurs Prepared Statement Cache display cache snapshots stored externally for later analysis; this contains an array for the number of hits on a corresponding SQL statement, the text of a cached SQL statement, and the time that the prepared statement cache was created

Chapter C

Menu summary

313

Table 28

BEAWLS_JDBC menu commands (Part 2 of 3) Action

Menu command Profile Settings

Note: These commands are not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. Enable Statement Profiling turn on SQL statement profiling a when turned on, this will generate details about all SQL statements and their execution data this command is resource intensive and should be used only as long as necessary; using SQL profiling for long periods of time can degrade overall performance Disable Statement Profiling Enable Conn Leak Profiling turn off SQL statement profiling a turn on connection leak profiling a when enabled, profile information is created if connection leaks occur; the profile information provides details about the leak occurrence and can be viewed using the Connection Leak report, as described under Profiling Reports below Disable Conn Leak Profiling Enable Prep Stmt Profiling turn off generation of connection leak profile data a turn on prepared SQL statement cache profiling a when turned on, the WebLogic server will start accumulating information about the usage of cached prepared SQL statements; in order to view this information, run the Prepared Statement Cache report from the BEAWLS_JDBC application class running this command is resource intensive; it should be used for diagnostic purposes and turned off when not needed Disable Prep Stmt Profiling Pool Tuning Set Max Pool Capacity Set Initial Pool Capacity set the maximum number of connection to be maintained by this pool a set the initial number of connections to be created and maintained by this pool a turn off prepared SQL statement cache profiling a

314

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 28

BEAWLS_JDBC menu commands (Part 3 of 3) Action set the number of seconds to wait before creating physical database connections a some database servers cannot handle frequent connection requests and this property can allow a lag time in which the server is allowed to complete previous requests; the delay takes place during initial pool creation as well as throughout the life of the connection pool

Menu command Set Login Delay Seconds

Pool Administration

display a dialog from which the following functions can be invoked: a


enabling a previously disabled pool disabling a pool by freezing connections disabling a pool and destroying clients connection resetting a pool (refresh)

Report on Pool Connection Setting

generate a report on the connection pool setting

a. These menu commands may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute these commands you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true.

BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application menu


Table 29 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 29 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION menu commands Action generates a report on the thresholds for messages and bytes, override settings, and redeliver settings for this JMS destination

Menu command Report on Thresholds Overrides Settings

Chapter C

Menu summary

315

BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application menu


Table 30 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 30 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER menu commands Action display or set new configuration values for the JMS server; various threshold levels can be set, including: a

Menu command Configuration

maximum bytes stored on a JMS server (-1 specifies no limit) lower threshold for triggering events based on number of bytes on JMS server (-1 specifies no event generation) upper threshold for triggering events based on number of bytes (-1 specifies no events) maximum number of messages stored on JMS server (-1 specifies no limit) upper threshold for triggering events based on number of messages (-1 specifies no limit) lower threshold for triggering events based on number of messages (-1 specifies no limit)

a. This menu command may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute this command you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true.

BEAWLS_JROCKIT application menu


Table 31 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_JROCKIT application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments.

316

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 31

BEAWLS_JROCKIT menu commands Action provides a stack dump report of all live threads in the Virtual Machine (VM) The content of this report will be similar to typing CTRLbreak in the shell process that is running the VM. The report will contain the information about each JVM thread ID, execution queue name of the thread, status/priority, and information on java class stacks associated with the thread.

Menu command Report of Thread Stack Dump

BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application menu


Table 32 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. Table 32 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER menu commands Action generate a report showing information about thread performance, including identification of possible stuck threads that could indicate JVM problems

Menu command Thread Detail Report

BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application menu


Table 33 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 33 Reports BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS menu commands (Part 1 of 2) Action

Menu command

Chapter C

Menu summary

317

Table 33

BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS menu commands (Part 2 of 2) Action generates a report that lists all the application component responses generates a report to show the following information:

Menu command App. Component Response Application Deployment

the name and version of a monitored application the state and activation status for monitored applications active and retiring versions of an application the amount of time left before a retiring application will be stopped or undeployed

This command is available under WebLogic 9.x and 10.x only.

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application menu


Table 34 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 34 Admin Boot Server Shutdown Server Lock Server Unlock Server Garbage Collection Server Configuration Tuning... Advanced Monitoring Configure... enable PATROLs advanced performance monitoring features and specify how the monitoring will occur; options are available to set the level of monitoring (instrumentation and profiling can be enabled or disabled), enable debugging, and restart the server a
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED menu commands (Part 1 of 3) Action start the managed WebLogic server that is locally resident with the PATROL Agent a shut down the WebLogic server a lock the WebLogic server a unlock a previously locked WebLogic server a instruct JVM to begin garbage collection, reclaiming memory used by discarded JVM objects configure domain server thread, login timeout, maximum message size, and message timeout settings a

Menu command

and 10.x.

318

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 34

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED menu commands (Part 2 of 3) Action configure the list of defined Java classes and enable methodlevel profiling
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x

Menu command Configure Method Profiling

and 10.x. Debug XPC Client... enable or disable collection of XPC debugging data and specify location for saved information; this command should be used only under the direction of BMC Software support personnel edit the list of the Excluded Classes from Byte Code instrumentation in a specific Local Managed Server query to identify the EJB components with the slowest average response time, total response time, or highest number of invocations; the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period; this report is for all database URLs across a server, you can get reports for an individual database URL by using this command from the DBURL application class query to locate the top average SQL response times, invocation counts, or total response times; the number of results can be set (up to 30); the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period query to identify the web applications with the slowest average response time, total response time, or highest number of invocations; the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period turn on collection of JVM thread objects

Exclude Classes from BCI Report Top N EJB...a

Report Top N SQL...b

Report Top N WebApp...a

Activate JVM Thread Objects Collection

Deactivate JVM Thread Objects turn off collection of JVM thread objects Collection Reports List JNDI Naming Server Performance Server Configuration Server Connections generate a report listing the JNDI name mappings bonded to a server generates a report that lists performance information generates a report that lists WebLogic Server configuration attributes generates a report listing network configuration attributes such as HTTP settings, SSL settings, tuning parameters, and protocol information

Chapter C

Menu summary

319

Table 34

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED menu commands (Part 3 of 3) Action generates a report on the server level performance-related settings generates a report listing the WebLogic configuration and runtime MBean information
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x

Menu command Server Performance Setting WebLogic MBean Information

and 10.x.
a. These menu commands may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute these commands you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true. b. When the Top N reports are run from a server icon, the reported results span all instances of that object type on the server. Some of these reports can also be run from other application classes (such as DBURL), in which case results are only for that specific instance of the object type.

BEAWLS_LOG application menu


Table 35 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_LOG application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 35 BEAWLS_LOG menu commands (Part 1 of 2) Action registers a log file to be monitored stops monitoring a log file and deletes the instance icon from the PATROL Console changes log configuration to look for the log in a different directory; use this command to reset a remote log file location for the KM when a remote log file is NFS mounted to the admin server file system this command affects only the file location used by the PATROL KM, it does not change the WebLogic Server configuration; if you want to change the log file location in your WebLogic Server configuration, use the Log Configuration command described in Table 40 on page 324 View View Current LOG File displays the contents of the log file

Menu command Administration Monitor Another Log Stop Monitoring Update File Location

320

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 35

BEAWLS_LOG menu commands (Part 2 of 2) Action view contents of current and all rotated log files displays log file in real time adds, updates, or deletes a pattern matching string used to find specific text patterns in the log file
Note: After changing the sniffing pattern, you must stop

Menu command View Entire LOG File Watch LOG File Log Sniffing Edit Sniffing Pattern

and restart sniffing. View Registered Patterns Restart Pattern Sniffing Stop Pattern Sniffing Setup Sniffing Type reports information about string patterns for this monitored log file resumes string pattern matching on a previously stopped sniff pattern stops string pattern matching for a specific string set the method used to apply sniffing; periodic sniffing matches sniff patterns to the log file when the LogEvent parameter collects data; real-time sniffing opens the file and continuously matches strings as new messages are written to the log

BEAWLS_MANAGED application menu


Table 36 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_MANAGED application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 36 Admin Boot Server Shutdown Server Lock Server Unlock Server Garbage Collection Server Configuration Tuning Reports start a remotely managed WebLogic server shut down the WebLogic server a lock the WebLogic server a unlock a previously locked WebLogic server a instruct JVM to begin garbage collection, reclaiming memory used by discarded JVM objects configure domain server thread, login timeout, maximum message size, and message timeout settings a BEAWLS_MANAGED menu commands (Part 1 of 2) Action

Menu command

Chapter C

Menu summary

321

Table 36

BEAWLS_MANAGED menu commands (Part 2 of 2) Action generate a report listing the JNDI name mappings bonded to a server generates a report that lists performance information generates a report that lists WebLogic Server configuration attributes generates a report listing network configuration attributes such as HTTP settings, SSL settings, tuning parameters, and protocol information generate a report on the server level performance-related settings generates a report listing the WebLogic configuration and runtime MBean information
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic

Menu command List JNDI Naming Server Performance Server Configuration Server Connections

Server Performance Setting WebLogic MBean Information

Server 9.x and 10.x.


a. These menu commands may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute these commands you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true.

BEAWLS_PROBE application menu


Table 37 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_PROBE application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 37 BEAWLS_PROBE menu commands Action test whether a server is reachable by sending a user-defined buffer size request a local or remote web page and produce response timing information; number of requests (iterations) is userdefinable generate a report listing response statistics for a managed server turn on or off data point annotations and event triggers

Menu command Ping Server... Test Web Page Response...

Managed Server Response Administration...

322

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application menu


Table 38 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, and 8.1 environments. Table 38 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS menu commands Action stop collecting and monitoring profiling information for this Java class

Menu command Stop Monitoring

BEAWLS_OS application menu


Table 39 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_OS application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 39 BEAWLS_OS menu commands Action set a threshold value, above which a monitored Java process is to be considered a high CPU user (this is for monitoring the Java processes of the WebLogic Server and the managed servers) generate a report on network TCP/IP statistical information add the node manager process to the list of active Java processes to be monitored for this domain remove the node manager process from the list of active Java processes to be monitored for this domain display a configuration report for the Node Manager process that is running on the same host as the PATROL Agent; information will include listen address and port information, and SSL certificate information

Menu Command Setup High CPU Threshold...

Network Statistics Report Node Manager Administration Resume Node Manager Monitoring Suspend Node Manager Monitoring Report on Node Manager Configuration

Chapter C

Menu summary

323

BEAWLS_SERVER application menu


Table 40 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_SERVER application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 40 Admin Boot Server Shutdown Server Lock Server Unlock Server Garbage Collection Server Configuration Tuning Domain Applications JTA Configuration start the WebLogic server a shut down the WebLogic server a lock the WebLogic server a unlock a previously locked WebLogic server a instruct JVM to begin garbage collection, reclaiming memory used by discarded JVM objects configure domain server thread, login timeout, maximum message size, and message timeout settings a configure the auto-deployment for a target WebLogic server domain a configure the Java Transaction API to set transaction performance limits, such as timing and iteration constraints, that determine how unsuccessful transactions are handled a suspend checking and acknowledge inconsistencies in the managed WebLogic environment, this will reset the DomainConsistency parameter to clear alarms and will add an annotation of Acknowledged in the DomainConsistency parameter domain consistency checking verifies that the versions of the JDK and WebLogic server are consistent across all managed servers in a domain this command is not available when monitoring a single Managed Server Resume Domain Consistency Checking continue monitoring for domain consistency this feature must be re-activated after acknowledging an inconsistency alert this command is not available when monitoring a single Managed Server BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands (Part 1 of 5) Action

Menu command

Suspend Domain Consistency Checking

324

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 40 JDBC

BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands (Part 2 of 5) Action create a new JDBC connection pool a a connection pool is a collection of database connections that can be used whenever a client requests a connection, avoiding the overhead of establishing and releasing connections at run time

Menu command Create JDBC Pool...

Destroy JDBC Pool... Application Deployment Deploy Application

remove an existing JDBC connection pool; when the pool is removed, any connections to it are forced to disconnect a deploy a J2EE application on any WebLogic server that is part of the current configuration; applications include .jar, .war, and .ear files; deployment can be done on multiple servers a
Note: This command is not supported for WebLogic

Server 8.1, 9.x, or 10.x. Undeploy Application recall a previously deployed application; undeploying an application does not remove a component from the configuration, it simply makes it unavailable for client use a
Note: This command is not supported for WebLogic

Server 8.1, 9.x, or 10.x. Update Application change the deployment name or the target servers to which an application is deployed a
Note: This command is not supported for WebLogic

Server 8.1, 9.x, or 10.x. LOG Configuration Domain Log Server Log JDBC Log HTTP Log Transaction Log LOG Notification Register Unregister Update Registration Reports register to receive notifications of alert, critical, and emergency messages via e-mail or PATROL events remove previous registration for log notifications change log notification setup, including e-mail address to which notifications should be sent or triggering options configure domain log attributes configure server log attributes configure JDBC log attributes configure HTTP log attributes configure transaction log file prefix

Chapter C

Menu summary

325

Table 40

BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands (Part 3 of 5) Action generate a report listing the JNDI name mappings bonded to a server generate a report listing the products, license numbers, and expiration dates generate a report listing the registered realm types and permissions generate a report listing the server security information for ACL, groups, and users of a domain generate a report listing the statistics for JTA transaction subsystem, such as total transactions and number of rollbacks generate a configurable report on JTA specifics, such as transactions by name, by resource, or in-flight generates a report that lists performance information generate a report listing the WebLogic server configuration attributes generate a report listing the network configuration attributes such as HTTP settings, SSL settings, tuning parameters, and protocol information generate a report on the server level performance related settings generate a configurable reports on JMS runtime data, such as connection factories, templates, destination keys, file store, JDBC store, or servers generate a report listing the WebLogic configuration and runtime MBean information generate a report listing workload statistics Note: This command is supported only on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x.

Menu command List JNDI Naming License Information Realm Information Security Information JTA Information JTA Transactions Server Performance Server Configuration Server Connections

Server Performance Setting JMS Server Components

WebLogic MBean Information Workload Statistics

KM Administration Set PSL Debug KM Debugging Debug KM Java Collector Schedule Blackout Periods Start Recording Stop Recording Restart Java Collector turn on or off flags indicating which types of scripting language debug information should be saved turn on or off debugging for a server instance; debug level can be set and output file name and directory can be specified generate debug data for the Java collector temporarily suspend icon state changes and alerts record collector data stop recording collector data restart the PATROL Java collector

326

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 40

BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands (Part 4 of 5) Action override a discovered server configuration to specify whether a discovered server should be managed as a local managed server This command is used for managing servers in a cluster environment that uses multi-homed IP addresses. In this configuration, the PATROL for BEA WebLogic discovery process cannot always differentiate a local from a remote server. Use this command to tell PATROL that a server that it thinks is remote is actually using a multicast IP address and should be treated as a local managed server.

Menu command Assign Local Managed Servers

Suspend Custom Events Trigger for Objects Discovery

suspend the special custom event triggered during the KM objects and attributes discovery cycle By default, the KM will trigger the custom events if any of the following monitored components are in a WARNING, ERROR, or ALARM state:

WebLogic server execution queue health status JMS server health status JDBC connection pool state

Resume Custom Events Trigger resume monitoring of special custom events for Objects Discovery KM Performance Tuning Select Monitoring Servers select the servers that are important for monitoring and remove the servers that are less important by default, all servers in the domain are monitored Select Monitoring Components select the types of components to monitor in addition to SERVER and CLUSTER, all supported components are selectable, including EJB, JDBC, WEBAPP, SERVLET, JMS, JCA, and JOLT Configure Objects Discovery Schedule select whether objects are discovered only on server changes (recommended default) or on every MainDiscovery cycle; you can also use this command to force an immediate discovery

Chapter C

Menu summary

327

Table 40

BEAWLS_SERVER menu commands (Part 5 of 5) Action enable PATROLs advanced performance monitoring features and specify how the monitoring will occur; options are available to set the level of monitoring (instrumentation and profiling can be enabled or disabled), enable debugging, and restart the server a
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x

Menu command Advanced Monitoring Configure

and 10.x. Configure Method Profiling configure the list of defined Java classes and enable the method-level profiling
Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x

and 10.x. Debug XPC Client enable or disable collection of XPC debugging data and specify location for saved information; this command should be used only under the direction of BMC Software support personnel edit the list of the Excluded Classes from Byte Code instrumentation in the Administration Server query to identify the EJB components with the slowest average response time, total response time, or highest number of invocations; the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period query to locate the top average SQL response times, invocation counts, or total response times; the number of results can be set (up to 30); the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period query to identify the web applications with the slowest average response time, total response time, or highest number of invocations; the report will also show the invocation rate over the previous data collection period turn on collection of JVM thread objects

Exclude Classes from BCI Report Top N EJBb

Report Top N SQLb

Report Top N WebAppb

Activate JVM Thread Objects Collection

Deactivate JVM Thread Objects turn off collection of JVM thread objects Collection Custom MBean Monitoring Activate Deactivate enable the custom MBean feature (see Chapter 10, Managing JMX-instrumented applications) disable the custom MBean feature

328

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

a. These menu commands may change configuration and runtime settings of the BEA WebLogic Application Servers. To execute these commands you must enter the BEA WebLogic Administrator username and password. To disable this feature, add the pconfig variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/authenticationDisabled with the value true. b. When the Top N reports are run from a server icon, the reported results span all instances of that object type on the server. Some of these reports can also be run from other application classes (such as DBURL), in which case results are only for that specific instance of the object type.

BEAWLS_SERVLET application menu


Table 41 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_SERVLET application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 41 BEAWLS_SERVLET menu commands Action generate a report listing the response performance data on HttpServlet class methods (including doPost, doGet, doPut, and doDelete); results include average response time, total response time, and invocation rate stop monitoring a previously monitored servlet

Menu command Methods Response Report...

Stop Monitoring

BEAWLS_SETUP application menu


Table 42 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_SETUP application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 42 BEAWLS_SETUP menu commands (Part 1 of 2) Action register a new WebLogic application server instance update the information (including password) for a registered WebLogic Server instance delete a registered instance; this will stop the instance from being monitored generate a report on all registered WebLogic application servers add JVM Arguments to the command line of all Java collectors
Chapter C Menu summary 329

Menu command Register WebLogic Server Update Registered Server Unregister WebLogic Server Report of Registered Instance Define Additional JVM Arguments

Table 42

BEAWLS_SETUP menu commands (Part 2 of 2) Action set debug options for the SETUP application class specify e-mail configuration information (such as SMTP server, and location of JDK used by Java mail client and location of jar file containing Java Mail classes); this command must be used before setting conditions to automatically generate e-mail alerts enable and configure generation of debugging information; this command should be used only under the direction of BMC Software support personnel

Menu command KM Administration KM Debugging JMX Administration Setup E-mail Notification

Debug Setup

BEAWLS_SQL application menu


Table 43 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_SQL application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, and 8.1 environments. Table 43 BEAWLS_SQL menu commands Action display the details of the SQL statement represented by this instance of the BEAWLS_SQL class stop collecting detailed performance information for this SQL statement and removes this SQL instance from the console

Menu command Display SQL Statement Stop Monitoring

330

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application menu


Table 44 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments. Table 44 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL menu commands Action generates a report about the executions thread details and the health state of this thread pool The report also contains information about the following thread attributes:

Menu command Thread Pool Threads Report

Completed Request Count Pending User Request Count Hogging Thread Count Throughput Execute Thread Idle Count Standby Thread Count Queue Length Execute Thread Total Count Active Execute Thread

For each Execute Thread, the report also contains the following thread attributes:

Name Thread Current Request Serviced Request Total Count Requested User Thread Idle state

Chapter C

Menu summary

331

BEAWLS_WEBAPP application menu


Table 45 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 45 BEAWLS_WEBAPP menu commands Action specify the servlet to be monitored produce a list of registered servlets and their properties show which web application servlets have the longest average response time, longest total response time, and highest number of invocations

Menu command Monitor Servlets Servlet Performance Report Report Top N Servlet

Report on Deployment Configuration generate a report on the deployment configuration for this web application

BEAWLS_WS application menu


Table 46 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_WS application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 46 Reports All WS Handlers All WS Operations Monitor Service Operations Monitor Operation Handlers generate a report that lists the service handlers runtime matrix generate a report that lists the service operations runtime matrix select a specific web service operation for monitoring select a specific web service handler for monitoring Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. Reset Statistics reset all of the failure statistics that have been gathered in this web service Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. BEAWLS_WS menu commands Action

Menu command

332

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_WS_HDL application menu


Table 47 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_WS_HDL application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. Table 47 BEAWLS_WS_HDL menu commands Action reset all of the failure statistics that have been gathered in this web service handler removes this PATROL instance

Menu command Reset Statistics Stop Monitoring

BEAWLS_WS_OPER application menu


Table 48 lists the menu commands for the BEAWLS_WS_OPER application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 48 BEAWLS_WS_OPER menu commands Action reset all of the failure statistics that have been gathered in this web service operation Note: This command is not supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. Stop Monitoring removes this PATROL instance

Menu command Reset Statistics

Chapter C

Menu summary

333

JMX_CONDITION application menu


Table 49 lists the menu commands for the JMX_CONDITION application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 49 JMX_CONDITION menu commands Action report on all MBeans being monitored for this condition, including status of each; if notifications are enabled on an MBean, the report will include the number of outstanding notifications; attribute-based MBeans will include the attribute value change the definition of a condition, including thresholds on attributes and e-mail settings on notifications remove a condition definition, stopping all monitoring and actions associated with the condition this command will clear any notifications issued by a notification-based condition and return the object to an OK state

Menu command View Condition Report

Modify Condition... Remove Condition Reset Notifications

JMX_DOMAIN application menu


Table 50 lists the menu commands for the JMX_DOMAIN application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 50 JMX_DOMAIN menu commands Action view and configure registered MBeans on a domain; options are provided to filter a list of MBeans, select MBeans to view, set attributes, invoke operations, and define conditions view and configure MBeans from a select subset of registered MBeans on a domain; before filtering and setting MBean options (as in the previous command), you can narrow the range of selected MBeans based on property keys and values

Menu command Manage MBeans All MBeans...

Select MBeans...

334

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

JMX_MAIN application menu


Table 51 lists the menu commands for the JMX_MAIN application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 51 Setup Listener... define configuration information needed to start the JMX Listener application; this command must be used before you can register an MBean server define configuration information for managing remote MBean servers; this command must be used if a remote host uses a PATROL directory that is different from that used by the local agent specify e-mail configuration information (such as SMTP server, and location of JDK used by Java mail client and location of jar file containing Java Mail classes); this command must be used before setting conditions to automatically generate e-mail alerts manually register an MBean server (MBean servers used by BEA WebLogic are automatically registered, you do not need to use this command to register them) unregister a server that you previously registered enable and configure generation of debugging information; this command should be used only under the direction of BMC Software support personnel JMX_MAIN Menu commands Action

Menu command

Remote Managed Hosts...

E-Mail...

Register MBean Server...

Unregister MBean Server... Set Debug Flags...

Chapter C

Menu summary

335

JMX_SERVER application menu


Table 52 lists the menu commands for the JMX_SERVER application class. These menu commands are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 52 JMX_SERVER menu commands Action view and configure registered MBeans on this server; options are provided to filter a list of MBeans, select MBeans to view, set attributes, invoke operations, and define conditions view and configure MBeans from a select subset of registered MBeans on this server; before filtering and setting MBean options (as in the previous command), you can narrow the range of selected MBeans based on property keys and values create and register a new MBean in the server; a dialog requests information about the MBean object name, class, and a list of URLs or files to be searched for MBeans and their referenced classes view and modify conditions being monitored by this server; condition definitions include JMX notifications or attribute thresholds

Menu command Manage MBeans All MBeans...

Select MBeans...

Register MBean...

Define Conditions...

336

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

D
339 339 340 341 341 341 342 342 343 343 344 344 346 348 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 359 359 360 360 361 362 363
337

InfoBox Summary
This chapter summarizes InfoBoxes available in PATROL for BEA WebLogic. The following topics are discussed in this chapter: About InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLI_PROCESS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_CACHE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLP_PORTAL InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_DBURL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EJB_HOME InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JMS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_JOLT InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_LOG InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_OS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROBE InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SAF InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter D InfoBox Summary

BEAWLS_SETUP InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 BEAWLS_SQL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 BEAWLS_WEBAPP InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 BEAWLS_WORKLOAD InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 BEAWLS_WS InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 BEAWLS_WS_HDL InfoBox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 BEAWLS_WS_OPER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 JMX_SERVER InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 JMX_CONDITION InfoBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

338

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

About InfoBoxes
The InfoBoxes that are available depend on which version of BEA WebLogic Server is installed in your environment and how your WebLogic and PATROL monitoring environments are configured. Some application classes may appear only if certain features are enabled in your environment or configured for your PATROL monitoring environment. (See Application classes and icons on page 28 and Verifying and troubleshooting WebLogic Server configuration on page 119). The InfoBoxes that you see displayed for a given server may not show all of the possible information described in this document. The information can vary depending on the WebLogic version and the monitoring level selected.

WebLogic versions
The tables in this appendix indicate which fields are displayed only for specific versions of WebLogic. Most information is shown for all WebLogic versions, but some types of information are relevant only for servers that support features of specific WebLogic versions.

Basic level
To improve performance in minimally configured servers, PATROL for BEA WebLogic can be configured in a Basic monitoring mode that provides only a bare subset of parameters and a more limited range of InfoBox fields. If you do not see an InfoBox field displayed in your monitoring environment, it may be that your configuration is set to BASIC level. You can change the configuration level as described in Registering a server on page 93.

BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox
Table 53 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 53 Item B2B Host Name B2B Proxy Host B2B Proxy Port BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 (Part 1 of 2) Description the name of the integration server the proxy host of the WebLogic B2B Integration server the proxy port of the WebLogic B2B Integration server

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

339

Table 53 Item

BEAWLI_INTEGRATION InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 (Part 2 of 2) Description the BPM name a flag indicating if the WLI Archiver is enabled the time in milliseconds that indicates how often the Archive process runs the JNDI name for the DataSource that points to the archive DB the BPM archiver purge delay in seconds the time in milliseconds that indicates the last time this process was started the time in milliseconds that indicates the last time this process finished how long the last archiver process lasted the product version of this KM

BPM Name Flag of BPM Archiver BPM Archive Process Interval Archiver DataSource Name BPM Purge Delay Last Archiver Process Start Time Last Archiver Process End Time Duration of Last Archiver Process KM Version

BEAWLI_PROCESS InfoBox
Table 54 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLI_PROCESS application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 54 Item Process Name Process App. Name Description Display Name Process URI Relative EJB Path WebApp Name SLA Time SLA Warning Threshold BEAWLI_PROCESS InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Description the name of this process the application name where this process is deployed the description of this process type the process display name the public URI of this process type the relative EJB path where the EJB for this process resides the name of the web application where this process is deployed the SLA in milliseconds; a return value of <=0 indicates that the SLA is not defined for this process type the SLA warning threshold as a fraction of the actual SLA in milliseconds; a return value of <=0 indicates that SLA warning is not defined for this process type the product version of this KM

KM Version

340

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLP_CACHE InfoBox
Table 55 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLP_CACHE application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 55 Item Cache Name Max Entries Time To Live KM Version BEAWLP_CACHE InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Description the name of this cache service the maximum number of entries allowed in the cache the default time-to-live in milliseconds for cache elements the product version of this KM

BEAWLP_PORTAL InfoBox
Table 56 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLP_PORTAL application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 56 Item Portal Name KM Version BEAWLP_PORTAL InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Description the name of this portal service the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox
Table 57 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_CLUSTER application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 57 Item Cluster Name Cluster Address BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 (Part 1 of 2) Description name of the cluster address to be used by clients to connect to the cluster

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

341

Table 57 Item

BEAWLS_CLUSTER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 (Part 2 of 2) Description IP address used by member servers in the cluster to communicate with each other; this address must be in the range between 224.0.0.0 and 239.255.255.255 algorithm to be used for load-balancing between replicated services if an algorithm is not specified for a given service number of milliseconds to delay sending message fragments over multicast to avoid OS-level buffer overflow the product version of this KM

Multicast Address

Default Load Algorithm Multicast Send Delay KM Version

BEAWLS_DBURL InfoBox
Table 58 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_DBURL application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 58 Item JDBC Connection Pool DBURL Name KM Version BEAWLS_DBURL InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description name of the JDBC connection pool used by this instance database URL name for this instance the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for the BEAWLS_EJB application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring.

Table 59 on page 343 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 environments. Table 60 on page 343 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 61 on page 343 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments.

All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode.
342 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 59 Item

BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 Description name of the application that contains this EJB (for example, ejb_bmc_wl.jar)

EJB Component Name

Table 60 Item

BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description the deployment state of this EJB module

Deployment State Table 61 Item KM Version

BEAWLS_EJB InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_EJB_HOME InfoBox
Table 62 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring all supported WebLogic environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 62 Item Interface Name EJB Type Transactions Committed Transactions Rolled Back Transactions Timed Out KM Version BEAWLS_EJB_HOME InfoBox Description instance name for this EJB type of EJB (for example, stateful session) total number of transactions committed by this specific EJB total number of transactions rolled back by this EJB total number of transactions timed out for this EJB the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD InfoBox
Table 63 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode.

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

343

Table 63 Item

BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the product version of this KM

KM Version

BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for the BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring. Table 64 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. Table 65 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. The Mode column indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 64 Item KM Version Table 65 Item Queue Length Threshold Percent BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the percentage of the Queue Length size that can be reached before this server indicates an overflow condition for the queue the priority of the threads associated with the queue the number of threads to grow when a queue is within the QueueLengthThresholdPercent of the MaxQueueLength the minimum number of threads that the WebLogic Server maintains in the queue the maximum number of threads that this execute queue can have

Thread Priority Threads Increase Threads Minimum Threads Maximum

BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for BEAWLS_JCA application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring. The InfoBox commands for each version are listed in the following tables:

344

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

WebLogic Server version

7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and Table 66 10.x 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Table 67 9.x and 10.x Table 68

The Mode column indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 66 Item Capacity Increment Connection Factory Name Connection Pool Name Initial Capacity Is Logging Enabled Is Shrinking Enabled JNDI Name BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description number of connections added to the pool when the capacity is increased name of the connection factory Mode FULL FULL

configured logical name for the connection factory using FULL this connector connection pool initial number of connections created in the connection pool flag indicating whether logging is enabled for the managed connection factory or managed connection flag indicating whether the pool will attempt to shrink itself JNDI name for the managed connection factory reference for the client to lookup in order to get a connection to the EIS resources log file used by the resource adapter for this connector connection pool maximum number of connections allowed in the pool the configured maximum idle time for this pool FULL FULL FULL FULL

Log File Name Max Capacity Max Idle Time Resource Adapter Link Ref

FULL FULL FULL

resource adapter link reference for cases where this FULL connection factory refers to an existing resource adapter deployment length of time to wait before shrinking the connection pool runtime information about the amount of time left (in minutes) until an attempt to shrink the pool will be made transaction support (none, local, or XA) the product version of this KM FULL FULL

Shrink Period (Minutes) Shrink Count Down Time

Transaction Support KM Version

FULL BASIC

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

345

Table 67 Item

BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description the deployment status of this web application module Mode BASIC

Deployment State Table 68 Item Inbound Connection State

BEAWLS_JCA InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x Description Mode the state of the inbound connection for the pool instance BASIC

BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for BEAWLS_JDBC application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring.

Table 69 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 environments. Table 70 on page 347 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Table 71 on page 347 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments.

The Mode column indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 69 Item JDBC Driver URL Shrink Flag Shrinking Period BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 (Part 1 of 2) Description name of the JDBC driver used by the connection pool Mode FULL

location of the JDBC driver used by the connection pool FULL true/false flag indicating whether the JDBC connection FULL pool can shrink amount of idle time allowed before a JDBC connection pool starts shrinking, if the connection pool is shrinkable maximum number of database connections that can be maintained by the connection pool number of connections maintained by the pool when it is first activated FULL

Max Capacity Initial Capacity

FULL FULL

346

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 69 Item

BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 (Part 2 of 2) Description increment for the pool capacity; when the pool size is increased, this represents the number of connections added at one time connection refresh interval number of seconds to delay between logins when creating the pool some database servers cannot handle multiple simultaneous connection requests Mode FULL

Capacity Increment

Refresh Minutes Login Delay Seconds

FULL FULL

Active Connections High Total Connections Wait Seconds High

peak number of connections simultaneously in use total number of connections serviced by this pool peak number of seconds that a job had to wait for a connection

FULL FULL FULL FULL

Waiting for Connections High peak number of jobs waiting for connections; the number is reset when a JDBC connection pool is instantiated Connections Leaked Statement Profile Status number of connections leaked by this pool flag indicating whether SQL statement profiling is currently enabled for this pool flag indicating whether prepared statement cache profiling is currently enabled for this pool number of times that an attempt to connect to the database failed since the server was last started

BASIC FULL FULL FULL BASIC

Connection Leak Profile Status flag indicating whether connection leak profiling is on Prep Stmt Cache Profiling Status Total Failures to Reconnect Count Table 70 Item KM Version Table 71 Item Active Connections Average Current Capacity Available Connections High Unavailable Connections High

BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_JDBC InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description the average of active connections in this JDBCConnectionPool the current capacity of this connection pool the highest number of available connections in this pool the highest number of unavailable connections in this pool

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

347

BEAWLS_JMS InfoBox
Table 76 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_JMS applicatiOn class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. These InfoBox fields are displayed only at the FULL configuration level; none of these fields will be displayed if the monitoring configuration is set to BASIC (see Basic level on page 339). Table 72 Item JMS Servers High JMS Servers Total JMS Connections High JMS Connections Total KM Version BEAWLS_JMS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the peak number of JMS servers that were deployed on this WebLogic Server instance since the server was started the number of JMS servers that were deployed on this WebLogic Server instance since the server was started the peak number of connections to this WebLogic Server since the last reset the total number of connections made to this WebLogic Server since the last reset the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox
Table 73 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_JMS applicatiOn class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. These InfoBox fields are displayed only at the FULL configuration level; none of these fields will be displayed if the monitoring configuration is set to BASIC (see Basic level on page 339). Table 73 Item Destination Type JNDI Name JNDI Name Replicated Store Enabled Bytes High Messages High BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 1 of 2) Description the type of destination: queue or topic the JNDI name of the destination the specification whether or not the JNDI name for the destination (if present) is replicated across the cluster the specification whether or not the destination uses the backing store specified by the JMS server the peak number of bytes stored in the destination since the last reset the peak number of messages in the destination since the last reset

348

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 73 Item

BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 2 of 2) Description the peak number of consumers accessing this destination since the last reset the total number of consumers accessing this destination since the last reset the product version of this KM

Consumers High Consumers Total KM Version

BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring. Table 74 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 environments. Table 75 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. Table 76 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 8.1 environments. These InfoBox fields are displayed only at the FULL configuration level; none of these fields will be displayed if the monitoring configuration is set to BASIC (see Basic level on page 339). Table 74 Item Bytes Maximum Bytes Threshold High Bytes Threshold Low Message Maximum Message Threshold High Message Threshold Low Health Status Table 75 Item KM Version BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 Description highest number of bytes since last cycle peak number of bytes stored on the JMS server since the last reset lowest number of bytes stored on the JMS server since last reset configured limit for storing messages on the JMS server peak number of messages stored on the JMS server since last reset lowest number of messages stored on the JMS server since last reset assessment of the overall condition of the JMS server

BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the product version of this KM

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

349

Table 76 Item

BEAWLS_JMSSERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Description the maximum size of a message that will be accepted from producers on this JMS server

MaximumMessageSize

BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox
Table 77 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_JROCKIT application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. The Mode column indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 77 Item GC Concurrent GC Handles Compaction BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description Mode indicates whether the VM garbage collector runs in a BASIC separate Java thread concurrently with the other threads indicates whether the VM garbage collector compacts BASIC the Java heap; usually the heap is scattered throughout available memory, a garbage collector that compacts the heap defragments the memory space and deletes unused objects type of garbage collection performed by the JRockit JVM, can be the following types:

GC Algorithm

BASIC

generational copying: suitable for testing applications on a desktop machine with a small heap (less than 128MB) single spaced concurrent: reduces or eliminates pauses in the VM caused by garbage collection; requires larger heap than other algorithms generational concurrent: creates a nursery space within the heap; when the nursery fills, JRockit stops everything, removing dead objects, moving live objects to another space within heap, and running another thread to remove dead objects outside the nursery space parallel: allocates all objects to a single heap space, when the heap fills, all Java threads are stopped and a complete garbage collection is done on the entire heap; causes longer pause times but maximizes memory throughput

350

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 77 Item

BEAWLS_JROCKIT InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description indicates whether the garbage collector uses a nursery space, collecting garbage from a limited range of the allocated heap Mode BASIC

Generational

Incremental

indicates whether the JVM garbage collector collects BASIC garbage incrementally as it scans the memory space, dumping the garbage at the end of the cycle (with nonincremental GC, garbage is dumped when encountered) time that the last garbage collection cycle started time that the last garbage collection cycle completed total number of times that garbage collection has run since the JVM started total amount of time spent on garbage collection since the JVM started number of daemon threads currently running in the JVM across all processors BASIC BASIC BASIC BASIC

Last GC Start Last GC End Total GC Count Total GC Time Total Nursery Size Number of Daemon Threads Total Number of Threads Uptime Number of CPUs Used Physical Memory KM Version

amount of space (in bytes) allocated to the nursery area FULL FULL

number of Java threads (both daemon and non-daemon) FULL running in the JVM across all processors number of milliseconds that the JVM has been running number of processors on the Virtual Machines host computer amount (in bytes) of physical memory that is currently in use on the host computer version number of the .km file FULL BASIC BASIC BASIC

BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox
Table 78 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 78 Item Avg GC Time Total GC Count Total GC Time BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 1 of 2) Description average time needed to complete garbage collection cycle number of times garbage collection has run on the JVM cumulative time needed for all garbage collection cycles

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

351

Table 78 Item

BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 2 of 2) Description amount of time needed to run garbage collection during the most recent execution time stamp indicating when JVM garbage collection was last started time stamp indicating when JVM garbage collection last completed total amount of heap space used by active objects after garbage collection is performed number of objects in heap after last garbage collection was performed highwater mark for JVM heap space used highwater mark for memory requirements of all active objects total number of threads in JVM total number of objects for all threads process ID used by the operating system to identify this JVM process flag indicating whether the method profiling option was set in the Advance Monitoring options; if the flag is TRUE, then method level profiling is enabled, if the flag is FALSE then profiling is disabled; you can change the setting using the Configure Method Profiling command of the BEAWLS_SERVER application class
Note: The Configure Method Profiling command is not

Last GC Time Last GC Start Time Last GC End Time Used Heap After Last GC Objects in Heap After Last GC Peak Memory Usage Peak Virtual Memory Usage Total Number of Threads Total Thread Objects JVM OS Process ID Method Profiling Option

supported on WebLogic Server 9.x and 10.x. KM Version the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_JOLT InfoBox
Table 79 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_JOLT application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. These InfoBox fields are displayed only at the FULL configuration level; none of these fields will be displayed if the monitoring configuration is set to BASIC (see Basic level on page 339).

352

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 79 Item

BEAWLS_JOLT InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description maximum number of session pools that can be created using the pool manager name minimum number of connections configured in this session pool primary IP address of hostname (with the port number) for this pool address or hostname (with port number) to be used in the event that the primary address fails amount of time that the JOLT connection pool is configured to wait when receiving request the product version of this KM

Max Pool Size Min Pool Size Primary Address Secondary Address Recv Timeout KM Version

BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS InfoBox
Table 80 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 80 Item Application Name Application Version BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS InfoBox Description the name of the application the application version of this deployed J2EE application Note: This command is available under WebLogic 9.x and 10.x
only.

Deployment Type

the type of deployment, for example, EAR, EXPLODED_EAR, COMPONENT, EXPLODED_COMPONENT, or Unknown the location of the original source application files on the Admin Server the order in which the applications are loaded at server startup the product version of this KM

Path Load Order KM Version

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

353

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox
Table 81 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Mode indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 81 Item Advance Monitoring Setting Server Type Machine Name Host Name Host IP Address Listen Port URL JDK Version JDK Vendor Current Heap Size Free Heap Size WebLogic Version Server Name BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description flag indicating whether advanced monitoring is turned on or off for J2EE components type of server (managed) the name assigned to the WebLogic Server the DNS host name or IP address of the monitored server IP address of the host on which the WebLogic Server resides plain text (non-SSL) port number on which the server listens for requests server connection protocol with listening address and listening port number version number of the JDK being used on the server amount of memory allocated to heap amount of memory in heap that is currently unused version of BEA WebLogic Server running on this managed server monitored WebLogic managed server name (server resident on the same host as the monitored PATROL Agent) time stamp indicating when the server was started Mode BASIC BASIC BASIC BASIC FULL FULL BASIC FULL BASIC FULL FULL BASIC

name of the vendor for the JDK being used on the server FULL

Activation Time Server State Health Status Sockets Opened Total Count RestartsTotalCount Primary Replication Group

FULL

flag indicating whether server is available (up or down) BASIC general assessment of the overall health of the managed BASIC server; values are OK, WARN, CRITICAL, or FAILED the total number of registrations for socket muxing on this server the total number of restarts for this server since the cluster was last activated preferred cluster instance for hosting replicas of HTTP session states used in the event of failover FULL FULL FULL

354

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 81 Item

BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description second-choice preferred cluster instance for hosting replicas of HTTP session states used in the event of failover the product version of this KM Mode FULL

Secondary Replication Group

KM Version

FULL

BEAWLS_LOG InfoBox
Table 82 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_LOG application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 82 Item LOG File Name LOG File Size Logging Status Rotation Type BEAWLS_LOG InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description file name and path of currently monitored log file size of this log flag indicating whether the log is active/enabled (yes) or inactive/disabled (no) type of rotation currently in use (SIZE, DATE/TIME, or NONE) rotation is a method of switching the log file currently in use to prevent one file from becoming too large; a new log may be created when the existing log reaches a certain length (SIZE), at a certain point in time (DATE or TIME, depending on the log file type), or rotation can be disabled (NONE) Log Files Number Sniffing Status Sniffing Pattern Sniffing Type KM Version total number of rotation files, including the current log file flag indicating whether pattern matching is in use string pattern being matched for currently monitored log indicates whether sniffing is done in real time or on periodic basis the product version of this KM

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

355

BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox
Table 80 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_MANAGED application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Mode indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 83 Item Server Type Machine Name Host Name Host IP Address Listen Port URL JDK Version JDK Vendor Current Heap Size Free Heap Size WebLogic Version Server Name BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description type of server monitored remote WebLogic server name host name of the machine on which the WebLogic Server resides IP address of the host on which the WebLogic Server resides plain text (non-SSL) port number on which the server listens for requests server connection protocol with listening address and listening port number version number of the JDK being used on the server amount of memory allocated to heap amount of memory in heap that is currently unused version of BEA WebLogic Server running on this managed server monitored WebLogic managed server name (server resident on the same host as the monitored PATROL Agent) time stamp indicating when the server was started flag indicating whether server is up or down Mode BASIC BASIC FULL FULL FULL BASIC FULL BASIC FULL FULL BASIC

name of the vendor for the JDK being used on the server FULL

Activation Time Server State Health Status Sockets Opened Total Count RestartsTotalCount Primary Replication Group

FULL BASIC

general assessment of the overall health of the managed BASIC server; values are OK, WARN, CRITICAL, or FAILED the total number of registrations for socket muxing on this server the total number of restarts for this server since the cluster was last activated preferred cluster instance for hosting replicas of HTTP session states used in the event of failover FULL FULL FULL

356

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 83 Item

BEAWLS_MANAGED InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description second-choice preferred cluster instance for hosting replicas of HTTP session states used in the event of failover the product version of this KM Mode FULL

Secondary Replication Group

KM Version

FULL

BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox
Table 84 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 84 Item Messaging Bridge State Source Destination Adapter JNDI Name of Source Destination Target Destination Adapter JNDI Name of Target Destination Async Enabled Batch Interval BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description state of the messaging bridge, displayed in the format of state(state_description) source bridge destination for the messaging bridge Adapter JNDI Name of the source bridge destination target bridge destination for the messaging bridge Adapter JNDI Name of the target bridge destination indicates if a messaging bridge instance forwards in asynchronous messaging mode maximum amount of time (in milliseconds) that a messaging bridge instance waits, before sending a batch of messages in one transaction, regardless of whether the Batch Size has been reached number of messages that are processed within one transaction indicates whether or not the messaging bridge allows durable messages maximum amount of time (in seconds) that a messaging bridge instance remains idle indicates if this messaging bridge instance allows the degradation of its QOS (quality of service) when the configured QOS is not available

Batch Size Durability Enabled Idle Time Maximum QOS Degradation Allowed

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

357

Table 84 Item

BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description QOS (quality of service) for this messaging bridge instance. Values: 'Exactly-once', 'Atmost-once' and 'Duplicate-okay' incremental delay time (in seconds) that a messaging bridge instance increases its waiting time between one failed reconnection attempt and the next retry maximum amount of time (in seconds) that a messaging bridge instance waits between one failed attempt to connect to the source or target, and the next retry minimum amount of time (in seconds) that a messaging bridge instance waits before it tries to reconnect to the source or target destination after a failure filter for messages that are sent across the messaging bridge instance. Only messages that match the selection criteria are sent across the messaging bridge amount of time (in seconds) that the transaction manager waits for each transaction before timing it out the product version of this KM

Quality Of Service Reconnect Delay Increase

Reconnect Delay Maximum

Reconnect Delay Minimum

Selector

Transaction Timeout KM Version

BEAWLS_OS InfoBox
Table 85 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_OS application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 85 Item High CPU Threshold BEAWLS_OS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description maximum reasonable CPU level; any CPU usage above this value is considered to be high usage; this value is set using the Setup High CPU Threshold menu command the product version of this KM

KM Version

358

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_PROBE InfoBox
Table 86 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_PROBE application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 86 Item Reporting Server URL KM Version BEAWLS_PROBE InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description URL of the server that will be tested by PING or CONNECT commands issued from the PROBE class the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS InfoBox
Table 87 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 87 Item Class Name KM Version BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description name of the Java class that invoked this method the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox
Table 88 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 88 Item Method Name Class Name BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 1 of 2) Description name of the method for which profiling data is being collected name of the class that invoked this method

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

359

Table 88 Item

BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 (Part 2 of 2) Description number of times this method was invoked total elapsed time needed to execute this method total amount of CPU time used by this method the product version of this KM

Total Invocation Count Total Execution Time Total CPU Time KM Version

BEAWLS_SAF InfoBox
Table 89 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_SAF application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 89 Item KM Version BEAWLS_SAF InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x Description the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox
Table 90 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_SAFAGENT application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 90 Item Bytes Maximum Bytes Threshold High Bytes Threshold Low Message Maximum Message Threshold High Message Threshold Low BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description highest number of bytes since last cycle peak number of bytes stored on the SAF agent since the last reset lowest number of bytes stored on the SAF agent since last reset configured limit for storing messages on the SAF agent peak number of messages stored on the SAF agent since last reset lowest number of messages stored on the SAF agent since last reset

360

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 90 Item

BEAWLS_SAFAGENT InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description assessment of the overall condition of the SAF Agent the maximum size of a message that will be accepted from producers on this SAF Agent the product version of this KM

Health Status Maximum Message Size KM Version

BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox
Table 91 describes the InfoBox available from the BEAWLS_SERVER icon. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. Mode indicates whether the item is displayed in BASIC or FULL monitoring level (see, Basic level on page 339). Table 91 Item Register Server Type Register Server URL Monitoring Mode BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description type of server URL of the registered server the monitoring mode Mode BASIC BASIC BASIC BASIC

Admin Server Resides Locally true-false flag indicating whether the administrative server is on the same machine as this monitored PATROL Agent Advance Monitoring Setting

flags indicating settings for advance monitoring and BASIC profiling capabilities, each flag can be ON or OFF; flags include J2EE Components Response Matrix, JVM Resource Profiling, Java Class Method Profiling, and Debug indicates whether monitoring is suspended (on or off) indicates method used for JMX log notification; value can be NA, E-mail notification only, PATROL Event notification only, or both E-mail and PATROL Event notification name of the machine host name of the machine where the WebLogic server resides internet address of the host machine port number on which the server listens for client connections the URL directory in which the Java Developer Kit is installed
Chapter D

Blackout Status Log Notification

BASIC BASIC

Machine Name Host Name Host IP address Listen Port URL JDK Home

BASIC BASIC FULL BASIC BASIC BASIC


361

InfoBox Summary

Table 91 Item

BEAWLS_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description version number of the Java virtual machine name of the company that produced the Java virtual machine maximum size of heap space indicates the amount of memory in the allocated heap that is currently unused and available directory in which BEA WebLogic Server is installed the version of the BEA WebLogic name of the monitored WebLogic server date and time the server was last started flag indicating whether the server is up or down general assessment of server condition flag indicating whether HTTP access is enabled flag indicating whether messages from this server are sent to the domain wide log file Mode FULL FULL BASIC FULL BASIC FULL BASIC FULL BASIC BASIC FULL FULL

JVM Version JVM Vendor Current Heap Size Free Heap Size WebLogic Home WebLogic Version Server Name Date Time Started Server State Health Status HTTP Enabled Domain Logger Enabled JDBC Logging Enabled Sockets Opened Total Count KM Version

true-false flag indicating whether logging is enabled for FULL the JDBC logstream the total number of registrations for socket muxing on this server the product version of this KM FULL FULL

BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox
Table 92 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_SERVLET application class. The InfoBox values available depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring. These InfoBox fields are displayed only at the FULL configuration level; none of these fields will be displayed if the monitoring configuration is set to BASIC (see Basic level on page 339). Table 92 Item Context Path Servlet Path URL Pool Max Capacity BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Description the context path of this servlet the servlet path the URL value maximum capacity of this servlet for single thread model servlets

362

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 92 Item

BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Description number of total reloads; this is used by WebLogic to verify whether a servlet has been modified, and if so, the servlet is reloaded the product version of this KM

Total Reload Count

KM Version Table 93 Item URL Patterns

BEAWLS_SERVLET InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Description the URL patterns for this servlet

BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD InfoBox
Table 94 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 94 Item KM Version BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description the product version of this KM

BEAWLS_SETUP InfoBox
Table 95 describes the InfoBox command for the BEAWLS_SETUP application class. This InfoBox command is available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 95 Item KM version BEAWLS_SETUP InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Description version number of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

363

BEAWLS_SQL InfoBox
Table 96 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_SQL application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 96 Item DBURL Name SQL Text KM version BEAWLS_SQL InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 Description URL name for the database issuing the SQL full SQL statement of this instance version number of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product

BEAWLS_THREADPOOL InfoBox
Table 97 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 97 Item Number of Active Threads Execute Thread Total KM Version BEAWLS_THREADPOOL InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x Description number of active threads in the pool total number of threads in the pool the release version of this KM

BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR InfoBox
Table 98 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.1 and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode.

364

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 98 Item

BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR InfoBox for WebLogic 9.1 and 10.x Description the local access point of the WebLogic Tuxedo Connector service. the WebLogic Tuxedo Connector service type (IMPORT/ EXPORT). the release version of this KM

Local Access Point Service Type KM Version

BEAWLS_WEBAPP InfoBox
The InfoBox values that are available for BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class depend on the versions of the WebLogic Server you are monitoring. Table 99 describes the non-standard InfoBox values for the WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 99 Item Name Application Source KM Version Deployment State BEAWLS_WEBAPP InfoBox Description file name with extension of the application component name of the web application version number of the PATROL for BEA WebLogic product the deployment state of this web application module

BEAWLS_WORKLOAD InfoBox
Table 100 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_WORKLOAD application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 100 BEAWLS_WORKLOAD InfoBox for WebLogic 9.x and 10.x Item KM Version Description the release version of this KM

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

365

BEAWLS_WS InfoBox
Table 101 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_WS application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 101 BEAWLS_WS InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Item Service Name URI WSDL URL Home Page URL KM Version Description name of this web service URI of this web service URL from which the WSDL for this web service can be retrieved URL from which the home page for this web service can be retrieved product version for this .km file

BEAWLS_WS_HDL InfoBox
Table 102 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_WS_HDL application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1 environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 102 BEAWLS_WS_HDL InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1 Item Handler Class Name Handler Name Operation Name Last Reset Time Flag of the Internal Handler KM Version Description Java class name of the handler name of the web service handler web service operation associated with this handler date on which this handler was last reset, or null if it has never been reset flag to indicate whether the handler is user-defined or an internal WLS handler product version of the KM

366

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

BEAWLS_WS_OPER InfoBox
Table 103 describes the InfoBox values for the BEAWLS_WS_OPER application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 103 BEAWLS_WS_OPER InfoBox for WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Item Operation Name Component Type Description name of the web service operation type of component that backs this web service operation; this could be:

stateless java component stateful java component receive messages from a JMS queue receive messages from a JMS topic send messages to a JMS topic send messages to a JMS queue stateless session EJB

Component Info

string containing information about the component that backs this web service operation; the exact contents depend on the type of component:

for Java class or EJB components, the value is the class name of the component or EJB home for JMS components, the value is a string providing the names of the connection factory and destination

Last Reset Time KM Version

date on which this handler was last reset, or null if it was never called product version of the KM

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

367

JMX_CONDITION InfoBox
Table 104 describes the InfoBox values for the JMX_CONDITION application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 104 JMX_CONDITION InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x Item Condition Name Monitored MBean(s) Monitored element Monitored condition Sampling frequency (seconds) PATROL instantiation Description assigned name for this condition names of one or more MBeans monitored by this condition part of the MBean being monitored criteria for monitoring frequency at which PATROL checks condition label on the icon for this instance, as it appears in the PATROL Console

JMX_SERVER InfoBox
Table 105 describes the InfoBox values for the JMX_SERVER application class. These InfoBox values are available when monitoring WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments. All InfoBox fields for this class are displayed in either BASIC or FULL monitoring mode. Table 105 JMX_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 1 of 2) Item Client start time Client arguments Description time that the JMX client communicating with this server was started arguments passed to the client at startup; the format depends on the environment under which the MBean is running version of the JMX implementation under which the MBean Server is running name of the vendor who provided the JMX environment name of the JMX implementation, as provided by the JMX vendor unique identifier for the MBean server, as assigned by the JMX implementation when the server was initialized

JMX implementation version JMX implementation vendor JMX implementation name MBean server ID

368

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 105 JMX_SERVER InfoBox for WebLogic 7.0, 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x (Part 2 of 2) Item BMC MBean version Description version of BMCs MBean, in the format vrmmbb (v=version, r=release, mm=modification, bb=build)

BMC MBean condition definition file file containing definitions; these are generally in PATROL_HOME, but may vary due to permission settings and the account under which the MBean server is running BMC MBean agent ID BMC MBean notification target unique identifier for the BMC MBean; this is also used in the MBeans object name destination of all notifications captured from this server; this should correspond to the local host, port number on which the JMX listener is attached

Chapter D

InfoBox Summary

369

370

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Agent configuration variables


Table 106 describes PATROL Agent variables that are defined by PATROL for BEA WebLogic.

NOTE
These variables should not normally be changed except by going through the product configuration process described in Chapter 3, Configuring PATROL for BEA WebLogic. They are provided for troubleshooting purposes.

Table 106 Agent variables (Part 1 of 3) Agent variable /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name/ BootCmd /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name/ Blackout /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name/ ProbeSetting /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name/ CollectorStatus /BEAWLS_SERVER. instance_name^server_name^ webapp_name^ServletMonitor /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name/ SetupInfo /BEAWLS_SERVER.WIsInstance /BEAWLS_SERVER.instance_name. WebAppList /AgentSetup/BEAWLS_SERVER. instance_name/defaultAccount /AgentSetup/BEAWLS_LOG. instance_name/ OSdefaultAccount Description the command used to boot the WebLogic Server the start time and duration for blackout periods the settings for the response time probe a list of the data collectors that have been activated a list of the servlets selected for monitoring

all setup information used to set up the environment for a monitored WebLogic Server a list of all the registered WebLogic Servers a list of the web applications to which the selected servlets belong the account used to login to the WebLogic Server the operating system account used to monitor log files

Chapter E

Agent configuration variables

371

Table 106 Agent variables (Part 2 of 3) Agent variable /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. adminURL /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. ConnectionConfig /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. EnableLogNotification /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. HighCPUThreshold /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. LocalMgrInfo /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. LocalMgrList /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. LocalMrgPJSOptions /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. LogNotification /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. MrgServerName /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. NodeMonitor /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. PingConfig /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. PJSOptions /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. ServerName /BEAWLS_SERVER/instance_name. ServerClusterUrlList /JMX/JavaPath /JMX/ListenPort /JMX/LocalHost Description URL of the WebLogic Administrative server settings used by the response time probe when testing server connections via the weblogic.Admin utility a flag indicating whether the JMX log notification is enabled the value set by the administrator as the high CPU usage threshold the information about a particular local managed server, includes name, URL, and port number a list of the local managed server names for this monitored domain the setup options for advance monitoring features on a local managed server the settings and mail configuration of the JMX log notification function the name of the managed server as defined in the WebLogic config.xml file flag indicating whether the Node Manager process is enabled for monitoring settings (number and size of ping messages) used by the response time probe when testing server response the setup options for advance monitoring features the name of this Admin WebLogic Server as defined in the WebLogic config.xml file a list of URLs of servers in the cluster used to invoke JVM for the JMX listener the port number that the JMX listener will monitor (default is 3604) the host name that BMC MBeans will use to connect to the JMX listener for sending notifications (default is the value of /sid in the PATROL Agent namespace) the directory path to be used by BMC MBean in logging messages and maintaining a copy of condition definitions (the default is <PATROL_INSTALL>/JMX; if an MBean is unable to write to this directory, it will attempt to use its current working directory; if unable to write to the current working directory, it will attempt to use MBean user home directory)

/JMX/writablePath

372

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 106 Agent variables (Part 3 of 3) Agent variable /JMX/SMTPServer /JMX/EMailSender /JMX/EMailRecipients /JMX/ConditionDef/ALL^SERVERS/ Condition_Name /JMX/ConditionDef/<JMX_server>/ Condition_Name Description the e-mail server name used by the JMX component to send e-mail the e-mail address (e.g., jmx@petstore.com) used by the JMX component for the sender line in e-mail the e-mail addresses of recipients for alerts; multiple addresses are delimited with semicolons the condition definition applicable to all defined servers the condition definition applicable to a specific server

Chapter E

Agent configuration variables

373

374

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Chapter

Installed files, directories, and system changes


This appendix describes how installing PATROL for BEA WebLogic affects the computers on which it is installed. The appendix describes

directories and files installed by the product processes and services installed and run by the product modifications to the Microsoft Windows registry additional files, processes, and applications required by the product

This appendix does not list files, directories, or other details for other PATROL components, such as the PATROL Agent or PATROL console. Main file types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product objects and dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directories and files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processes and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product and process dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 377 377 388 389

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

375

Main file types


This section summarizes the main types of files that PATROL for BEA WebLogic uses. Note that these same file types may be used differently by other applications, for example, not all .htm files are Help files. Table 107 File types by file extension (Part 1 of 2) File extension File type All platforms .htm .jar .km .kml .lib .log .psl .txt .cat .ctg Windows .bat .bmp .bmk batch file bitmap image bitmap mask file contains icons for application classes used with PATROL Console for Windows. contains mask information for icons for application classes used with PATROL Console for Windows stored on PATROL Console Server (which might be a Unix computer), but used on PATROL Central Operator - Windows Edition used with PATROL Console for Windows contains data that the application references contains an executable file created automatically when a WinHelp file is opened HTML file Executable Jar file Knowledge Module file Knowledge Module List file library file log file uncompiled PATROL Script Language text file security catalog event catalog contains plain text temporary archive file used by BMC Common Installer text of events data used as help files used as help files, contains information about an application class lists the KMs that the .kml file loads contains data that the application references contains log data in plain text format Comments

.chm

compiled HTML Help file

.cmd .cnt .dll .exe .gid

Microsoft Windows command file WinHelp Help contents file application extension application WinHelp temporary file

376

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 107 File types by file extension (Part 2 of 2) File extension File type .hlp .sys .tlb .vbe .vbs Unix .bin .sh none binary file shell script executable or miscellaneous other files executes program instructions Unix executables are not required to have an extension. WinHelp Help file System file for device driver or hardware configuration Remote Automation OLE TypeLib files, Dynamic Link Library Visual Basic script Visual Basic for Applications script Comments used with PATROL Console for Windows

Product objects and dependencies


This section describes the directories, files, services, processes, and dependencies that belong to the PATROL for BEA WebLogic files installation, including files and processes for the JVM profiling and byte-code instrumentation component and the JMX management component.

Directories and files


This section lists directories and files that are laid down when you install PATROL for BEA WebLogic. Most of these files and directories are created during installation of either the PATROL Agent or the PATROL for BEA WebLogic KM. If a directory or file is created after installation, it is noted in the comments. Four tables are provided:

Files installed on the Agent computer (Table 108) Files installed on the Console Server computer (Table 109) Files installed on the Console computer (Table 110) Common files installed on both Agents and Consoles (Table 111)

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

377

Table 108 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Agent computer (Part 1 of 4) Directories and files Windows %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\BEAWLKM\java_collector\v61\bmc\wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLJDBCPoolServices.class WLJDBCServices.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class Coordinator.class Worker.class %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\BEAWLKM\java_collector\v70\bmc\wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class Coordinator.class Worker.class Comments

378

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 108 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Agent computer (Part 2 of 4) Directories and files %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\BEAWLKM\java_collector\v81\bmc\wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class WLIntegDiscovery.class WLPortalDiscovery.class Coordinator.class Worker.class Unix $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/BEAWLKM/java_collector/v61/bmc/wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLJDBCPoolServices.class WLJDBCServices.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class Comments

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

379

Table 108 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Agent computer (Part 3 of 4) Directories and files Coordinator.class Worker.class $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/BEAWLKM/java_collector/v70/bmc/wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class Coordinator.class Worker.class $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/BEAWLKM/java_collector/v81/bmc/wl PatrolWls.properties CmdBean.class CmdHandler.class CmdInfo.class CmdSetup.class PatcolWebLogic.class WLAdminMain.class WLAttrDiscovery.class WLGetProfile.class WLHttpQuery.class WLMainDiscovery.class WLLogMonitor.class WLLogMonitorListener.class WLIntegDiscovery.class WLPortalDiscovery.class Comments

380

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 108 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Agent computer (Part 4 of 4) Directories and files Coordinator.class Worker.class Comments

Table 109 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Console Server computer (Part 1 of 3) Directories and files Windows %BMC_ROOT%\lib\knowledge\srp_version_Number\lib\nls EN_USA\102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat JA_JPN\102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat KO_KOR\102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat ZH_CHN\102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat ZH_TWN\102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\knowledge\srp_versionNumber\lib\h elp\ EN_USA srp.chm help (PATROL Central Operator Microsoft Windows Edition help, English (PATROL Central Operator Web Edition Japanese Korean Chinese, mainland Chinese, Taiwan message catalogs, English Comments

message catalogs, Japanese

message catalogs, Korean

message catalogs, China

message catalogs, Taiwan

EN_USA\srp_versionNumber_en_usa.jar

JA_JPN\srp_versionNumber_en_usa.jar KO_KOR\srp_versionNumber_en_usa.jar ZH_CHN\srp_versionNumber_en_usa.jar ZH_TWN\srp_versionNumber_en_usa.jar

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

381

Table 109 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Console Server computer (Part 2 of 3) Directories and files %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\knowledge\jmx_1.1.05\lib\help\ EN_USA jmx.chm help (PATROL Central Operator Microsoft Windows Edition help, English (PATROL Central Operator Web Edition Japanese Korean Chinese, mainland Chinese, Taiwan Comments

EN_USA\jmx_1.1.05_en_usa.jar

JA_JPN\jmx_1.1.05_en_usa.jar KO_KOR\jmx_1.1.05_en_usa.jar ZH_CHN\jmx_1.1.05_en_usa.jar ZH_TWN\jmx_1.1.05_en_usa.jar %BMC_ROOT%\lib\knowledge\jmx_1.1.05 resource.mk4 package.mof %BMC_ROOT%\lib\knowledge\jmx_1.1.05 EN_USA\1033.cat JA_JPN\1033.cat KO_KOR\1033.cat ZH_CHN\1033.cat ZH_TWN\1033.cat Unix $BMC_ROOT/lib/knowledge/srp_versionNumber/lib/nls EN_USA/102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat JA_JPN/102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat KO_KOR/102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat ZH_CHN/102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat ZH_TWN/102c1.cat, 102c2.cat, 102c3.cat, 102c4.cat, 102c5.cat, 102c6.cat, 102c7.cat, 102c8.cat, 102c9.cat, 102ca.cat, 102cb.cat, 102cc.cat, 102cd.cat, 102ce.cat

message catalogs, English message catalogs, Japanese message catalogs, Korean message catalogs, China message catalogs, Taiwan

message catalogs, English

message catalogs, Japanese

message catalogs, Korean

message catalogs, China

message catalogs, Taiwan

382

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 109 Directories and files installed on a PATROL Console Server computer (Part 3 of 3) Directories and files $BMC_ROOT/lib/knowledge/jmx_1.1.05 resource.mk4 package.mof $BMC_ROOT/lib/knowledge/jmx_1.1.05 EN_USA/1033.cat JA_JPN/1033.cat KO_KOR/1033.cat ZH_CHN/1033.cat ZH_TWN/1033.cat message catalogs, English message catalogs, Japanese message catalogs, Korean message catalogs, China message catalogs, Taiwan Comments

Table 110 Windows

Directories and files installed on a PATROL 3.x Console computer Comments

Directories and files %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\images weblogic*.bmk, jmx*.bmk weblogic*.bmp, jmx*.bmp weblogic*.msk, jmx*.msk weblogic*.xpm, jmx*.xpm %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\help\WinHelp km_help_srp, km_help_jmx srp.cnt, jmx.cnt srp.hlp, jmx.hlp Unix $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/images weblogic*.bmk, jmx*.bmk weblogic*.bmp, jmx*.bmp weblogic*.msk, jmx*.msk weblogic*.xpm, jmx*.xpm $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/help srp.hlp, jmx.hlp km_help_srp, km_help_jmx $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/help/srp *.gif *.htm

graphic files for icons

help flag file help table of contents help (PATROL 3.x Console)

for icons

help index files help flag files images for help help topic files

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

383

NOTE
The files in Table 111 are installed on both the PATROL agent and console computers. These files are called common files.

Table 111

Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role (Part 1 of 5) Comments

Directories and files Windows) %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\kmmergemap weblogic_2_5_01.map %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\knowledge BEAWLS.kml, JMX.kml BEAWLI_*.KM, BEAWLP_*.KM, BEAWLS_*.km, JMX_*.km BEAWLS_*.ctg %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\nls\C\102 1.cat, 2.cat, 3.cat, 4.cat, 5.cat, 6.cat, 7.cat, 8.cat, 9.cat, a.cat, b.cat, c.cat, d.cat, e.cat %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\nls\C\103 3.cat %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\sac\ weblogic_SLM.map

merge map file for KM migration KM list file knowledge module files catalog message file catalog files, WebLogic

catalog file, JMX service level map file

384

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 111

Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role (Part 2 of 5) Comments PSL library files

Directories and files %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\psl wls_integration_msg.lib wls_integration.lib wls_portal_msg.lib wls_portal.lib wls_pjsinst.lib wls_pjscommon.lib wls_pjssetup.lib wls_pjsprof_msg.lib wls_blackout.lib wls_common.lib wls_debug.lib wls_discovery.lib wls_log.lib wls_operations.lib wls_recording.lib wls_setup.lib wls_utilities.lib wls_debug_msg.lib wls_blackout_msg.lib wls_common_msg.lib wls_discovery_msg.lib wls_log_msg.lib wls_operations_msg.lib wls_recording_msg.lib wls_setup_msg.lib JMX_Functions.lib JMX_Message.lib Unix $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/kmmergemap weblogic_2_5_01.map

merge map file for KM migration

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

385

Table 111

Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role (Part 3 of 5) Comments KM list file knowledge module files catalog message file catalog files, WebLogic

Directories and files $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/knowledge BEAWLI_*.KM, BEAWLP_*.KM, BEAWLS_*.km, JMX.kml BEAWLS_*.km, JMX_*.km BEAWLS_*.ctg $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/nls/C/102 1.cat, 2.cat, 3.cat, 4.cat, 5.cat, 6.cat, 7.cat, 8.cat, 9.cat, a.cat, b.cat, c.cat, d.cat, e.cat $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/nls/C/103 3.cat $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/sac weblogic_SLM.map

catalog file, JMX service level map file

386

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 111

Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role (Part 4 of 5) Comments PSL library files

Directories and files %BMC_ROOT%\Patrol3\lib\psl wls_integration_msg.lib wls_integration.lib wls_portal_msg.lib wls_portal.lib wls_pjsinst.lib wls_pjscommon.lib wls_pjssetup.lib wls_pjsprof_msg.lib wls_blackout.lib wls_common.lib wls_debug.lib wls_discovery.lib wls_log.lib wls_operations.lib wls_recording.lib wls_setup.lib wls_utilities.lib wls_debug_msg.lib wls_blackout_msg.lib wls_common_msg.lib wls_discovery_msg.lib wls_log_msg.lib wls_operations_msg.lib wls_recording_msg.lib wls_setup_msg.lib JMX_Functions.lib JMX_Message.lib $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/knowledge PMW.kml, PMW_JVM_PROFILER.kml PMW_*.km $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/nls/C/103 1.cat, 4.cat

KM list file knowledge module files catalog file

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

387

Table 111

Common directories and files installed regardless of computer role (Part 5 of 5) Comments PSL library files

Directories and files $BMC_ROOT/Patrol3/lib/psl PMW_PjsCommonL.lib PMW_PjsSQLLib.lib PMW_PjsWebLib.lib PMW_BlackoutLib.lib PMW_StdLib.lib PMW_CommonLib.lib PMW_AppPerf.lib

Processes and services


Table 112 lists processes and services that are specific to PATROL for BEA WebLogic. It does not list other processes or services for other PATROL components, such as the PATROL Agent or PATROL console. All processes run on the Agent computer. There are no processes specifically launched by PATROL for BEA WebLogic that are run on either Console or Console Server computers.

About JVM process names


Most of the processes launched by PATROL for BEA WebLogic are JVM processes. All of the JVM processes include a tag that begins with the strings -Dpmw.channel or -Djmx.channel. This string is followed by the PATROL Agent port number, the PSL global channel name under which the process was launched, and the process start time in seconds since January 1, 1970 0:00 GMT. The tag follows the form: -Dpmw.channel=<port>@<channel>@<start time>

388

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Table 112 Process

Processes run by PATROL for BEA WebLogic Function

Non-JVM Processes xmlMsgClient.xpc collects instrumentation and profiling data; exists only if these options are enabled JVM Processes JMX_Listener JMX_websphere one instance is launched to handle JMX notifications and receive performance data one instance is launched if the JMX component is activated via setup; this process handles JMX management component discovery and requests

Microsoft Windows Registry modifications


PATROL for BEA WebLogic does not modify the Windows Registry.

Product and process dependencies


For PATROL for BEA WebLogic to operate correctly, certain additional BMC Software and third-party products and processes must be installed and running in the PATROL for BEA WebLogic environment.

File and process dependencies


PATROL for BEA WebLogic requires specific release and patch levels of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE). PATROL for BEA WebLogic will not function properly without these third party files and processes. The complete list of specific JREs required for PATROL for BEA WebLogic is in Chapter 2 of this user guide.

Application dependencies
Any additional software products or components that PATROL for BEA WebLogic requires are listed in the Release Notes for this version.

Chapter F

Installed files, directories, and system changes

389

390

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Glossary
A
access control list (ACL) Security mechanism that limits access and interaction with resources to a limited range of defined users or applications. administration server In a WebLogic environment (called a domain), the administration server is the one server that provides centralized management functions for the entire domain. applet Java-based component that runs in a web browser or other application that supports applets. application program interface (API) A set of function calls that allow an application to share data and functionality with another application. The API defines which functions are available to external programs, how they are invoked, and data types and formats that can be exchanged between the programs.

B
bean A Java-based component. A standalone piece of Java code that can be integrated into and reused by different Java applications or components. See also enterprise Java bean.

C
classpath Classpath is an environment variable used by Java to locate the Java classes that are to be run. The classpath contains all directory paths that are searched for .jar files or compiled Java classes. command line options (CLOPTS) Command line options are specified when starting a WebLogic Server. common object request broker (CORBA) CORBA is a language independent distributed object model.

Glossary

391

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

D
domain A WebLogic environment. Typically consists of multiple servers: one administration server and several managed servers.

E
enterprise Java bean (EJB) EJBs are reusable objects of Java code. The EJB encapsulates business logic in secure, transaction-oriented components. event catalog A collection of event classes associated with a particular application. PATROL provides a standard event catalog that contains predefined standard event classes for all computer classes and application classes. You can add, customize, and delete an application event catalog only from a PATROL Developer Console. event manager A graphical user interface for monitoring and managing events; can be used with or without the PATROL Console. There are two event managers: PATROL Event Manager (PEM) works with PATROL for Unix, and PATROLWATCH works with PATROL for Windows products.

I
instrumentation Process of dynamically inserting temporary code into an object at runtime so that it generates timing data that can be used for granular object monitoring and management. PATROL for BEA WebLogic provides instrumentation of EJBs, servlets, and SQL statements.

J
J2EE Connector Architecture (JCA) JCA is a framework for linking the J2EE platform to enterprise software, including databases and ERP applications. Java 2 Enterprise Edition (J2EE) J2EE adds capabilities of EJBs, servlets, JSP, and XML to J2SE. Information is at http:// java.sun.com. Java 2 Standard Edition (J2SE) J2SE is the core Java specification for development; it includes JDBC, CORBA, security, JMX, and more. Information is at http://java.sun.com. Java archive (JAR) Collection of Java files in a single, platform-independent archive format. A JAR that contains EJBs is referred to as an EAR.
392 PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Mechanism for establishing and preserving a set of reusable database connections in a collection known as a pool. When a process needs to perform a database operation, it can use a preestablished connection from the pool, reducing the overhead necessary to establish connections on demand. Java Developer Kit (JDK) Library of Java routines used to develop a Java application. Java Management Extensions (JMX) Java-based framework for specifying management information. Java applications embed objects called MBeans that allow clients to register, monitor, and manage the applications. Java Messaging Service (JMS) Messaging mechanism with various service levels. JMS provides store-and-forward or point-topoint messaging with guaranteed delivery, and it provides a publish-and-subscribe event management model that can provide near-real-time information about system conditions. JMS provides an API for using heterogeneous messaging systems. Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI) API that provides a directory of known resources that can be referenced by Java applications via a lookup function. Java Server Page (JSP) JSPs are dynamic web server pages, used for functions such as personalization. Java Transaction API (JTA) Application programming interface that allows J2EE servers to access transaction information. Java Virtual Machine (JVM) Java run-time environment enabling platform independent code to run across heterogeneous platforms. Jolt Java-based client API that allows BEA WebLogic Server to use services provided by BEA Tuxedo. The Jolt Service Listener (JSL) is a process on the Tuxedo server that handles service requests. The Jolt API is embedded within WebLogic Server. The API can be used by any servlet or other WebLogic application. Jolt Service Listener (JSL) Process on a BEA Tuxedo server that handles service requests from BEA WebLogic Server or other applications. JVM Profiling Interface (JVMPI) Extensions to the JVM that provide a method for performance data related to the JVM to be passed to management applications. BEA WebLogic includes JVMPI in both supported JVM environments and this data is used by PATROL for BEA WebLogic when profiling is enabled.

Glossary

393

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

L
local managed server Managed server on the same host as a monitored PATROL Agent.

M
managed server In a WebLogic environment (domain), all servers other than the administration server are managed servers. The managed server is configured and boots via the administration server. Managed servers typically provide applications and components that implement business logic. In PATROL, the managed server is considered to be a remote managed server (remote from the PATROL Agent). A managed server that is resident on the same host as the PATROL Agent is referred to as a local managed server. MBean Java-based technology used in BEA WebLogic Server environment to embed and communicate administrative information between Java applications and management utilities.

N
nursery An area in the Java heap that the JVM allocates to most objects. Instead of doing garbage collection on an entire heap, a generational garbage collection algorithm focuses only on the nursery area.

P
passivation Process of removing a Java bean from main memory. profiling Process of using the Java JVMPI to obtain information about the activity of a Java applications and the JVM environment in which they operate.

R
realm Security mechanism in which resources can be organized into protected spaces, each with their own access policies and authentication mechanisms. remote method invocation (RMI) RMI allows remote objects to be used like local objects, providing distributed object support. One client-server connection can be shared for many RMIs.

394

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

S
servlet Java program that supports a web server, adding functionality such as dynamic content. SLA service level agreement standardized query language (SQL) Vendor-independent language for working with relational database systems. The language supports complex queries, reporting, database manipulation, and more.

T
T3, T3S WebLogic protocols for communicating between clients and WebLogic servers. T3 provides a framework for transaction-oriented messaging and includes all of the functions of Java Object Serialization or RMI. T3S provides the same services and is encrypted. thread pool A collection of execution threads that are instantiated and available for use by tasks. tunnel A stateful client-server connection through a firewall based on the stateless HTTP protocol.

U
uniform resource identifier (URI) Label that identifies abstract or physical resource. Can be either a URL or URN. uniform resource locator (URL) Standard method of specifying the address of a resource on the internet. A full URL includes the protocol, host name or IP address, and an optional port number. uniform resource name (URN) Logical identifier for a resource on the internet. Does not specify absolute location, requiring a system to perform a look up function to find the resource.

W
web application Program written specifically for use on the internet. Typically using Java technology, but may include JSPs and non-Java technologies.

Glossary

395

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

396

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Index
Symbols
%PATROL_CACHE% 59 %PATROL_HOME% 59 _monitorRegisterServer parameter 282 Availability (JMX_SERVER) 291 AvailableClusterServers (CLUSTER) 254 AvailableConnections parameter 262 AverageActiveUsage (JCA) 261 AvgConnTime (PROBE) 275 AvgCPUTime (PROF_METHOD) 275 AvgDispTime parameter 287 AvgExecTime parameter 287 AvgGCTime (JVMPROFILER) 267 AvgPingTime (PROBE) 275 AvgResponseTime (DBURL) 254 AvgResponseTime (EJB_HOME) 255 AvgResponseTime (EJB_METHOD) 259 AvgResponseTime (SERVLET_METHOD) 282 AvgResponseTime (SQL) 283 AvgResponseTime (WEBAPP) 284 AvgRespTime parameter 287

A
About parameter 282 accessing KM Commands and InfoBoxes 377 account requirements Unix 43 Windows 43 activating JVM thread objects collection 117 ActivationCount (EJB_HOME) 255 ActiveConnections (JDBC) 262 ActiveConnectionsCurrentCount (JCA) 260 ActiveConnectionsHighCount (JCA) 261 ActiveProcesses 143 ActiveProcesses (OS) 274 agent configuration variables 371 installing a KM to 46 alarm suspending 235 alert, see alarm AliveServerCount (CLUSTER) 254 AllProcAvgLoad (JROCKIT) 267 AnnotatedStatus (JMX_CONDITION) 289 application classes descriptions 29 discovery cycles 120 icons for 29 instance naming convention 37 organization of 25 parameters 249 Application Component Response report 132 application deployment 167, 168 architecture application classes 25 data collection 27 archive log files 212 archiving forcing 173 AttrDiscovery (SERVER) 278

B
backing up current installation before migration 64 basic mode InfoBox 339 BeanAccessCount parameter 255 BeanDestroyedCount parameter 256 BeanDestroyedRatio parameter 256 BeanMissCount parameter 256 BeansIdle (EJB_HOME) 256 BeansInUse (EJB_HOME) 256 BEAWLI_INTEGRATION commands 309 described 29 instance names 37 parameters 253 BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application class parameters _IntegAttrDisc 253 AppEventErrCount 253 AppSvcAvgElapsedTime 253 AppSvcSynErrCount 253 IntegDiscovery 253 NumEventRowCount 253 NumTotalDeadMsg 253

Index

397

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
BEAWLI_PROCESS commands 310 described 29 instance names 37 parameters 253 BEAWLI_PROCESS application class parameters ElapsedTime 253 NumTotalExceededSLA 253 ProcessThroughput 254 BEAWLP_CACHE commands 310 described 30 InfoBox 341 instance names 37 parameters 254 BEAWLP_CACHE application class parameters CacheMode 254 BEAWLP_PORTAL commands 311 described 30 InfoBox 341 instance names 37 parameters 254 BEAWLS.kml 92 BEAWLS_ MESSAGING_BRIDGE instance names 37 BEAWLS_CLUSTER described 29 InfoBox 341 parameters 254 BEAWLS_DBURL commands 311 described 30 InfoBox 342 parameters 254 BEAWLS_EJB described 30 InfoBox 342 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME commands 312 described 30 InfoBox 343 instance names 37 parameters 255 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME (WLS 8.1) parameters BeanAccessCount 255 BeanDestroyedCount 256 BeanDestroyedRatio 256 BeanMissCount 256 FreePoolMissRatio 257 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD commands 312 described 30 InfoBox 343 parameters 259 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE commands 313 described 31 instance names 38 parameters 260 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application class 344 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE parameters QueueLengthPercent 260 BEAWLS_INTEGRATION InfoBox 339 BEAWLS_J2EE instance names 38 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS commands 317 described 31 InfoBox 353 parameters 268 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class parameters LongestEJBAvgRespTime 268 LongestWebAppAvgRespTime 269 BEAWLS_JCA described 31 InfoBox 344, ??346 instance names 38 parameters 260 BEAWLS_JDBC commands 313315 described 31 InfoBox 346 instance names 38 parameters 262 BEAWLS_JMS described 31 InfoBox 348 instance names 38 parameters 264 BEAWLS_JMS parameters HealthStatus 264 JMSConnectionsCurrentCount 264 JMSServersCurrentCount 264 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION commands 315 described 31 instance names 38 parameters 264 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION parameters BytesCurrentCount 264 BytesPendingCount 264 BytesReceivedCount 264 BytesThresholdTime 264 ConsumersCurrentCount 264 MessagesCurrentCount 264 MessagesPendingCount 265 MessagesReceivedCount 265 MessagesThresholdTime 265

398

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
BEAWLS_JMSSERVER commands 316 described 31 InfoBox 349 instance names 38 parameters 265 BEAWLS_JOLT described 32 instance names 38 BEAWLS_JROCKIT commands 316 described 32 InfoBox 350 parameters 267 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER commands 317 described 32 InfoBox 351 parameters 267 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED commands 318 described 32 InfoBox 354 parameters 270 BEAWLS_LOG commands 320 described 32 InfoBox 355 instance names 38 parameters 272 BEAWLS_MANAGED commands 321 described 33 InfoBox 356 instance names 38 parameters 272 BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE described 33 InfoBox 357 parameters 274 BEAWLS_OS commands 323 described 33 InfoBox 358 parameters 274 BEAWLS_PROBE commands 322 described 33 InfoBox 359 instance names 38 parameters 275 BEAWLS_PROCESS InfoBox 340 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS commands 323 described 34 InfoBox 359 instance names 38 BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD InfoBox 359 instance names 38 parameters 275 BEAWLS_SAF described 34 InfoBox 360 instance names 37 parameters 275 BEAWLS_SAFAGENT described 34 InfoBox 360 instance names 37 parameters 275 BEAWLS_SERVER 28 commands 324 described 29 InfoBox 352, 361 instance names 38 parameters 278 BEAWLS_SERVLET commands 329 described 34 InfoBox 362 instance names 38 parameters 281 BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD described 35 InfoBox 363 parameters 282 BEAWLS_SETUP commands 329 configuration 93, 101 described 29 icon 28 InfoBox 363 parameters 282 BEAWLS_SETUP parameters _monitorRegisterServer 282 About 282 BEAWLS_SQL commands 330 described 35 InfoBox 364 parameters 283 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL commands 331 described 35 InfoBox 364 instance names 38 parameters 283

Index

399

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR described 35 InfoBox 364 parameters 284 BEAWLS_WEBAPP commands 332 described 35 InfoBox 365 instance names 39 parameters 284 BEAWLS_WORKLOAD described 36 InfoBox 365 instance names 39 parameters 285 BEAWLS_WS commands 332 described 35 InfoBox 366 instance names 39 parameters 285 BEAWLS_WS (WLS8.1) parameters AvailableConnections 262 AvgDispTime 287 AvgExecTime 287 AvgRespTime 287 HandlerReqErrorCount 287 HandlerRespErrorCount 287 HighestDispTime 288 HighestExecTime 288 HighestHdlTotReqFail 285 HighestHdlTotRespFail 285 HighestRespTime 288 LowestDispTime 288 LowestExecTime 288 LowestRespTime 288 NumHighestInvocation 286 NumHomePageHit 286 NumInvocation 288 NumMalformedRequest 286 NumReqError 287, 288 NumReqSOAPFault 286, 287 NumReqTermination 287 NumRespTermination 287 NumWSDLHit 286 SlowestOpAvgDisp 286 SlowestOpAvgExec 286 SlowestOpAvgResp 286 TotalDispTime 288 TotalExecTime 289 TotalRespTime 289 UnavailableConnections 263 BEAWLS_WS_HDL commands 333 described 36 InfoBox 366 instance names 39 parameters for WLS 8.1 286 BEAWLS_WS_OPER commands 333 described 36 InfoBox 367 instance names 39 parameters for WLS 8.1 287 Behavior Tracking report 132 binary files 375 blackout period 20, 235 BMC Software, contacting 2 BooleanFalseCount 289 BooleanTrueCount (JMX_CONDITION) 289 Boot Server command 20, 138, 139 Bourne shell 79 BytesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 BytesCurrentCount (JMSSERVER) 265 BytesCurrentCount (SAFAGENT) 275 BytesHighCount (JMSSERVER) 265 BytesHighCount (SAFAGENT) 275 BytesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 BytesPendingCount (JMSSERVER) 265 BytesPendingCount (SAFAGENT) 275 BytesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 BytesReceivedCount (JMSSERVER) 265 BytesReceivedCount (SAFAGENT) 276 BytesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 BytesThresholdTime (JMSSERVER) 265 BytesThresholdTime (SAFAGENT) 276

C
C shell 79 cache flushing 151 resuming monitoring 152 suspending monitoring 151 tuning 150 CacheAccessCount (EJB_HOME) 256 CachedBeansCurrentCount (EJB_HOME) 256 CacheHitCount (EJB_HOME) 256 CacheMissRatio 257 capabilities, see features CheckNotification (SERVER) 278 clusters 21 parameters for monitoring 254

400

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
collector Java, debug status 241 collector parameters 292 collectors 27 recording data 241 restarting 237 tuning 20, 183, 194, 195, 200, 202 colormap option 78 commands accessing 377 component monitoring 21 components deselecting for monitoring 234 removing monitoring 234 selecting for monitoring 233 configuring JDBC 163 JMS 155 JTA 154 PATROL for BEA WebLogic Server 91 server attributes 141 configuring a process 173 connection delay, JDBC 164 connection leak profiling, JDBC 162 connection leak report 132, 162 ConnectionDelayTime (JDBC) 262 ConnectionidleProfileCount (JCA) 261 ConnectionLeakProfileCount (JCA) 261 ConnectionLeakProfileCount (JDBC) 262 ConnectionStatus (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 ConnectionStatus (MANAGED) 272 ConnectionStatus (SERVER) 279 console installing a KM to 46 saving the settings 92 console systems overview 46 consumer parameters 292 ConsumersCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 contacting support collecting diagnostics and parameter files 243 describing your configuration 242 verifying permissions 243 containers, application 28 conventions, for naming application instances 37 ConversationsCurrentCount (SAFAGENT) 276 ConversationsHighCount (SAFAGENT) 276 ConversationsTotalCount (SAFAGENT) 276 CPU usage, defining 143 CPUTime (PROF_METHOD) 275 CPUUsage (JVMPROFILER) 267 CreatedConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 261 custom installation option 48 customer support 3 customizations migrating 64 migrating manually 73 customized PSL migrating 74

D
data collection, see collectors data flow, collection 27 database URL parameters for monitoring 254 date, text sniff pattern 22 deactivating JVM thread objects collection 118 debug flag, setting 238 debug status, setting for Java collector 241 debug status, setting for server 240 debugging 237 default login shell 49 default values parameters 249 deleting old version 73 demonstration license 43 deploying applications 168 deselecting components for monitoring 234 deselecting servers from monitoring 232 DestinationsCurrentCount (JMSSERVER) 265 DestinationsHighCount (JMSSERVER) 265 DestinationsTotalCount (JMSSERVER) 265 DestroyedConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 261 directories 375 discovery schedules 120 verifying 119 Doc. Content Pool Info report 132 domain log 214 DomainConsistency (SERVER) 279, 324

E
EJB identifying most critical 181 methods, monitoring 183 parameters for monitoring 255, 259 top EJB report EJB

top EJB methods report 181


EJBAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 279 _EJBRespColl (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 _EJBRespColl (SERVER) 278 environment variable PATROL_CACHE 59 PATROL_HOME 59

Index

401

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
environment variables LANG 78, 79 PATH 78, 79 PATROL_BROWSER 79 setting for Help browser 78 setting for the browser 78 error messages JMX 238 notification 227, 228 events managing 23 Probe 23 eXceed 78 ExecQThroughput (EXEC_QUEUE) 260 executables 375 execute threads report 132 ExecuteQueueLength (EXEC_QUEUE) 260 execution queue parameters for monitoring 260 ExecutionTime (PROF_METHOD) 275 ExecutionTimeAverage (SERVLET) 281 ExecutionTimeHigh (SERVLET) 282 ExecutionTimeLow (SERVLET) 282 ExecutionTimeTotal (SERVLET) 282 extension, file name 376

G
garbage collection 141 GCCount (JVMPROFILER) 268 GCTime (JVMPROFILER) 268

H
HandlerReqErrorCount parameter 287 HandlerRespErrorCount parameter 287 HealthStatus (JMSSERVER) 266 HealthStatus (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 HealthStatus (MANAGED) 273 HealthStatus (SAF) 275 HealthStatus (SAFAGENT) 277 HealthStatus (SERVER) 280 HealthStatus (THREADPOOL) 283 HealthStatus parameter 264 HeapUsed (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 HeapUsed (MANAGED) 273 HeapUsed (SERVER) 280 hierarchy application classes 25 HighestDispTime parameter 288 HighestExecTime parameter 288 HighestHdlTotReqFail parameter 285 HighestHdlTotRespFail parameter 285 HighestInvocationCount 254 HighestInvocationCount (DBURL) 254 HighestRespTime parameter 288 HoggingThreadCnt (THREADPOOL) 283 host text sniff pattern 22 HTTP log file 217

F
FailedMessagesTotal (SAFAGENT) 276 FailuresToReconnectCount (JDBC) 263 features 20 file transfer time 129 files installed by product 375 type 376 first-time installlation typical installation option 48 flushing a cache 151 forcing archiving 173 ForeignFragmentsDropped (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 ForeignFragmentsDropped (MANAGED) 272 FragmentsReceived (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 FragmentsReceived (MANAGED) 272 FragmentsSent (LCCAL_MANAGED) 270 FragmentsSent (MANAGED) 273 FreeConnectionsCurrentCount (JCA) 261 FreeConnectionsHighCount (JCA) 261 FreeHeap (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 FreeHeap (MANAGED) 273 FreeHeap (SERVER) 279 FreePhyMemory (JROCKIT) 267 FreePoolMissRatio parameter 257 FreePoolTimeout (EJB_HOME) 257 FreePoolWaiter (EJB_HOME) 257

I
icon 28 icons defined 29 naming conventions 37 setup 28 WebLogic Server 28 IdleConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 261 IdleExecThreadCount (EXEC_QUEUE) 260

402

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
InfoBox basic mode 339 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application class 343 BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class 353 BEAWLS_JCA application class ??346 BEAWLS_JROCKIT application class 350 BEAWLS_SERVLET_METHOD application class 363 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application class 364 BEAWLS_TUXEDO_CONNECTOR application class 364 BEAWLS_WORKLOAD application class 365 BEAWLS_WS application class 366 BEAWLS_WS_HDL application class 366 BEAWLS_WS_OPER application class 367 InfoBox (WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments) BEAWLP_EXEC_QUEUE application class 344 BEAWLS_JMS application class 348 BEAWLS_JOLT application class 352 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class 351 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application class 354 BEAWLS_MANAGED application class 356 BEAWLS_OS application class 358 BEAWLS_PROBE application class 359 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application class 359 BEAWLS_PROF_METHOD application class 359 BEAWLS_SERVER application class 361 BEAWLS_SERVLET application class 362 BEAWLS_SETUP application class 363 BEAWLS_SQL application class 364 BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class 365 JMX_CONDITION application class 368 JMX_SERVER application class 368 InfoBox (WebLogic 7.0 environments) BEAWLP_CLUSTER application class 341 BEAWLP_DBURL application class 342 BEAWLS_EJB _HOME application class 343 BEAWLS_EJB application class 342 BEAWLS_JCA application class 344 BEAWLS_JDBC application class 346 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class 349 InfoBox (WebLogic 8.1 environment) BEAWLP_EJB application class 342 InfoBox (WebLogic 8.1 environments) BEAWLP_CACHE application class 341 BEAWLP_PORTAL application class 341 BEAWLS_INTEGRATION application class 339 BEAWLS_JCA application class 344 BEAWLS_JDBC application class 346 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class 349 BEAWLS_PROCESS application class 340 BEAWLS_SERVLET application class 362 BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class 365 InfoBox (WebLogic 8.1, 9.x, and 10.x environments) BEAWLS_MESSAGING_BRIDGE application class 357 InfoBox (WebLogic 9.x and 10.x environments) BEAWLS_SAF application class 360 BEAWLS_SAFAGENT application class 360 InfoBoxes, accessing 377 installation backing up before migration 64 custom option 48 quick start overview 52 typical option 48 Unix account requirements 43 Windws account requirements 43 installation utility version 45 installing clearing cache 73 instance naming convention 37 instrumentation J2EE 21 integration server configuring a process 173 forcing archiving 173 specifying a monitoring process 172 stopping the monitoring of a process 175 suspending a process 174 InvocationCount (EJB_HOME) 257 InvocationCount (EJB_METHOD) 259 InvocationCount (SERVLET) 282 InvocationCount (SERVLET_METHOD) 282 InvocationCount (SQL) 283 InvocationCount (WEBAPP) 284 InvocationRate (DBURL) 255 InvocationRate (EJB_HOME) 257 InvocationRate (EJB_METHOD) 260 InvocationRate (SERVLET_METHOD) 282 InvocationRate (SQL) 283 InvocationRate (WEBAPP) 284

J
J2EE instrumentation 21 J2EEAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 280 Java method performance 21 Java collector debug status 241 Java garbage collection 141 Java Process Definition 172 JCA management features 24 parameters for monitoring 260

Index

403

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
JDBC administering 160 configuration 163 connection login delay 164 log file 216 management features 24 parameters for monitoring 262 pool, creating 157, 160 pool, disabling 160 pool, enabling 160 pool, resetting 160 pool, shutting down 160 profile reports 162 profiling 162 JDBCAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 280 JMS configuration 155 management features 24 parameters for monitoring 265 JMS server components report 132 JMS thresholds 155 JMSAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 280 JMSConnectionAlive (EJB_HOME) 258 JMSConnectionsCurrentCount parameter 264 JMSServersCurrentCount parameter 264 JMX activating 193 condition 207 error messages 238 monitoring, described 22 JMX error messages 238 JMX_CONDITION commands 334 described 37 InfoBox 368 instance names 39 parameters 289 JMX_DOMAIN commands 334 described 36 instance names 39 parameters 291 JMX_MAIN commands 335 described 36 parameters 291 JMX_SERVER commands 336 described 36 InfoBox 368 instance names 39 parameters 291 JNDI report 132 JPD 172 JRockit parameters for monitoring 267 JTA configuration 154 management features 24 JTA information report 132 JTA transaction report 132 JVM OS-level parameters 274 parameters for monitoring 267 process names 388 profiling, described 22 profiling, using 188 JVM thread objects activating collection 117 deactivating collection 118 JVMProcLoad (JROCKIT) 267 _JVMProfColl (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 _JVMProfColl (SERVER) 278

K
KM loading 92 see also application classes tuning performance 231, 232, 233, 234 KM customizations migrating manually 73 KMs determining if migratable 58 installing individual 48 installing QuickStart packages 48 Korn shell 79

L
label instance naming conventions 37 LANG environment variable 79 LastGCDuration (JROCKIT) 267 LeakedConnectionsCount (JDBC) 263 LeakedConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 261 license demonstration 43 permanent 43 license information report 133 LicenseStatus (SERVER) 280 load KM 92 local managed server parameters 270 lock server 140 LockEntriesCount (EJB_HOME) 258 LockManagerAccessCount (EJB_HOME) 258 LockTimeoutCount (EJB_HOME) 258 LockTimeoutRatio (EJB_HOME) 258 LockWaiterCount (EJB_HOME) 258 LockWaiterRatio (EJB_HOME) 258

404

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
log files described 22 domain log 214 event management 23 HTTP log 217 JDBC 216 location, updating 226 notification, subscribing 227 notification, unsubscribing 228 parameters for monitoring 272 rotation 212 selecting 213 server log 215 severity 212 sniff patterns 22, 225 sniff type 226 stop monitoring 222 transaction log 219 view contents 223 LogDiscovery (SERVER) 281 LogDiskFreeSpace 272 LogEvent (LOG) 272 login delay, setting JDBC pool delay 164 login shell default 49 LogIncreaseRate (LOG) 272 LongestEJBAvgRespTime (EJB_HOME) 258 LongestEJBTotalRespTime (EJB_HOME) 258 LongestServletAvgRespTime (WEBAPP) 284 LongestServletTotalRespTime (WEBAPP) 284 LongestSQLAvgRespTime (DBURL) 255 LongestSQLTotalRespTime (DBURL) 255 LowestDispTime parameter 288 LowestExecTime parameter 288 LowestRespTime parameter 288 menu commands BEAWLS_J2EE_APPS application class 317 BEAWLS_JDBC application class 313315 BEAWLS_THREADPOOL application class 331 menu commands (WebLogic 7.0 and 8.1 environments) BEAWLS_DBURL application class 311 BEAWLS_EJB_HOME application class 312 BEAWLS_EJB_METHOD application class 312 BEAWLS_EXEC_QUEUE application class 313 BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION application class 315 BEAWLS_JMSSERVER application class 316 BEAWLS_JVMPROFILER application class 317 BEAWLS_LOCAL_MANAGED application class 318 BEAWLS_LOG application class 320 BEAWLS_MANAGED application class 321 BEAWLS_OS application class 323 BEAWLS_PROBE application class 322 BEAWLS_PROF_CLASS application class 323 BEAWLS_SERVER application class 324 BEAWLS_SERVLET application class 329 BEAWLS_SETUP application class 329 BEAWLS_SQL application class 330 BEAWLS_WEBAPP application class 332 JMS_DOMAIN application class 334 JMX_CONDITION application class 334 JMX_MAIN application class 335 JMX_SERVER application class 336 menu commands (WebLogic 8.1 environments) BEAWLI_INTEGRATION application class 309 BEAWLI_PROCESS application class 310 BEAWLP_CACHE application class 310 BEAWLP_PORTAL application class 311 BEAWLS_JROCKIT application class 316 BEAWLS_WS application class 332 BEAWLS_WS_HDL application class 333 BEAWLS_WS_OPER 333 merge map file 68, 71 Message Channels Info. report 133 message severity log files 212 MessagesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 264 MessagesCurrentCount (JMSSERVER) 266 MessagesCurrentCount (SAFAGENT) 277 MessagesHighCount 266 MessagesHighCount (SAFAGENT) 277 MessagesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 265 MessagesPendingCount (JMSSERVER) 266 MessagesPendingCount (SAFAGENT) 277 MessagesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 265 MessagesReceivedCount (JMSSERVER) 266 MessagesReceivedCount (SAFAGENT) 277 MessagesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) parameter 265 MessagesThresholdTime (JMSSERVER) 266

M
MainDiscovery 120 MainDiscovery (SERVER) 281 maintenance shutdown blackout period 20, 235 managed server response report 133 managed systems overview 46 parameters 272 manual migration of KM customizations 73 MatchedConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 262 MBeanCount (JMX_CONDITION) 289 MBeanCount (JMX_DOMAIN) 291 MBeanCount (JMX_SERVER) 291 MDBStatus (EJB_HOME) 258 MemoryUsage (JVMPROFILER) 268

Index

405

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
MessagesThresholdTime (SAFAGENT) 278 Messaging Bridge parameters 274 method EJB, finding top 181 EJB, monitoring 183 EJB, parameters 259 profiling parameters 275 servlet, monitoring 187 _MethodProfColl (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 _MethodProfColl (SERVER) 278 migrating customizations 64 customized PSL 74 determining if KM is migratable 58 KM customizations manually 73 migration backing up current installation before 64 MiscAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 281 monitoring components 233 monitoring servers 231 MostInvocationEJB (EJB_HOME) 258 MostInvocationServlet (WEBAPP) 284 MulticastMsgLost (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 MulticastMsgLost (MANAGED) 273 NumMaxExeReqMinConst (J2EE_APPS) 269 NumMaxMustRunCount (J2EE_APPS) 269 NumMaxPendingReq (J2EE_APPS) 269 NumMustRun (WORKLOAD) 285 NumOpenConnections (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 NumOpenConnections (MANAGED) 273 NumOpenConnections (SERVER) 281 NumOpenSockets (LOCAL_MANAGED) 271 NumOpenSockets (MANAGED) 273 NumOpenSockets (SERVER) 281 NumPendingReq (WORKLOAD) 285 NumPendingUserReq (THREADPOOL) 283 NumReqError parameter 287 BEAWLS_WS_OPER 288 NumReqSOAPFault parameter 286, 287 NumReqTermination parameter 287 NumRespTermination parameter 287 NumStandbyThread (THREADPOOL) 284 NumWSDLHit parameter 286

O
online Help installing 46 OpenSessionsCount (WEBAPP) 285 OpenSessionsHighCount (WEBAPP) 285 overview of product 20

N
naming conventions for application instances 37 Netscape Navigator 78 new PATROL users easy install option 48 Node Manager configuration report 146 log 146 monitoring 146 restarting 146 suspending 146 NodeStatus 146 NodeStatus (OS) 274 notification, error messages 227 NumActiveJVMProcesses (OS) 274 NumCompletedReq (WORKLOAD) 285 NumCompletedRequest (THREADPOOL) 283 NumDeferredReqs (WORKLOAD) 285 NumExecThreadIdle (THREADPOOL) 283 NumGCCount (JROCKIT) 267 NumHighCpuJVMProcesses 143 NumHighCpuJVMProcesses (OS) 274 NumHighestInvocation parameter 286 NumHomePageHit parameter 286 NumInvocation parameter 288 NumMalformedRequest parameter 286 NumMaxCompReqMinConst (J2EE_APPS) 269 NumMaxDeferredRequests (J2EE_APPS) 269 NumMaxExeReqMaxConst (J2EE_APPS) 269

406

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

P
parameters _IntegAttrDisc 253 _monitorRegisterServer 282 About 282 AppEventErrCount 253 AppSvcAvgElapsedTime 253 AppSvcSynErrCount 253 AvailableConnections 262 AvgDispTime 287 AvgExecTime 287 AvgRespTime 287 BeanAccessCount 255 BeanDestroyedCount 256 BeanDestroyedRatio 256 BeanMissCount 256 BytesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 BytesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 BytesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 BytesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 CacheMode 254 collector-consumer dependencies 292?? ConsumersCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 default values 249 ElapsedTime 253 FreePoolMissRatio 257 HandlerReqErrorCount 287 HandlerRespErrorCount 287 HealthStatus 264 HighestDispTime 288 HighestExecTime 288 HighestHdlTotReqFail 285 HighestHdlTotRespFail 285 HighestRespTime 288 IntegDiscovery 253 JMSConnectionsCurrentCount 264 JMSServersCurrentCount 264 LongestEJBAvgRespTime 268 LongestWebAppAvgRespTime 269 LowestDispTime 288 LowestExecTime 288 LowestRespTime 288 MessagesCurrentCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 264 MessagesPendingCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 265 MessagesReceivedCount (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 265 MessagesThresholdTime (BEAWLS_JMS_DESTINATION) 265 NumEventRowCount 253

NumHighestInvocation 286 NumHomePageHit 286 NumInvocation 288 NumMalformedRequest 286 NumReqError 287 NumReqError (BEAWLS_WS_OPER) 288 NumReqSOAPFault 286, 287 NumReqTermination 287 NumRespTermination 287 NumTotalDeadMsg 253 NumTotalExceededSLA 253 NumWSDLHit 286 ProcessThroughput 254 QueueLengthPercent 260 SlowestOpAvgDisp 286 SlowestOpAvgExec 286 SlowestOpAvgResp 286 TotalDispTime 288 TotalExecTime 289 TotalRespTime 289 UnavailableConnections 263 PassivationCount (EJB_HOME) 259 patcol, see collectors PATH environment variable 79 PATROL Agent installing a KM to 46 variables 371 PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition installing 46 PATROL Console and Netscape Navigator 78 installing a KM to 46 saving the configuration 92 PATROL Event Manager 23 PATROL for BEA WebLogic Server configuring 91 description of 20 features 20 loading 92 parameters 249 PATROL_BROWSER variable 79 PATROL_BROWSER environment variable 79 PATROL_CACHE 59, 73 PATROL_HOME 59 PatrolCollectorStatus (SERVER) 281 performance Java component 21 tuning KM 231, 232, 233, 234 performance, collector tuning 20 periodic pattern matching 226 permanent license 43 ping time 129 pool capacity, JDBC 163 Pool Connection Setting report 133 PoolState (JCA) 262 PoolState (JDBC) 263

Index

407

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
portal server flushing a cache 151 resuming monitoring of a cache 152 suspending cache monitoring 151 tuning a cache 150 prepared statement cache report 133, 162 prepared statement profiling, JDBC 162 Probe administering 130 described 128 events 23 parameters 275 _ProcColl (OS) 274 Process Instance Summary report 133 Process Statistics report 133 ProcessedMsgCount (EJB_HOME) 259 processes 375 product description 20 product support 3 products uninstalling in Unix environments 81 uninstalling in Windows environments 85 profiling JVM 22 PSL migrating 74 PSL debug flag 238 Report on Thresholds & Overrides Settings 133 reports types of 131 ReqThroughput (THREADPOOL) 284 requirements Unix account 43 Windows account 43 ResentRequests (LOCAL_MANAGED) 272 ResentRequests (MANAGED) 274 resource, text sniff pattern 22 response time described 128 file transfer 129 parameters 275 web page 129 resuming monitoring of a cache 152 rotation log 212

S
SAF parameters 275 SAF Agent parameters for monitoring 275 security PATROL settings 49 security information report 133 security requirements 44 selecting components for monitoring 233 selecting servers for monitoring 231 server boot 138 configuration tuning 141 debug status 240 JMS, parameters 265 local managed, parameters 270 locking 140 log file 215 managed, parameters 272 management 20 parameters 278 shutdown 139 server configuration report 133 server connection report 133 Server Performance Setting report 133 ServerJVMsCpuUtil (OS) 274 ServerJVMsMemUsage (OS) 275 servers deselecting from monitoring 232 removing monitoring of a server 232 selecting for monitoring 231 service, text sniff pattern 22 ServiceStatus (TUXEDO_CONNECTOR) 284

Q
queue execution, parameters 260 QueueLength (THREADPOOL) 284 QueueLengthPercent parameter 260 QueueStatus (EXEC_QUEUE) 260 quota JMS 155

R
real time pattern matching 226 realm information report 133 recording collector data 241 RecycledTotalCount (JCA) 262 RejectedConnectionsTotalCount (JCA) 262 RemoteEndpointsCurrentCount (SAFAGENT) 278 RemoteEndpointsHighCount (SAFAGENT) 278 RemoteEndpointsTotalCount (SAFAGENT) 278 removing monitoring from components 234 removing monitoring of a server 232 report Pool Connection Setting 133 Server Performance Setting 133 Thresholds & Overrides Settings 133 report of registered instance 133

408

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
servlet finding most critical 184 method, parameters 282 monitoring methods 187 parameters for monitoring 281 servlet, selecting 169, 170 ServletDiscovery (SERVER) 281 SessionPoolsCurrentCount (JMSSERVER) 267 SessionPoolsHighCount (JMSSERVER) 267 SessionPoolsTotalCount (JMSSERVER) 267 setting environment variables for Help browser 78 setup icon 28 SetupRequired (JMX_MAIN) 291 severity log files 212 severity, text sniff pattern 22 shell default login 49 shells Bourne 79 C 79 Korn 79 SlowestOpAvgDisp parameter 286 SlowestOpAvgExec parameter 286 SlowestOpAvgResp parameter 286 sniff pattern defining 220 described 22 see also log files turning off 225 type 226 viewing available 225 specifying a monitoring process 172 SQL call tracing 180 finding most critical 178 monitoring objects 180 parameters 283 top N report 178 SQL roundtrip report 133, 162 _SQLRespColl (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 _SQLRespColl (SERVER) 278 _SQLResponseColl (SQL) 283 State (MESSAGING_BRIDGE) 274 statement profiling, JDBC 162 StatementCacheHitCount (JDBC) 263 StatementCacheMissCount (JDBC) 263 StatementProfileCount (JDBC) 263 StatusCriticalCount (JMX_CONDITION) 290 StatusOKCount (JMX_CONDITION) 290 StatusWarningCount (JMX_CONDITION) 290 stopping the monitoring of a process 175 StringMatchCount (JMX_CONDITION) 290 StringNoMatchCount (JMX_CONDITION) 290 support collecting diagnostics and parameter files 243 describing your configuration 242 verifying permissions 243 support, customer 3 suspend monitoring 20 SuspendCount (EJB_HOME) 259 suspending a process 174 suspending cache monitoring 151 system roles console systems 46 managed systems 46

T
technical support 3 text string, see sniff pattern ThreadHighestCPUTime (JVMPROFILER) 268 threads 143 threshold JMS 155 timing, collector tuning 20 Top N WS Handlers report 134 Top N WS Operations report 134 TotalDispTime parameter 288 TotalExecTime parameter 289 TotalHeapSize (JVMPROFILER) 268 TotalInvocationCount 255 TotalOpenedSessions (WEBAPP) 285 TotalResponseTime 255 TotalResponseTime (DBURL) 255 TotalResponseTime (EJB_HOME) 259 TotalResponseTime (EJB_METHOD) 260 TotalResponseTime (SERVLET_METHOD) 282 TotalResponseTime (SQL) 283 TotalResponseTime (WEBAPP) 285 TotalRespTime parameter 289 TotalThreadCPU (JVMPROFILER) 268 TotalThreadSize (JVMPROFILER) 268 transaction log 219 TransactionCommitRate (EJB_HOME) 259 TransactionRollbackRate (EJB_HOME) 259 TransactionTimeoutRate (EJB_HOME) 259 transfer time, file 129 troubleshooting 237 collecting diagnostics and parameter files 243 describing your configuration 242 verifying permissions 243 tuneling 142 tuning a cache 150 tuning KM performance 231, 232, 233, 234 typical installation option 48

Index

409

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

U
UnavailableConnections parameter 263 uninstalling products in Unix environments 81 in Windows environments 85 Unix account requirements 43 unlock server 140 upgrading backing up current installation before 64 choosing a procedure 59 user account 79

V
ValueAverage (JMX_CONDITION) 290 ValueMaximum (JMX_CONDITION) 290 ValueMinimum (JMX_CONDITION) 290 ValueSum (JMX_CONDITION) 290 variable PATROL_BROWSER 79 variables Agent configuration 371 version, installation utility 45 VMemoryUsage (JVMPROFILER) 268

W
WaitingForConnections (JDBC) 263 warning, see alarm web application parameters 284 web page response 129 WEBAPPAttrDiscovery (SERVER) 281 _WebAppRespColl (LOCAL_MANAGED) 270 _WebAppRespColl (SERVER) 278 WebLogic server, see server starting as NT service 20 WebLogic MBean information report 134 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 1) dialog box 93 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 2) dialog box 95 WebLogic Server Registration (Step 3) dialog box 99 Windows account requirements 43 registry 375

410

PATROL for BEA WebLogic User Guide

Notes

*88276* *88276* *88276* *88276*


*88276*